Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1And the Lord said to Abraham, "Depart from thy land, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house to a land which I will show thee; and I will make thee into a great nation. And I will bless thee, and I will magnify thy name, and thou shalt be blessed. And I will bless them that bless thee, and I will curse them that curse thee; and in thy name shall all the nations of the earth be blessed."
2God, wishing to purify the soul of man, first of all gives it an impulse towards complete salvation, namely, a change of abode, so as to quit the three regions of the body, the outward sense and speech according to utterance; for his country is the emblem of the body, and his kindred are the symbol of the outward sense, and his father’s house of speech. Why so?
3Because the body derives its composition from the earth, and is again dissolved into earth; and Moses is a witness of this when he says, "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return." For he says, that man was compounded by God fashioning a lump of clay into the form of a man; and it follows of necessity that, a composite being, when dissolved, must be dissolved into its component parts. But the outward sense is nearly connected with and akin to the mind, the irrational part to the rational, since they are both parts of one soul; but speech is the abode of the father, because our father is the mind, which implants in each of its parts its own powers, and distributes its energies among them, undertaking the care and superintendence of them all; and the abode in which it dwells is speech, a dwelling separated from all the rest of the house; for as the hearth is the abode of a man, so is speech of the mind:
4at all events, it displays itself, and all the notions which it conceives, arranging them and setting them in order in speech, as if in a house. And you must not wonder that Moses has called speech in man the abode of the mind, for he also says, that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, has for his abode his own word.
5And the practiser of virtue, Jacob, seizing on this apprehension, confesses in express words that, "This is no other than the house of God," an expression equivalent to, The house of God is not this thing, or anything which can be made the subject of ocular demonstration, or, in short, anything which comes under the province of the outward senses, but is invisible, destitute of all specific form, only to be comprehended by the soul as soul.
6What, then, can it be except the Word, which is more ancient than all the things which were the objects of creation, and by means of which it is that the Ruler of the universe, taking hold of it as a rudder, governs all things. And when he was fashioning the world, he used this as his instrument for the blameless arrangement of all the things which he was completing.
7That he means by Abraham’s country the body, and by his kindred the outward senses, and by his father’s house uttered speech, we have now shown. But the command, "Depart from them," is not like or equivalent to, Be separated from them according to your essence, since that would be the injunction of one who was pronouncing sentence of death. But it is the same as saying, Be alienated from them in your mind, allowing none of them to cling to you, standing above them all;
8they are your subjects, use them not as your rulers; since you are a king, learn to govern and not to be governed; know yourself all your life, as Moses teaches us in many passages where he says, "Take heed to thyself." For thus you will perceive what you ought to be obedient to, and what you ought to be the master of.
9Depart therefore from the earthly parts which envelop you, O my friend, fleeing from that base and polluted prison house the body, and from the keepers as it were of the prison, its pleasures and appetites, putting forth all your strength and all your power so as to suffer none of thy good things to come to harm, but improving all your good faculties together and unitedly.
10Depart also from thy kindred, outward senses; for now indeed you have given yourself up to each of them to be made use of as it will, and you have become a good, the property of others who have borrowed you, having lost your own power over yourself. But you know that, even though all men are silent on the subject, your eyes lead you, and so do your ears, and all the rest of the multitude of that kindred connection, towards those objects which are pleasing to themselves.
11But if you choose to collect again those portions of yourself which you have lent away, and to invest yourself with the possession of yourself, without separating off or alienating any part of it, you will have a happy life, enjoying for ever and ever the fruit of good things which belong not to strangers but to yourself.
12But now rise up also and quit speech according to utterance, which Moses here represents God as calling your father’s house, that you may not be deceived by the specious beauty of words and names, and so be separated from that real beauty which exists in the things themselves which are intended by these names. For it is absurd for a shadow to be looked upon as of more importance than the bodies themselves, or for an imitation to carry off the palm from the model. Now the interpretation resembles a shadow and an imitation, but the natures of things signified under these expressions, thus interpreted, resemble the bodies and original models which the man who aims at being such and such rather than at appearing so must cling to, removing to a distance from the other things.
13When therefore the mind begins to become acquainted with itself, and to dwell among the speculations which come under the province of the intellect, all the inclinations of the soul for the species which is comprehensible by the intellect will be repelled, which inclination is called by the Hebrews, Lot; for which reason the wise man is represented as distinctly saying, "Depart, and separate yourself from me;" for it is impossible for a man who is overwhelmed with the love of incorporeal and imperishable objects to dwell with one, whose every inclination is towards the mortal objects of the outward senses.
14Very beautifully therefore has the sacred interpreter of God’s will entitled one entire holy volume of the giving of the law, the Exodus, having thus found out an appropriate name for the oracles contained therein. For being a man desirous of giving instruction and exceedingly ready to admonish and correct, he desires to remove the whole of the people of the soul as a multitude capable of receiving admonition and correction from the country of Egypt, that is to say, the body, and to take them out from among its inhabitants, thinking it a most terrible and grievous burden that the mind which is endowed with the faculty of sight should be oppressed by the pleasures of the flesh, and should obey whatever commands the relentless desires choose to impose upon it.
15Therefore, after the merciful God has instructed this people, groaning and bitterly weeping for the abundance of the things concerning the body, and the exceeding supply of external things (for it is said, "The children of Israel groaned by reason of the works") when, God, I say, had instructed them about their going out, the prophet himself led them forth in safety.
16But there are some persons who have made a treaty with the body to last till the day of their death, and who have buried themselves in it as in a chest or coffin or whatever else you like to call it, of whom all the parts which are devoted to the slavery of the body and of the passions are consigned to oblivion and buried. But if anything well affected towards virtue has shot up by the side of it, that is preserved in the recollection, by means of which good things are naturally destined to be kept alive.
17Accordingly, the sacred scriptures command the bones of Joseph—I mean by this the only parts of such a soul as were left behind, being species which know no corruption and which deserve to have mention made of them—to be preserved, thinking it preposterous for pure things not to be united to pure things.
18And what is especially worthy of being mentioned is this, that he believed that God would visit the race which was capable of seeing," and would not give it up for ever and ever to ignorance, that blind mistress, but would distinguish between the immortal and the mortal parts of the soul, and leave in Egypt those parts which were conversant about the pleasures of the body and the other immoderate indulgences of the passions; but with respect to those parts which are imperishable, would make a covenant that they should be conducted onwards with those persons who were going up to the cities of virtue and would further ratify this covenant with an oath.
19What then are the parts which are imperishable? In the first place, a perfect alienation from pleasure which says, "Let us lie down together," and let us enjoy human enjoyments; secondly, presence of mind combined with fortitude, by means of which the soul separates and distinguishes from one another those things which by vain opinions are accounted good things, as so many dreams, confessing that "the only true and accurate explanations of things are to be found with God;" and that all those imaginings, which exist in the unsteady, puffed up, and arrogant life of those men who are not yet purified, but who delight in those pleasures which proceed from bakers, and cooks, and wine-bearers, are uncertain and indistinct;
20so that such a man is not a subject but a ruler of Egypt, that is to say of the whole region of the body; so that "he boasted of being of the race of the Hebrews," who were accustomed to rise up and leave the objects of the outward senses, and to go over to those of the intellect; for the name Hebrew, being interpreted, means "one who passes over," because he boasted that "here he had done nothing." For to do nothing of those things which are thought much of among the wicked, but to hate them all and reject them, is praiseworthy in no slight degree;
21as it is to despise immoderate indulgence of the desires and all other passions; to fear God, if a man is not yet capable of loving him, and even while in Egypt to have a desire for real life. Which he who sees, marvelling at (and indeed it was enough to cause astonishment), says, "It is a great thing for me if my son Joseph is still alive," and has not died at the same time with vain opinions and the body which is but a lifeless carcass;
22and he also confessed that "it was the work of God," and not of any created being, that he was recognised by his brethren, and so could put into commotion and agitation, and put to the rout by force, all the dispositions devoted to the body which flattered themselves that they could stand firmly on their own doctrines; he also said that "he had not been sent away by men, but had been appointed by God" for the legitimate overseeing of the body and of all external things;
23but there are many other things also resembling these, being of a superior and more sacred kind of order; and they do not endure to abide in Egypt, the house of the body, and are never buried in a coffin at all, but depart to a distance outside of every thing mortal, and follow the words of the lawgiver, namely, Moses, who is the guide of their path.
24For Moses, being the nurse as it were and tutor of good works, and good expressions, and good intentions, which, even if at times they are mingled with those of an opposite character by reason of the somewhat confused medely which exists in mortal man; are nevertheless distinguished when they have passed, so that all the seeds and plants of excellence may not be destroyed and perish for ever and ever.
25And he exhorts men very vigorously to quit that which is called the mother of every thing that is absurd, without any delay or sluggishness, but rather using exceeding swiftness; for he says that men "must sacrifice the pascha, in haste," and the word pascha, being interpreted, means a "passing over," in order that the mind, exerting its reasonings without any doubt, and also an energetic willingness and promptness, may, without ever turning back make a passing over from the passions, to gratitude to God the Saviour, who has led it forth beyond all its expectations to freedom.
Sections 26–50
26And why do we wonder if he exhorts the man who is led away by the force of unreasonable passions, neither to yield, nor to allow himself to be carried away by the impetuosity of its onward course, but to exert all his strength, to resist, and if he is unable to resist effectually, then to flee. For the second advance towards safety on the part of those who are unable to make a good resistance is flight. When the occasion does not permit the man who is a combatant by nature, and who has never been a slave of the passions, but who is always undergoing the toil of resistance to every separate one of them, to put forth all his powers of antagonism at all times, lest from the continuance of his struggles against them he may gradually contract a painful infection from them; for there have before now been many instances of men having become imitators of the wickedness to which they were previously antagonists, as, on the other hand, some opposers of virtue have become copiers of that.
27And for this reason the following scripture has been given to men, "Return to the land of thy father and to thy family, and I will be with thee;" which is equivalent to saying, you have been a perfect wrestler for me, and you have been thought worthy of the prize and crown of victory, virtue having been the establisher of the contest and proposing to give prizes of victory; and now get rid of your fondness for contention, that you may not be always labouring but that you may be able to enjoy the fruit of your labours,
28which will never happen to you if you remain here dwelling among the objects of the external senses, and wasting your time among the distinctive qualities of the body, of which Laban is the leader (and this name means "distinctive quality;") but you must be an emigrant and must return to your native land, the land of the sacred word, and in some sense of the father of all those who practise virtue, which is wisdom, the best possible abiding place for those souls which love virtue.
29In this country you have a race which learns everything of itself, and is self-taught, which has no share in the infantine food of milk, but which by the divine oracle "has been forbidden to go down to Egypt," and to put itself in the way of the attractive pleasures of the flesh, surnamed Isaac;
30and if you receive his inheritance, you will of necessity discard labour, for excessive abundance of things ready prepared, and of good things offered to your hand, will be the causes of cessation from toil. And the fountain from which good things are poured forth is the presence of the bounteous and beneficent God; on which account setting the seal to his loving kindnesses he says, "I will be with thee."
31How then should any good thing be wanting when the all-accomplishing God is at all times present with his graces, which are his virgin daughters, which he, the Father, who begot them, always cherishes as virgins, free from all impure contact and pollution? Then all cares, and labours, and exercises of practise, have a respite; and everything that is useful is at the same time given to everybody without the employment of art, by the prescient care of nature;
32and the rapid influx of all these spontaneous blessings is called relaxation, since the mind is then relaxed and released from its energies as to its own peculiar objects, and is as it were emancipated from its yearly burdens, by reason of the multitude of the things which are incessantly showered and rained upon it;
33and these things are in their own nature most admirable and most beautiful; for of the things of which the soul is in travail by herself, the greater part are premature and abortive progeny; but those on which God pours his showers and which he waters, are produced in a perfect, and entire, and most excellent state.
34I am not ashamed to relate what has happened to me myself, which I know from having experienced it ten thousand times. Sometimes, when I have desired to come to my usual employment of writing on the doctrines of philosophy, though I have known accurately what it was proper to set down, I have found my mind barren and unproductive, and have been completely unsuccessful in my object, being indignant at my mind for the uncertainty and vanity of its then existing opinions, and filled with amazement at the power of the living God, by whom the womb of the soul is at times opened and at times closed up;
35and sometimes when I have come to my work empty I have suddenly become full, ideas being, in an invisible manner, showered upon me, and implanted in me from on high; so that, through the influence of divine inspiration, I have become greatly excited, and have known neither the place in which I was nor those who were present, nor myself, nor what I was saying, nor what I was writing; for then I have been conscious of a richness of interpretation, an enjoyment of light, a most penetrating sight, a most manifest energy in all that was to be done, having such an effect on my mind as the clearest ocular demonstration would have on the eyes.
36That then which is shown is that thing so worthy of being beheld, so worthy of being contemplated, so worthy of being beloved, the perfect good, the nature of which is to change and sweeten the bitternesses of the soul, the most beautiful additional seasoning, full of all kinds of sweetnesses, by the addition of which, even those things which are not nutritious become salutary food; for it is said, that "the Lord showed him (Moses) a tree, and he cast it into the water," that is to say, into the mind, dissolved, and relaxed, and full of bitterness, that it might become sweetened and serviceable.
37But this tree promises not only food but likewise immortality; for Moses tells us, that the tree of life was planted in the midst of the paradise, being, in fact, goodness surrounded as by a body-guard by all the particular virtues, and by the actions in accordance with them; for it is virtue which has received the inheritance of the most central and excellent place in the soul.
38And he who sees is the wise man; for the foolish are blind, or at best dim sighted. On this account I have before mentioned, that the then prophets were called seers; and Jacob, the practiser of virtue, was desirous to give his ears in exchange for his eyes, if he could only see what he had previously heard described, and accordingly he receives an inheritance according to sight, having passed over that which was derived from hearing;
39for the coin of learning and instruction, which is synonymous with Jacob, is re-coined into the seeing Israel, in consequence of which he, the faculty of seeing, beholds the divine light, which is in no respect different from knowledge, which opens the eye of the soul, and leads it on to embrace the most conspicuous and manifest comprehension of existing things: for as it is through music that the principles of music are understood, and through each separate art that its principles are comprehended, so also it is owing to wisdom that what is wise is contemplated:
40but not only is wisdom like light, the instrument of seeing, but it does also behold itself. This, in God, is the light which is the archetypal model of the sun, and the sun itself is only its image and copy; and he who shows each thing is the only all-knowing being, God; for men are called knowing only because they appear to know; but God, who really does know, is spoken of, as to his knowledge, in a manner inferior to its real nature, for everything that is ever spoken in his praise comes short of the real power of the living God.
41And he recommends his wisdom, not merely by the fact that it was he who created the world, but also by that of his having established the knowledge of everything that has happened, or that has been created in the firmest manner close to himself;
42for it is said, that "God saw all the things that he had made," which is an expression equivalent not to, He directed his sight towards each thing, but to, He conceived a knowledge, and understanding, and comprehension, of all the things that he had made. It was very proper, therefore, to teach and to instruct, and to point out to the ignorant, each separate thing, but it was unnecessary to do so to the all-knowing God, who is not like a man, benefited by art, but who is himself confessed to be the beginning and source of all arts and sciences.
43And Moses speaks very cautiously, inasmuch as he defines not the present time but the future in the promise which he records, when he says, "Not that which I do show you, but that which I will show you;" as a testimony to the faith with which the soul believed in God, showing its gratitude not by what had been already done, but by its expectation of the future;
44for, being kept in a state of suspense and eagerness by good hope, and thinking that even what was not present would beyond all question be present immediately, on account of its most certain faith in him who had promised, it found a reward, the perfect good; for in another passage it is said that Abraham believed in God. And in the same way, God, when showing Moses all the land, says that, "I have shown it to thy eyes, but thou shalt not enter therein."
45Do not then fancy that this is spoken of the death of the all-wise Moses, as some inconsiderate persons believe; for it is a piece of folly to think that slaves should have the country of virtue assigned to them in preference to the friends of God.
46But first of all, God wishes to make it understood by you that there is one place for infants and another for full-grown men, the one being called practise and the other wisdom; and secondly, that the most beautiful of all the things in nature are rather such as can be seen than such as can be acquired; for how can it be possible to acquire possession of those things which are endowed in the same degree with the diviner attributes? But it is not impossible to see them, though it may not be given to all men to do so, for this may be permitted only to the purest and most acute-sighted race, to whom the father of the universe, when he displays his own works, is giving the greatest of all gifts.
47For what life can be better than that which is devoted to speculation, or what can be more closely connected with rational existence; for which reason it is that though the voices of mortal beings are judged of by the faculty of hearing, nevertheless the scriptures present to us the words of God, to be actually visible to us like light; for in them it is said that, "All the people saw the voice of God;" they do not say, "heard it," since what took place was not a beating of the air by means of the organs of the mouth and tongue, but a most exceedingly brilliant ray of virtue, not different in any respect from the source of reason, which also in another passage is spoken of in the following manner, "Ye have seen that I spake unto you from out of heaven," not "Ye have heard," for the same reason.
48But there are passages where he distinguishes between what is heard and what is seen, and between the sense of seeing and that of hearing, as where he says, "Ye heard the sound of the words, but ye saw no similitude, only ye heard a voice;" speaking here with excessive precision; for the discourse which was divided into nouns and verbs, and in short into all the different parts of speech, he has very appropriately spoken of as something to be heard; for in fact that is examined by the sense of hearing; but that which has nothing to do with either nouns or verbs, but is the voice of God, and seen by the eye of the soul, he very properly represents as visible;
49and having previously reminded them, "Ye saw no similitude," he proceeds to say, " Only ye heard a voice, which ye all saw;" for this must be what is understood as implied in those words. So that the words of God have for their tribunal and judge the sense of sight, which is situated in the soul; but those which are subdivided into nouns, and verbs, and other parts of speech, have for their judge the sense of hearing.
50But as the writer being new in all kinds of knowledge, has also introduced this novelty both in his accounts of domestic and of foreign matters, saying that the voice is a thing to be judged of by the sight, which in point of fact is almost the only thing in us which is not an object of sight, with the single exception of the mind; for the things which are the objects of the rest of the outward senses are, every one of them, visible to the sight, such as colours, tastes, smells, things that are hot or cold, things that are smooth or rough, things that are soft or hard, inasmuch as they are substantial bodies.
Sections 51–75
51And what is meant by this I will explain more distinctly: a flavour is appreciable by the sight, not inasmuch as it is flavour, but so far as it is a mere substance, for in so far as it is flavour the sense of taste will judge of it; again a smell, in so far as it is a smell, will be decided upon by the nostrils, but inasmuch as it is a bodily substance, it will also be judged of by the eyes: and the other objects of sense will be tested in this manner; but voice is not appreciable by the sense of sight, neither inasmuch as it is a body, if indeed it is a body at all, nor inasmuch as it can be heard; but there are these two things in us which are wholly invisible—mind and speech;
52but the sound that proceeds from us does not the least resemble the divine organ of voice; for one organ of voice is mingled with the air, and flies to a kindred region with itself, namely to the ears; but the divine organ consists of unmixed and unalloyed speech, which outstrips the sense of hearing by reason of its fineness, and which is discerned by a pure soul, by means of its acuteness in the faculty of sight.
53Therefore, after having left all mortal things, God, as I have said before, gives, as his first gift to the soul, an exhibition and an opportunity of contemplating mortal things: and in the second place he gives it an improvement in the doctrines of virtue, in respect both of their numbers and of their importance; for he says, "And I will make thee into a mighty nation," using this expression with reference to the multitude of the nation, and with reference to the increase and improvement of what was already great;
54and that this quantity in each kind, that is to say, both as to magnitude and as to number, was greatly increased, is pointed out by the king of Egypt, where he says, "For behold," says he, "the race of the children of Israel is a great multitude." Since both these facts bear witness to the race which had the power of beholding the living God, that it had derived increase both in number and in magnitude, and as having done so, had met with prosperity, both in its life and in its language;
55for he does not say here (as any one would say who paid attention to the connection of the words which he was using), a numerous multitude, but he says, "A great multitude," knowing that the word numerous by itself implies an imperfect multitude, unless in addition to its numbers it has the attributes of intelligence and knowledge; for what advantage is it to comprehend many subjects of speculation, unless each of them receives a power of growth to a suitable size; for in like manner a field is not perfect in which there are innumerable plants growing on the ground, and no plant has grown up by means of the skill of the husbandman so as to arrive at perfection, unless it is now able to produce fruit.
56But the beginning and the end of the greatness and numerousness of good things is the ceaseless and uninterrupted recollection of God, and an invocation of his assistance in the civil and domestic, confused and continual, warfare of life; for Moses says, "Behold, the people is wise and full of knowledge; this is a mighty nation; for what nation is there so great, that has God so near, as the Lord our God is to us in all the circumstances in which we call upon him?"
57Therefore it has been plainly shown that there is power with God, which is a suitable and useful helper and defender, and the ruler himself comes nearer to the assistance of those persons who are worthy to be assisted. But who are they who are worthy to obtain such a mercy as this? It is plain that they are all lovers of wisdom and knowledge;
58for these are the wise people and the people of knowledge of whom he speaks, each of whom may naturally be called great, since he aims at great things, and at one great thing with excessive earnestness and eagerness, namely, at never being separated from the Almighty God, but at being able to endure his approach when he comes near steadily, and without any amazement or display.
59This is the definition of great, to be near to God, or at least to be near to that thing to which God is near; forsooth the world and the wise citizen of the world are both full of many and great good things, but all the rest of the multitude of men is involved in numerous evils, and in but few good things; for the good is rare in the agitated and confused life of man.
60On which account it is said in the sacred scriptures, "It is not because you are numerous beyond all the nations that the Lord has selected you above them all, and has chosen you out; for in truth you are but few in comparison of all nations, but it is because the Lord loves you;" for if any one were to choose to distribute the multitude of one soul as if according to nations, he would find a great many ranks totally destitute of all order, of which pleasures, or appetites or griefs, or fears, or again follies and iniquities, and all the other vices which are connected with or akin to them, are the leaders, and he would find but one rank alone well regulated, that namely which is under the leadership of right reason.
61Among men, then, the unjust multitude is usually honoured more than one single just person; but in the eye of God a small company that is good is preferred to an infinite number of persons who are unjust. And, on that account, he warns men never to consent to a multitude of such a character; "For," says he, "thou shalt not join with a multitude to do evil." May one, then, join a few to do so? One may never join a single bad man. But a bad man, though he be but a single individual, is a multitude in wickedness, and it is the greatest possible evil to join with him; for, on the contrary, it is becoming rather to oppose him and to make war upon him with fearless energy.
62"For if," says Moses, "you go forth to war against your enemies and see a horse," the emblem of arrogant and restive passion which scorns all control, "and a rider," the symbol of the mind devoted to the service of the passions, riding upon it, "and a great body of your people," admirers of those before-mentioned passions, and following in a solid phalanx, "you shall not be terrified so as to flee from them," for you, though only a single person, shall have a single being for your ally, "because the Lord your God is on your side;"
63for his advance to battle puts an end to war, builds up peace again, overthrows numbers of long-accustomed evils, preserves the scanty race which loves God, to whom every one who becomes subject hates and abominates the ranks of the more earthly armies.
64"For," says Moses, "you shall not eat those animals which have a multitude of feet, being numbered among all the reptiles that are upon the earth; because they are an abomination." But the soul is not deserving of being hated which goes upon the earth in one part of itself, but only that which does so with all or with the greatest proportion of its parts, and which is exceedingly greedy about the things of the body, and which, in short, is unable to penetrate into and contemplate the divine revolutions of the heaven.
65And, moreover, as the animal with many feet is accursed among reptiles, so also is that which has no feet at all; the one for the cause already mentioned, and the other because it entirely falls upon the ground in all its parts, not being supported off the ground by anything, not even for the briefest minute. For Moses says that, "Everything which goes upon its belly is unclean;" meaning, under this figurative expression, to point out those who pursue the pleasures of the belly.
66But some go far beyond these persons in wickedness, not only indulge in every description of desire, but also acquire that passion which is akin to desire, namely, anger, wishing to excite the whole of the irrational part of the soul and to destroy the mind. For what has been said in words, indeed, is applicable to the serpent, but in reality it is meant to apply to every man who is irrational and a slave to his passions, being truly a divine oracle, "Upon thy breast and upon thy belly shalt thou go;" for anger has its abode about the breast, and the seat of desire is in the belly.
67But the foolish man proceeds always by means of the two passions together, both anger and desire, omitting no opportunity, and discarding reason as his pilot and judge. But the man who is contrary to him has extirpated anger and desire from his nature, and has enlisted himself under divine reason as his guide; as also Moses, that faithful servant of God, did. Who, when he is offering the burnt offerings of the soul, "washes out the belly;" that is to say, he washes out the whole seat of desires, and he takes away "the breast of the ram of the consecration;" that is to say, the whole of the warlike disposition, that so the remainder, the better portion of the soul, the rational part, having no longer anything to draw it in a different direction or to counteract its natural impulses, may indulge its own free and noble inclinations towards everything that is beautiful;
68for, in this way, it will improve both in quantity and in magnitude. For it is said, "How long shall this people exasperate me? and till what time will they refuse to believe me in all the signs which I have done among them? I will smite them with death and I will destroy them, and I will make thee and thy father’s house into a mighty nation, greater and mightier than this." For when the great multitude of the passions which indulge in anger and desire in the soul is put to the rout, then immediately those affections which depend on its rational nature rise up and become brilliant;
69for as the reptile with many feet and that with no feet at all, though they are exactly opposite to one another in the race of reptiles, are both pronounced unclean, so also the opinion which denies any God, and that which worships a multitude of Gods, though quite opposite in the soul, are both profane. And a proof of this is that the law banishes them both "from the sacred assembly," forbidding the atheistical opinion, as a eunuch and mutilated person, to come into the assembly; and the polytheistic, inasmuch as it prohibits any one born of a harlot from either hearing or speaking in the assembly. For he who worships no God at all is barren, and he who worships a multitude is the son of a harlot, who is in a state of blindness as to his true father, and who on this account is figuratively spoken of as having many fathers, instead of one.
70There have now been two gifts of God already mentioned: the hope of a life devoted to contemplation, and an improvement in good things in respect both of quantity and of magnitude. The third gift is blessing, without which it is not possible that the graces already mentioned can be confirmed; for the scripture says, "And I will bless thee;" that is to say, I will give thee a word which shall be praised; for the portion εὖ (in εὐλογήσω, I will bless), is always applicable to virtue. And of speech, one kind is like a spring and another kind is like a stream;
71that which is in the mind being like the spring, and the utterance through the medium of the mouth and tongue resembling a stream. And it is great riches for either species of speech to be improved, for the mind to be so by exerting soundness of reason in everything, whether important or unimportant, or for the utterance to be so when under the guidance of right instruction;
72for many men think, indeed, most excellently, but are betrayed by a bad interpreter, namely, speech, because they have not throughly worked up the whole course of encyclical instruction. Others, again, have been exceedingly skilful in explaining their ideas, but very bad hands at forming intentions, as, for instance, those who are called sophists, for the mind of these sophists is destitute of all harmony and of all real learning; but their speeches, which are uttered by the organs of their voice, are full of music and beauty.
73But God gives no imperfect gifts to his subjects, but all his presents are complete and perfect. On which account he now dispenses blessing not to one section only, that of speech, but to both portions; thinking it proper that the man who has received a benefit should also conceive the most excellent notions, and should also be able to explain what he has conceived in a powerful manner; for perfection, as it seems, consists in the two points, of being able to form clear and just conceptions and intentions, and also of being able to interpret them correctly.
74Do you not see that Abel (and the name Abel is the name of one who mourns over mortal things, and attributes happiness to immortal things), has a mind wholly free from all liability to reproach? And yet, from not being practised in discussions, he is defeated by one who is clever as an antagonist in such things, Cain being able to get the better of him more through superiority of skill than of strength;
75for which reason, though I admire him on account of the good fortune with which he was endowed by nature, I nevertheless blame the disposition in him that, when he was challenged to a contest of discussion, he came forward to contend, when he ought to have abided by his usual tranquillity, discarding all love for contention. But if he was determined by all means to enter into such a contest, then still he ought not to have engaged in it until he had sufficiently practised himself in the exercises of the art; for men who have been long versed in political strife are usually accustomed to get the better of men of uncultivated acuteness.
Sections 76–100
76For this reason also the all-accomplished Moses deprecates coming to a consideration of reasonable looking and plausible arguments, from the time that God began to cause the light of truth to shine upon him; through the immortal words of his knowledge and wisdom. But he is not the less led on to the contemplation of these arguments, not for the sake of becoming skilful in many things (for the contemplation of God himself and of his most sacred powers, are quite sufficient for a man who is fond of contemplation), but with a view to get the better of the sophists in Egypt, where fabulous and plausible inventions are looked upon as entitled to higher honour than a clear statement of truth.
77When, therefore, the mind walks abroad among the affairs of the ruler of the universe, it requires nothing further as an object of contemplation, since the mind alone is the most piercing of all eyes as applied to the objects of the intellect; but when it is directed towards those things which are properly objects of the outward senses, or to any passion, or substance, of which the land of Egypt is the emblem, then it will have need of skill and power in argument.
78On which account Moses is directed also to take Aaron with him as an addition, Aaron being the symbol of uttered speech, "Behold," says God, "is not Aaron thy brother?" For one rational nature being the mother of them both, it follows of course that the offspring are brothers, "I know that he will speak." For it is the office of the mind to comprehend, and of utterance to speak. "He," says God, "will speak for thee." For the mind not being able to give an adequate exposition of the part which is assigned to it, uses its neighbour speech as an interpreter, for the purpose of explaining what it feels.
79Presently he further adds, "Behold he will come to meet thee," since in truth speech when it meets the conceptions, and embodies them in words, and names stamps what had before no impression on it, so as to make it current coin. And further on he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" for speech rejoices and exults when the conception is not indistinct, because it being clear and evident employs speech as an unerring and fluent expositor of itself, having a full supply of appropriate and felicitous expressions full of abundant distinctness and intelligibility.
80At all events when the conceptions are at all indistinct and ambiguous, speech is the treading as it were on empty air, and often stumbles and meets with a severe fall, so as never to be able to rise again. "And thou shalt speak to him, and thou shalt give my words into his mouth," which is equivalent to, Thou shalt suggest to him conceptions which are in no respect different from divine language and divine arguments.
81For without some one to offer suggestions, speech will not speak; and the mind is what suggests to speech, as God suggests to the mind. "And he shall speak for thee to the people, and he shall be thy mouth, and thou shalt be to him as God." And there is a most emphatic meaning in the expression, "He shall speak for thee," that is to say, He shall interpret thy conceptions, and "He shall be thy mouth." For the stream of speech being borne through the tongue and mouth conveys the conceptions abroad. But speech is the interpreter of the mind to men, while again mind is by means of speech the interpreter to God; but these thoughts are those of which God alone is the overseer.
82Therefore it is necessary for any one who is about to enter into a contest of sophistry, to pay attention to all his words with such vigorous earnestness, that he may not only be able to escape from the manoeuvres of his adversaries, but may also in his turn attack them, and get the better of them, both in skill and in power.
83Do you not see that conjurors and enchanters, who attempting to contend against the divine word with their sophistries, and who daring to endeavour to do other things of a similar kind, labour not so much to display their own knowledge, as to tear to pieces and turn into ridicule what was done? For they even transform their rods into the nature of serpents, and change water into the complexion of blood, and by their incantations they attract the remainder of the frogs to the land, and, like miserable men as they are, they increase everything for their own destruction, and while thinking to deceive others they are deceived themselves.
84And how was it possible for Moses to encounter such men as these unless he had prepared speech, the interpreter of his mind, namely Aaron? who now indeed is called his mouth; but in a subsequent passage we shall find that he is called a prophet, when also the mind, being under the influence of divine inspiration, is called God. "For," says God, "I give thee as a God to Pharaoh, and Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet." O the harmonious and well-organised consequence! For that which interprets the will of God is the prophetical race, being under the influence of divine possession and frenzy.
85Therefore "the rod of Aaron swallowed up their rods," as the holy scripture tells us. For all sophistical reasons are swallowed up and destroyed by the varied skilfulness of nature; so that they are forced to confess that what is done is "the finger of God," an expression equivalent to confessing the truth of the divine scripture which asserts that sophistry is always subdued by wisdom. For the sacred account tells us that "the tables" on which the commandments were engraved as on a pillar, "were also written by the finger of God." On which account the conjurors were not able to stand before Moses, but fell down as in a wrestling match, being overcome by the superior strength of their antagonist.
86What then is the fourth gift? The having a great name, for God says, "I will magnify thy name;" and the meaning of this, as it appears to me, is as follows; as to be good is honourable, so also to appear to be so is advantageous. And truth is better than appearance, but perfect happiness is when the two are combined. For there are great numbers of people who apply themselves to virtue in genuine honesty and sincerity, and who admire its genuine beauty, having no regard to the reputation which they may have with the multitude, and who in consequence have been plotted against, being thought wicked though in reality they are good.
87And indeed there is no advantage whatever in seeming, unless being has also been added long before, as is the case with respect to bodies; for if all men were to fancy that one who was labouring under a disease was in good health, or that one in good health was labouring under a disease, still their opinion would not of itself create either disease or good health.
88But the man to whom God has given both things, namely both to be good and virtuous and also to appear so, that man is truly happy, and has a name which is really magnified. And one must have a prudent regard for a good reputation as a thing of great importance, and one which greatly benefits the life which is dependent on the body. And it falls to the lot of every one who, rejoicing with contentment, changes none of the existing laws, but zealously preserves the constitution of his native land.
89For there are some men, who, looking upon written laws as symbols of things appreciable by the intellect, have studied some things with superfluous accuracy, and have treated others with neglectful indifference; whom I should blame for their levity; for they ought to attend to both classes of things, applying themselves both to an accurate investigation of invisible things, and also to an irreproachable observance of those laws which are notorious.
90But now men living solitarily by themselves as if they were in a desert, or else as if they were mere souls unconnected with the body, and as if they had no knowledge of any city, or village, or house, or in short of any company of men whatever, overlook what appears to the many to be true, and seek for plain naked truth by itself, whom the sacred scripture teaches not to neglect a good reputation, and not to break through any established customs which divine men of greater wisdom than any in our time have enacted or established.
91For although the seventh day is a lesson to teach us the power which exists in the uncreated God, and also that the creature is entitled to rest from his labours, it does not follow that on that account we may abrogate the laws which are established respecting it, so as to light a fire, or till land, or carry burdens, or bring accusations, or conduct suits at law, or demand a restoration of a deposit, or exact the repayment of a debt, or do any other of the things which are usually permitted at times which are not days of festival.
92Nor does it follow, because the feast is the symbol of the joy of the soul and of its gratitude towards God, that we are to repudiate the assemblies ordained at the periodical seasons of the year; nor because the rite of circumcision is an emblem of the excision of pleasures and of all the passions, and of the destruction of that impious opinion, according to which the mind has imagined itself to be by itself competent to produce offspring, does it follow that we are to annul the law which has been enacted about circumcision. Since we shall neglect the laws about the due observance of the ceremonies in the temple, and numbers of others too, if we exclude all figurative interpretation and attend only to those things which are expressly ordained in plain words.
93But it is right to think that this class of things resembles the body, and the other class the soul; therefore, just as we take care of the body because it is the abode of the soul, so also must we take care of the laws that are enacted in plain terms: for while they are regarded, those other things also will be more clearly understood, of which these laws are the symbols, and in the same way one will escape blame and accusation from men in general.
94Do you not see that Abraham also says, that both small and great blessings fell to the share of the wise man, and he calls the great things, "all that he had," and his possessions, which it is allowed to the legitimate son alone to receive as his inheritance; but the small things he calls gifts, of which the illegitimate children and those born of concubines, are also accounted worthy. The one, therefore, resemble those laws which are natural, and the other those which derive their origin from human enactment.
95I also admire Leah, that woman endued with all virtue, who, at the birth of Asher, who is the symbol of that bastard wealth, which is perceptible by the outward senses, says, "Blessed am I, because all women shall call me happy." For she sees plainly that she will have a favourable reputation, thinking that she deserves to be praised, not only by those reasonings which are really masculine and manly, which have a nature free from all spot and stain, and which honour that which is really honest and incorrupt, but also by those more feminine reasonings which are in every respect overcome by those things which are visible, and which are unable to comprehend any object of contemplation which is beyond them.
96But it is the part of a perfect soul to set up a claim, not only to be, but also to appear to be, and, to labour earnestly not merely to have a good reputation in the houses of the men, but also in the secret chambers of the women.
97On which account Moses also committed the preparation of the sacred works of the tabernacle not only to men, but also to women, who were to aid in making them; for all "the woven works of hyacinthine colour, and of purple and of scarlet work, and of fine linen, and of goats’ hair, do the women make;" and they also contribute their own ornaments without hesitation, "seals, and ear-rings, and finger-rings, and armlets, and tablets, all jewels of gold," — everything, in short, of which gold was the material, gladly giving up the ornaments of their person in exchange for piety;
98and, moreover, carrying their zeal to a still higher degree, they likewise consecrated even their mirrors, that a laver might be made of them," in order that those who were about to assist at the sacrifices, washing their hands and their feet, that is to say, those works about which the mind is occupied and on which it is fixed, may have a view of themselves in a mirror according to the recollection of those mirrors of which the laver was made; for in this way they will never permit anything disgraceful to remain in any portion of the soul. And now they will dedicate the offering of fasting and patience, the most beautiful and sacred, and perfect of offerings.
99But these real citizens and virtuous women are really as it were the outward senses, by whom Leah, that is virtue, desires to be honoured. But they who kindle an additional fire against the miserable mind are destitute of any city. For we read in the scripture that even, "women still burnt additional fire to Moab."
100But may we not in this way say that so each of the outward senses of the foolish man when set on fire by the appropriate objects of outward sense, does also set fire to the mind, spreading over it an exceeding and interminable flame with irresistible vigour and impetuosity. At all events it is best to propitiate the array of women, that is to say, of the outward senses in the soul, just as it is desirable to do so with respect to the men, that is to say, with respect to the particular reasonings. For in this manner we shall arrange a more excellent system of life in a very beautiful manner.
Sections 101–125
101On this account also the self-instructed Isaac prays to the lover of wisdom, that he may be able to comprehend both those good things which are perceptible by the outward senses, and those which are appreciable only by the intellect. For he says, "May God give thee of the dew of heaven, and of the fatness of the earth," a prayer equivalent, to May he in the first place pour upon thee a continual and heavenly rain appreciable by the intellect, not violently so as to wash thee away, but mildly and gently like dew, so as to benefit thee. And in the second place, may he bestow upon thee that earthly wealth which is perceptible by the outward senses, fat and fertile, having drained off its opposite, namely poverty, from the soul and from all its parts.
102But if you examine the great high priest, that is to say reason, you will find him entertaining ideas in harmony with these, and having his sacred garments richly embroidered by all the powers which are comprehensible either by the outward senses or by the intellect; the other portion of which clothing would require a more prolix explanation than is practicable on the present occasion, and we must pass it by for the present. But the extreme portions, those namely at the head and at the feet, we will examine.
103There is then on the head "a golden leaf," pure, having on it the impression of a seal, "Holiness to the Lord." And on the feet there are, "on the fringe of the inner garment, bells and small flowerets." But this seal is an idea of ideas, according to which God fashioned the world, being an incorporeal idea, comprehensible only by the intellect. And the flowerets and the bells are symbols of distinctive qualities perceptible by the outward senses; of which the faculties of hearing and of seeing are the judges.
104And he adds, with exceeding accuracy of investigation, "The voice of him shall be heard as he enters into the holy place," in order that when the soul enters into the places appreciable by the intellect, and divine, and truly holy, the very outward senses may likewise be benefited, and may sound in unison, in accordance with virtue; and our whole system, like a melodious chorus of many men, may sing in concert one well-harmonised melody composed of different sounds well combined, the thoughts inspiring the leading notes (for the objects of intellect are the leaders of the chorus); and the objects of the external senses, singing in melodies, accord the symphonies which follow, which are compared to individual members of the chorus.
105For, in short, as the law says, it was not right for the soul to be deprived of "its necessaries, and its garments, and its place of abode," these three things; but it ought rather to have had each of them allotted to it in a durable manner. Now the necessaries of the soul are those good things which are perceptible only by the intellect, which ought, and indeed are bound by the law of nature, to be attached to it; and the clothing means those things which relate to the exterior and visible ornament of human life; and the place of abode is continued diligence and care respecting each of the species before mentioned, in order that the objects of the outward senses may appear as the invisible objects of the intellect do also.
106There is, also, a fifth gift, which consists only in the bare fact of existence; and it is mentioned after all the previous ones, not because it is inferior to them, but rather because it overtops and excels them all; for what can be a greater blessing than to be formed by nature, and to be, without any falsehood or fictitious pretence, really good and worthy of the most perfect praise?
107"For," says God, "thou shalt be blessed" (εὐλογητός); not merely a person who is blessed (εὐλογημένος), for this latter fact is estimated by the opinions and reports of the multitude, but the other depends on a person being, in real truth, deserving of blessings;
108for as the being praiseworthy (τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι) differs from being praised, being superior to it; and as the being blameworthy differs from being blamed, in being worse; for the one depends upon a person’s natural character, while the other is affirmed only with reference to his being considered such and such. And real genuine nature is a more reliable thing than opinion; so, also, to be blessed by men, that is to say, to be celebrated by their praises and benedictions, is of less value than to be formed by nature so as to be worthy of blessing, even though all men should be silent respecting one, and this last is what is meant in the scriptures by the term blessed (εὐλογητός).
109These are the good things which are given to him who is about to be wise. But let us now examine what God, for the sake of the wise man, bestows on the rest of mankind also. He says, "I will bless those who bless thee, and curse those who curse thee."
110Now that this is said by way of doing honour to the good man, is plain to every one. And this, too, is not the only reason why it is said, but it is said also on account of the harmonious consequence which exists in things; for he who praises a good man is himself worthy of encomium, and he who blames him is, on the other hand, deserving of blame. But it is not so much the power of those who utter or who write praise or blame that is trusted to, as the real character of what is due; so that those persons would not really appear to praise or to blame at all who, in either case, adopt or introduce any falsehood of their own.
111Do you not see flatterers who, day and night, weary and annoy the ears of those to whom they address their flatteries, and who not only nod assent to every word that they say, but who also string together long sentences, and connect rhapsodies, and often pray to them with their mouths, but who are continually cursing them in their hearts?
112What, then, would any one in his senses say? Would he not pronounce that those who speak thus are, in reality, enemies rather than friends, and do in reality blame them rather than praise them, even if they put together whole dramas full of panegyric and sing them in their honour?
113Therefore, the vain Balaam, although he sang hymns of exceeding sublimity to God, among which, also, is that one beginning, "God is not as a man," the most beautiful of all songs, and who uttered panegyrics on the seeing multitude, Israel, going through a countless body of particulars, is rightly judged by the wise lawgiver to have been an impious man and accursed, and to have been cursing rather than blessing;
114for he says that he was hired for money by the enemy, and so became an evil prophet of evil things, bearing in his soul most bitter curses against the God loving nature, but being compelled to utter prophetically with his mouth and tongue the most exquisite and sublime prayers in their favour; for the things that he said, being very excellent, were, in fact, suggested by the God who loves virtue; but the curses which he conceived in his mind (for they were wicked) were the offspring of his mind, which hated virtue.
115And the sacred scripture bears testimony to this fact; for it says, "God did not grant to Balaam leave to curse thee, but turned his curses into blessing;" though, in fact, all the words that he uttered were full of good omen. But he who looks into all that is laid up in the recesses of the heart, and who alone has the power to see those things which are invisible to created beings, from these secret things has passed a condemnatory decree, being in his own person at once the most indubitable of witnesses and the most incorruptible of judges, since even the contrary thing is praised, namely, for a man who appears to calumniate and to accuse with his mouth, in his heart to be blessing, and praising, and speaking words of good omen.
116This, as it would seem, is the custom of those who correct youth, and of preceptors, and of parents, and of elders, and of rulers, and of laws; for they, at times, do each of them reprove and punish, and by these means render the souls of those who are under their instruction better. And of these men no one is an enemy to his pupil, but they are all of them friendly to all of them; but it is the office of friends who have a genuine and unalloyed good will to others to speak freely, without any unfriendly purpose.
117Therefore, as far as blessings, and praises, and prayers, or, on the other hand, reproaches and curses are concerned, one must not so much be guided by what proceeds out of the mouth by utterance, as by what is in the heart, by which, as by the original source of them all, both kinds of speeches are estimated.
118These, then, are the things which, he says, happen in the first instance to others on account of the good man, when they seek to load him with either praise or blame, or with blessings or curses. But that which comes next in order is the most important thing; that when they are silent, still no portion of the rational nature is left without a participation in the benefits; for God says that, "In thee shall all the nations of the world be blessed."
119And this is a promise exceedingly full of doctrine; for if the mind is always free from disease and from injury, it then exerts all the tribes of feelings which affect it, and all its powers in a state of sound health, namely, its powers of seeing and of hearing, and all those which belong to the outward senses; and, moreover, all its appetites which are conversant about pleasures and desires, and all those feelings likewise which being reduced from a state of agitation to one of tranquillity, receive a better character from the change.
120Before now, indeed, cities, and countries, and peoples, and nations of the earth, have enjoyed the greatest happiness and prosperity in consequence of the virtue and prudence of the individual; especially so when, in addition to a good disposition and wisdom, God has also given him irresistible power, as he may have given to a musician or to any artist the proper instruments for music, or for carrying out any other art, or as wood is supplied as a material for fire;
121for in good truth the just man is the prop of all the human race; and he, bringing all that he has into the common stock for the advantage of these who can use it, bestows his treasures ungrudgingly, and whatever he finds that he has not got in himself, he prays for to the only giver of all wealth, the all-bounteous God. And God, opening the treasures of heaven, pours forth and showers down upon him all kinds of good things together; so that all the channels on earth are filled with them to overflowing.
122And these blessings he at all times freely bestows, never rejecting the prayer of supplication which is addressed to him; for it is said in another passage, when Moses addresses him with supplication: "I am favourable to them according to thy word." And this expression, as it seems, is equivalent to the other: "In thee all the nations of the earth shall be blessed." On which account also the wise Abraham, who had had experience of the goodness of God in all things, believes that even if all other things are destroyed, still a small fragment of virtue would be preserved, like a spark of fire, and that for the sake of this little spark, he pities those other things also, so as to raise them up when fallen, and rekindle them when extinct.
123For even the slightest spark of fire that is still smouldering, when it is fanned and re-kindled will set fire to a large pile: and so too the smallest spark of virtue, when it beams up, being wakened into life by good hopes, gives light to what has previously been dim-sighted and blind, and causes what has been withered to shoot up again, and whatever is barren and unproductive it transforms and brings to abundance of prolific power. Thus a good, which is but rare, is, by the kindness of God, made abundant and showered upon men, making everything else to resemble itself.
124Let us therefore pray that the mind may be in the soul like a pillar in a house, and, in like manner, that the just man may be firmly established in the human race for the relief of all diseases; for while he is in vigorous health, one must not abandon all hope of complete safety, as through the medium of him, I imagine God the Saviour extending his all-healing medicine, that is to say, his propitious and merciful power to his suppliants and worshippers, bids them employ it for the salvation of those who are sick; spreading it like a salve over the wounds of the soul, which folly, and injustice, and all the other multitude of vices, being sharpened up, have grievously inflicted upon it.
125And a most visible example of this is the righteous Noah, who, when so many portions of the soul were swallowed up in the great deluge, himself vigorously overtopped the waves and floated on their surface, and so rose above all the dangers which threatened him; and when he had escaped in safety, he sent out great and beautiful roots from himself, from which, like a tree, the whole crop of wisdom sprang up, which, bearing useful fruit, put forth the three fruits of the seeing creature, Israel, the measures of time, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
Sections 126–150
126For, virtue is, and will be, and has been in everything; which virtue perhaps is at times obscured among men by the want of opportunity, but which opportunity the minister of God again brings to light. Since Sarah, that is to say, prudence, brings forth a male child, flourishing, not according to the periodical seasons of the year, but according to those seasons and felicitous occasions which have no connection with time; for it is said, "I will surely return and visit thee according to the time of life; and Sarah, thy wife, shall have a son."
127We have now, then, said enough about the gifts which God is accustomed to bestow on those who are to become perfect, and through the medium of them on others also. In the next passage it is said, that "Abraham went as the Lord commanded him."
128And this is the end which is celebrated among those who study philosophy in the best manner, namely, to live in accordance with nature. And this takes place when the mind, entering into the path of virtue, treads in the steps of right reason, and follows God, remembering his commandments, and at all times and in all places confirming them both by word and deed;"
129for "he went as the Lord commanded him." And the meaning of this is, as God commands (and he commands in a beautiful and praiseworthy manner), in that very manner does the virtuous man act, guiding the path of his life in a blameless way, so that the actions of the wise man are in no respect different from the divine commands.
130At all events, God is represented in another passage as saying, "Abraham has kept all my law." And law is nothing else but the word of God, enjoining what is right, and forbidding what is not right, as he bears witness, where he says, "He received the law from his words." If, then, the divine word is the law, and if the righteous man does the law, then by all means he also performs the the word of God. So that, as I said before, the words of God are the actions of the wise man.
131Accordingly, the end is according to the most holy Moses, to follow God; as he says also in another passage, "Thou shalt walk after the Lord thy God;" not meaning that he should employ the motion of his legs; for the earth is the support of a man, but whether the whole world is sufficient to be the support of God, I do not know; but he seems here to be speaking allegorically, intending to represent the way in which the soul follows the divine doctrines, which has a direct reference to the honour due to the great cause of all things.
132And he also, with a wish further to excite an irresistible desire of what is good, enjoins one to cleave to it; for he says, "Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve; and thou shalt cleave to him." What, then, is this cleaving? What? Surely it is piety and faith; for these virtues adapt and invite the mind to incorruptible nature. For Abraham also, when he believed, is said to have "come near to God."
133If, therefore, while you are walking you are neither fatigued, so as to give way and stumble, nor are so careless as to turn to either the right hand or to the left hand, and so to stray and miss the direct road which lies between the two; but if, imitating good runners, you finish the course of life without stumbling or error, you will deservedly obtain the crown and worthy prize of victory when you have arrived at your desired end.
134For is not this the crown and the prize of victory not to miss the proposed end of one’s labours, but to arrive at that goal of prudence which is so difficult to be reached? What, then, is the object of having right wisdom? To be able to condemn one’s own folly and that of every created being. For to be aware that one knows nothing is the end of all knowledge, since there is only one wise being, who is also the only God.
135On which account Moses very beautifully has represented the father of the universe as being also the inspector and superintendent of all that he has created, saying, "God saw all that he had made, and behold it was very good." For it was not possible for any one to have an accurate view of all that had been created, except for the Creator.
136Come, then, ye who are full of arrogance, and ignorance, and of exceeding insolence, ye that are wise in your own conceit, and who say not only that ye know accurately what each thing is, but that you are also able to explain the causes why it is so, showing daring with great rashness, as if ye had either been present at the creation of the world, and had actually seen how and from what each separate thing was made, or had been counsellors of the Creator concerning the things which were created.
137Come, and at once abandoning all other things, learn to know yourselves, and tell us plainly what ye yourselves are in respect of your bodies, in respect of your souls, in respect of your external senses, and in respect of your reason. Tell us now with respect to one, and that the smallest, perhaps, of the senses, what sight is, and how it is that you see; tell us what hearing is, and how is it that you hear; tell us what taste is, what touch is, what smell is, and how it is that you exercise the energies of each of these faculties; and what the sources of them are from which they originate.
138For do not tell me long stories about the moon and the sun, and all the other things in heaven and in the world, which are at such a distance from us and which are so different in their natures, empty-minded creatures that you are, before you examine into and become acquainted with yourselves; for when you have learnt to understand yourselves, then perhaps one may believe you when you enter into explanations respecting other things. But till you are able to tell what you yourselves are, do not expect ever to be looked upon as truth-telling judges or witnesses with respect to others.
139Since, then, these things are in this state, the mind, when it is rendered perfect, will pay its proper tribute to the God who causes perfection, according to that most sacred scripture, "For the law is, that tribute belongs to the Lord." When does the mind pay it? When? "On the third day it comes to the place which God has told it of," having passed by the greater portions of the differences of time, and being now passing over to that nature which has no connection with time;
140for then it will sacrifice its beloved son, not a man (for the wise man is not a slayer of his children), but the male offspring of a virtuously living soul, the fruit which germinates from it, as to which it knows not how it bore it, the divine shoot, which, when it appears, the soul then having appeared to be pregnant, confesses that it does not understand the good which has happened to it, saying, "Who will tell to Abraham?" as if, in fact, he would refuse to believe about the rising up of the self-taught race, that "Sarah was suckling a child," not that the child was being suckled by Sarah. For the self-taught offspring is nourished by no one, but is itself the nourishment of others as being competent to teach, and having no need to learn;
141for "I have brought forth a son," not like the Egyptian women, in the flower of my age and in the height of my bodily vigour, but like the Hebrew souls, "in my old age," when all the objects of the outward senses and all mortal things are faded, and when the objects of the intellect and immortal things are in their full vigour and worthy of all estimation and honour.
142And I have brought forth, too, without requiring the aid of the midwife’s skill; for we bring forth even before any skill or knowledge of man can come to us, without any of the ordinary means of assistance to help us, God having sown and generated an excellent offspring, which, in accordance with the law made concerning gratitude, very properly requites its creator with gratitude and honour. For, says God, "My gifts, and my offerings, and my first fruits, you have taken care to bring to me."
143This is the end of the path of those who follow the arguments and injunctions contained in the law, and who walk in the way which God leads them in; but he who falls short of this, on account of his hunger after pleasure and his greediness for the indulgence of his passions, by name Amalek; for the interpretation of the name Amalek is, "the people that licks up" shall be cut off.
144And the sacred scriptures teach us that this disposition is an insidious one; for when it perceives that the most vigorous portion of the power of the soul has passed over, then, "rising up from its ambuscade, it cuts to pieces the fatigued portion like a rearguard." And of fatigue there is one kind which easily succumbs through the weakness of its reason which is unable to support the labours, which are to be encountered in the cause of virtue, and so, like those who are surprised in the rearguard, it is easily overcome. But the other kind is willing to endure honourable toil, vigorously persevering in all good things, and not choosing to bear anything whatever that is bad, not even though it be ever so trifling, but rejecting it as though it were the heaviest of burdens.
145On which account, the law has also, by a very felicitous appellation, called virtue Leah, which name, being interpreted, means "wearied;" for she very naturally thought the life of the wicked heavy and burdensome, and in its own nature wearisome; and did not choose even to look upon it, turning her eyes only on what is beautiful;
146and let the mind labour not only to follow God without any relaxation or want of vigour, but also to walk onwards by the straight path, turning to neither side, neither to the right nor yet to the left, as the earthly Edom did, seeking out of the way lurking places, at one time being full of excesses and superfluities, and at another of differences and short comings; for it is better to proceed along the middle road, which is that which is really the royal road, and which the great and only King, God, has widened to be a most suitable abode for the souls that love virtue.
147On which account some also of those who prosecute a gentle kind of philosophy, which is conversant chiefly about the society of mankind, have pronounced the virtues to be means, placing them on the confines between two extremes. Since, on the one hand, excessive pride, being full of much insolence is an evil, and to take up with a humble and self-abasing demeanour is to expose one’s self to be trampled upon; but the mean, which is compounded of both, in a gentle manner is advantageous.
148We must also inquire what the meaning of the expression, "He went with Lot," is. Now, the name Lot, being interpreted, means "declination;" and the mind declines or inclines, at one time rejecting what is good, and at another time what is evil. And both these declinations are often seen in one and the same thing. For there are some hesitating and wavering people who incline to both sides in turn, like a ship which is tossed about by different winds, or like the different sides of a scale, being unable to rest firmly on one thing; people whom one cannot praise even when they turn to the better side, for they are influenced by impulse, and not by deliberate meaning.
149Now, of these men Lot is a spectator, who Moses here says went with the lover of wisdom. But it was very well that when he began to accompany him he should unlearn ignorance, and should never again return to it. But still he goes with him, not in the hope of deriving improvement from an imitation of a better man, but with a view of persecuting him also with a counter attraction and allurements in an opposite direction, and of leading him where there was a chance of his falling.
150And a proof of this is, that the one, having fallen back again into his ancient disease, departs, having been taken prisoner by those enemies who are in the soul; but the other, having guarded against all his designs, concealed in ambuscade, took every imaginable care to live at a distance from him. But the separate habitation he will arrange hereafter, but not yet. For at present, his speculations, as would be likely to be the case with a man who has but lately begun to apply himself to divine contemplation, have a want of solidity and steadiness in them. But when they have become more compact, and are established on a firmer footing, then he will be able to separate from himself the alluring and flattering disposition as an irreconcileable enemy, and one difficult to subdue:
Sections 151–175
151for this is that disposition which attaches itself to the soul in such a manner as to be difficult to shake off, hindering it from proceeding swiftly on its progress towards virtue. This, too, when we leave Egypt, that is to say, the whole of the district connected with the body, being anxious to unlearn our subjection to the passions, in accordance with the language and precepts of the prophet Moses, follows us close, checking and impeding our zeal in the departure, and out of envy causing delay to the rapidity of setting forth;
152for it is said, "And a great mixed multitude went up with them, and sheep, and oxen, and very much cattle." But this mixed multitude, if one is to speak the plain truth, are the cattle-like and irrational doctrines of the soul. And it is with particular beauty and propriety that he calls the soul of the wicked man a mixed multitude: for it is truly a company which has been collected and brought together from all quarters, and composed of a promiscuous body of numerous and antagonist opinions, being, though only one in point of number, of infinite variety by reason of its versatility and diversity;
153on which account, besides the word "mixed," there is also added the epithet "great;" for he who looks at one end only is truly simple, and unmixed, and plain; but he who proposes to himself many objects of life is manifold, and mixed, and rough, in real truth: on which account the sacred scriptures say, that the practiser of virtue, Jacob, was a smooth man, and that Esau, the practiser of what is shameful, was a hairy or rough man.
154On account, then, of this mixed and rough multitude collected together from mixed opinions collected from all imaginable quarters, the mind which was able to exert great speed when it was fleeing from the country of the body, that is, from Egypt, and which was able in those days to receive the inheritance of virtue, being assisted by a threefold light, the memory of past things, the energy of present things, and the hope of the future, passed that exceeding length of time, forty years, in going up and down, and all around, wandering in every direction by reason of the diversity of manners, when it ought rather to have proceeded by the straight and most advantageous way.
155This is he who not only rejoiced in a few species of desire, but who also chose to pass by none whatever entirely, so that he might obtain the whole entire genus in which every species is included; for it is said that, "the mixed multitude that was among them desired all kinds of concupiscence," that is to say, the very genus of concupiscence itself, and not some one species; and sitting down they wept. For the mind is conscious that it is possessed of but slight power, and when it is not able to obtain what it desires, it weeps and groans; and yet it ought to rejoice when it fails to be able to indulge its passions, or to become infected with diseases, and it ought to think their want and absence a very great piece of good fortune.
156But it very often happens to the followers of virtue, also, to become languid and to weep, either because they are bewailing the calamities of the foolish, on account of their participation in their common nature, and their natural love for their race, or through excess of joy. And this excess of joy arises whenever on a sudden an abundance of all kinds of good coming together are showered down to overflowing, without having been previously expected; in reference to which kind of joy it is that the poet appears to me to have used the expression—Smiling amid her tears.
157For exceeding joy, the best of all feelings, falling on the soul when completely unexpected, makes it greater than it was before, so that the body can no longer contain it by reason of its bulk and magnitude; and so, being closely packed and pressed down, it distils drops which it is the fashion to call tears, concerning which it is said in the Psalms, "Thou shalt give me to eat bread steeped in tears;" and again, "My tears have been my bread day and night;" for the food of the mind are tears such as are visible, proceeding from laughter seated internally and excited by virtuous causes, when the divine desire instilled into our hearts changes the song which was merely the lament of the creature into the hymn of the uncreated God.
158Some persons then repudiate this mixed and rough multitude, and raise a wall of fortification to keep it from them, rejoicing only in the race which loves God; but some, on the other hand, form associations with it, thinking it desirable to arrange their own lives according to such a system that they can place them on the confines between human and divine virtues, in order that they may touch both those which are virtues in truth and those which are such in appearance.
159Now the disposition which concerns itself in the affairs of state adheres to this opinion, which disposition it is usual to call Joseph, with whom, when he is about to bring his father, there go up "all the servants of Pharaoh, and the elders of his house, and all the elders of the land of Egypt, and all the whole family of Joseph, himself, and his brothers, and all his father’s house."
160You see here that this disposition which is conversant about affairs of state is placed between the house of Pharaoh and his father’s house, in order that it might equally reach the affairs of the body, that is to say, of Egypt; and those of the soul, which are all laid up in his father’s house as in a treasury; for when he says, "I am of God," and all the other things which are akin to or connected with him abide among the established laws of his father’s house; and when he mounts up into the second chariot of the mind, which appears to bear sovereign sway, namely, Pharaoh, he is again establishing Egyptian pride.
161And he is more miserable who is looked upon as a king of considerable renown, and who is born along in the chariot which has the precedence; for to be preeminent in what is not honourable is the most conspicuous disgrace, just as it is a lighter evil to come off second best in such a contest.
162But you may learn to perceive how wavering a disposition such a man has from the oaths which he swears, swearing at one time "by the health of Pharaoh," and then again, on the contrary, "not by the health of Pharaoh." But this latter formula of oath, which contains a negation, looks as if it were the injunction of his father’s house, which is always meditating the destruction of the passions, and wishing that they should die; but the other brings us back to the discipline of Egypt, which desires that these passions should be preserved;
163on which account, although so great a multitude went up together, he still does not call it a mixed multitude, since to a person who is endowed with a real power of seeing, and who is a lover of virtue, every thing which is not virtue nor an action of virtue, appears to be mixed and confused; but to him who still loves the things of earth, the prizes of earth do by themselves seem to be worthy of love and worthy of honour.
164Accordingly, as I have already said, the lovers of wisdom will raise a wall of exclusion against the man who, like a drone, has resolved to injure his profitable labours, and who follows him with this object, and he will receive those who, out of their admiration of what is honourable, follow him with a view to imitating him; assigning to each of them that portion which is suited to them; for, says he, "of the men who went with me, Eschol, Annan, and Mamre, shall receive a share." And by these names of persons he means dispositions which are good by nature and fond of contemplation;
165for Eschol is an emblem of a good disposition, having a name of fire, since a good disposition is full of good daring and fervour, and adheres to what it has ever applied itself. And Annan is the symbol of a man fond of contemplation; for the name, being interpreted, means "the eyes," from the fact that the eyes of the soul also are opened by cheerfulness; and of both these persons a life of contemplation is the inheritance, which is entitled Mamre, which name is derived from seeing; and to the contemplative man, the faculty of seeing is most appropriate and most peculiarly belonging.
166But when the mind, having been under the tuition of these trainers, finds nothing wanting for practise, it then proceeds onwards with and accompanies perfect wisdom, not outstripping it nor being outstripped by it, but marching alongside of it step by step, with equal pace. And the words of scripture show this, in which it is distinctly stated that "they both of them went together, and came to the plain which God had mentioned to them:"
167a most excellent equality of virtues, better than any rivalry, an equality of labour with a natural good condition of body, and an equality of art with self-instructed nature, so that both of them are able to carry off equal prizes of virtue; as if the arts of painting and statuary were not only able, as they are at present, to make representations devoid of motion or animation, but were able also to invest the objects which they paint or form with motion and life; for in that case the arts which were previously imitative of the works of nature would appear now to have become the natures themselves.
168But whoever is raised on high to such a sublime elevation will never any more allow any of the portions of his soul to dwell below among mortal men, but will draw them all up to himself as if they were suspended by a rope; for which reason a sacred injunction of the following purport was given to the wise man, "Go thou up to thy Lord, thou, and Aaron, and Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel."
169And the meaning of this injunction is as follows, "Go up, O soul, to the view of the living God, in an orderly manner, rationally, voluntarily, fearlessly, lovingly, in the holy and perfect numbers of seven multiplied tenfold." For Aaron is described in the law as the prophet of Moses, being loudly uttered speech prophesying to the mind. And Nadab is interpreted "voluntary," that is to say, the man who honours the Deity without compulsion; and the interpretation of the name Abihu is, "my father." This man is one who has not need of a master by reason of his folly, more than of a father by reason of his wisdom, namely such a father as God the ruler of the world.
170And these powers are the body-guards of the mind which is worthy to bear sovereign sway, which ought also to attend upon the king, and conduct him on his way. But the soul is afraid by itself to rise up to the contemplation of the living God, if it does not know the road, from being lifted up by a union of ignorance and audacity; and the falls which are caused by such a union of ignorance and great rashness are very serious;
171on which account Moses prays that he may have God himself as his guide to the road which leads to him. For he says, "If thou wilt not thyself go with me, then do not thou lead me hence." Because every motion which is without the divine approbation is mischievous, and it is better for men to remain here wandering about in this mortal life, as the greater portion of the human race does, than raising themselves up to heaven in pride and arrogance, to encounter an overthrow, as has happened to countless numbers of sophists, who have looked upon wisdom as only a discovery of plausible arguments, and not, as it is, a certain belief in and well-assured knowledge of facts.
172And perhaps too there is some such meaning as this intended to be conveyed by these words, —do not raise me up on high, bestowing on me riches, or glory, or honours, or authority, or any other of those things which are usually ranked as good, unless you intend also to go with them and me yourself; for these things are often calculated to cause either great mischief, or great advantage to their possessors; advantage when God is the guide of their mind; injury when the contrary is the case. For to great numbers of people the things which are called good not being so in reality have been the causes of irremediable evils,
173but the man who follows God does of necessity have for his fellow travellers all those reasons which are the attendants of God, which we are accustomed to call angels. At all events, it is said that "Abraham went with them conducting them on their way." Oh the admirable praise! according to which, he who was conducting others was himself conducted by them, only giving what he was receiving; not giving one thing instead of another, but only that one single thing, which was prepared as a retributory gift,
174for until a man is made perfect he uses divine reason as the guide of his path, for that is the sacred oracle of scripture: "Behold, I send my angel before thy face that he may keep thee in the road, so as to lead thee into the land which I have prepared for thee. Attend thou to him, and listen to him; do not disobey him; for he will not pardon your transgressions, for my name is in him."
175But when he has arrived at the height of perfect knowledge, then, running forward vigorously, he keeps up with the speed of him who was previously leading him in his way; for in this way they will both become attendants of God who is the guide of all things; no one of those who hold erroneous opinions accompanying them any longer, and even Lot himself, who turned on one side the soul, which might have been upright and inflexible, removing and living at a distance.
Sections 176–200
176And "Abraham," says Moses, "was seventy-five years of age, when he departed out of Charran." Now concerning the number of seventy-five years (for this contains a calculation corresponding to what has been previously advanced,) we will enter into an accurate examination hereafter. But first of all we will examine what Charran is, and what is meant by the departure from this country to go and live in another.
177Now it is not probable that any one of those persons who are acquainted with the law are ignorant that Abraham had previously migrated from Chaldaea when he came to live in Charran. But after his father died he then departed from this land of Chaldaea, so that he had now migrated from two different places.
178What then shall we say? The Chaldaeans appear beyond all other men to have devoted themselves to the study of astronomy and of genealogies; adapting things on earth to things sublime, and also adapting the things of heaven to those on earth, and like people who, availing themselves of the principles of music, exhibit a most perfect symphony as existing in the universe by the common union and sympathy of the parts for one another, which though separated as to place, are not disunited in regard of kindred.
179These men, then, imagined that this world which we behold was the only world in the existing universe, and was either God himself, or else that it contained within itself God, that is, the soul of the universe. Then, having erected fate and necessity into gods, they filled human life with excessive impiety, teaching men that with the exception of those things which are apparent there is no other cause whatever of anything, but that it is the periodical revolutions of the sun, and moon, and other stars, which distribute good and evil to all existing beings.
180Moses indeed appears to have in some degree subscribed to the doctrine of the common union and sympathy existing between the parts of the universe, as he has said that the world was one and created (for as it is a created thing and also one, it is reasonable to suppose that the same elementary essences are laid as the foundations of all the particular effects which arise, as happens with respect to united bodies that they reciprocally contain each other);
181but he differs from them widely in their opinion of God, not intimating that either the world itself, or the soul of the world, is the original God, nor that the stars or their motions are the primary causes of the events which happen among men; but he teaches that this universe is held together by invisible powers, which the Creator has spread from the extreme borders of the earth to heaven, making a beautiful provision to prevent what he has joined together from being dissolved; for the indissoluble chains which bind the universe are his powers.
182On which account even though it may be said somewhere in the declaration of the law, "God is in the heaven above, and in the earth beneath," let no one suppose that God is here spoken of according to his essence. For the living God contains everything, and it is impiety to suppose that he is contained by any thing, but what is meant is, that his power according to which he made, and arranged, and established the universe, is both in heaven and earth.
183And this, to speak correctly, is goodness, which has driven away from itself envy, which hates virtue and detests what is good, and which generates those virtues by which it has brought all existing things into existence and exhibited them as they are. Since the living God is indeed conceived of in opinion everywhere, but in real truth he is seen nowhere; so that divine scripture is most completely true in which it is said, "Here am I," speaking of him who cannot be shown as if he were being shown, of "him who is invisible as if he were visible, before thou existedst." For he proceeds onward before the created universe, and outside of it, and not contained or borne onward in any of the things whose existence began after his.
184These things then having been now said for the purpose of overturning the opinions of the Chaldaeans; he thinks that it is desirable to lead off and invite away those who are still Chaldaizing in their minds to the truth of his teaching, and he begins thus:— "Why," says he, "my excellent friends do you raise yourselves up in such a sudden manner from the earth, and soar to such a height? and why do ye rise above the air, and tread the ethereal expanse, investigating accurately the motions of the sun, and the periodical revolutions of the moon, and the harmonious and much-renowned paths of the rest of the stars? for these things are too great for your comprehension, inasmuch as they have received a more blessed and divine position.
185Descend therefore from heaven, and when you have come down, do not, on the other hand, employ yourselves in the investigation of the earth and the sea, and the rivers, and the natures of plants and animals, but rather seek to become acquainted with yourselves and your own nature, and do not prefer to dwell anywhere else, rather than in yourselves. For by contemplating the things which are to be seen in your own dwelling, that which bears the mastery therein, and that which is in subjection; that which has life, and that which is inanimate; that which is endowed with and that which is destitute of reason; that which is immortal, and that which is mortal; that which is better, and that which is worse; you will at once arrive at a correct knowledge of God and of his works.
186For you will perceive that there is a mind in you and in the universe; and that your mind, having asserted its authority and power over all the things in you, has brought each of the parts into subjection to himself. In like manner also, the mind of the universe being invested with the supremacy, governs the world by independent law and justice, having a providential regard not only for those things which are of more importance, but also for those which appear to be somewhat obscure.
187Abandoning therefore your superfluous anxiety to investigate the things of heaven, dwell, as I said just now within yourselves, forsaking the land of the Chaldaeans, that is, opinion, and migrating to Charran the region of the outward sense, which is the corporeal abode of the mind.
188For the name Charran, being interpreted, means "a hole;" and holes are the emblems of the places of the outward sense. For in some sense they are all holes and caves, the eyes being the caves in which the sight dwells, the ears those of hearing, the nostrils those of smelling, the throat the cavern of taste, and the whole frame of the body, being the abode of touch.
189Do ye therefore, dwelling among these things, remain tranquil and quiet, and investigate with all the exactness in your power the nature of each, and when you have learnt what there is good and bad in each part, avoid the one and choose the other. And when you have thoroughly and perfectly considered the whole of your own habitation, and have understood what relative importance each of its parts possesses, then rouse yourselves up and seek to accomplish a migration from hence, which shall announce to you, not death, but immortality;
190the evident proofs of which you will see even while involved in the corporeal cares perceptible by the outward senses, sometimes while in deep slumber (for then the mind, roaming abroad, and straying beyond the confines of the outward senses, and of all the other affections of the body, begins to associate with itself, looking on truth as at a mirror, and discarding all the imaginations which it had contracted from the outward senses, becomes inspired by the truest divination respecting the future, through the instrumentality of dreams), and at other times in your waking moments.
191For when, being under the influence of some philosophical speculations, you are allured onwards, then the mind follows this, and forgets all the other things which concern its corporeal abode; and if the external senses prevent it from arriving at an accurate sight of the objects of the intellect, then those who are fond of contemplation take care to diminish the impetuosity of its attack, for they close their eyes and stop up their ears, and check the rapid motion of the other organ, and choose to abide in tranquillity and darkness, that the eye of the soul, to which God has granted the power of understanding the objects of the intellect, may never be overshadowed by any of those objects appreciable only by the outward senses.
192Having then in this manner learnt to accomplish the abandonment of mortal things, you shall become instructed in the proper doctrines respecting the uncreated God, unless indeed you think that our mind, when it has put off the body, the external senses, and reason, can, when destitute of all these things and naked, perceive existing things, and that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, does not dwell outside of all material nature, and that he contains everything and is not contained by anything; and further, he does not penetrate beyond things by his intellect alone, like a man, but also by his essential nature, as is natural for a God to do;
193for it is not our mind which made the body, but that is the work of something else, on which account it is contained in the body as in a vessel; but the mind of the universe created the universe, and the Creator is better than the created, therefore it can never be contained in what is inferior to itself; besides that it is not suitable for the father to be contained in the son, but rather for the son to derive increase from the love of the father.
194And in this manner the mind, migrating for a short time, will come to the father of piety and holiness, removing at first to a distance from genealogical science, which originally did erroneously persuade it to fancy that the world was the primary god, and not the creature of the first God, and that the motions and agitations of the stars were the causes to men of disaster, or, on the contrary, of good fortune.
195After that the mind, coming to a due consideration of itself, and studying philosophically the things affecting its own abode, that is the things of the body, the things of the outward sense, the things of reason, and knowing, as the line in the poet has it— That in those halls both good and ill are planned; Then, opening the road for itself, and hoping by travelling along it to arrive at a notion of the father of the universe, so difficult to be understood by any guesses or conjectures, when it has come to understand itself accurately, it will very likely be able to comprehend the nature of God; no longer remaining in Charran, that is in the organs of outward sense, but returning to itself. For it is impossible, while it is still in a state of motion, in a manner appreciable by the outward sense rather than by the intellect, to arrive at a proper consideration of the living God.
196On which account also that disposition which is ranked in the highest class by God, by name Samuel, does not explain the just precepts of kingly power to Saul, while he is still lying among the pots, but only after he has drawn him out from thence: for he inquires whether the man is still coming hither, and the sacred oracle answers, "Behold, he is hidden among the stuff."
197What, then, ought he who hears this answer, and who is by nature inclined to receive instruction, to do, but to draw him out at once from thence? Accordingly, we are told, "He ran up and took him out from thence, because he who was abiding among the vessels of the soul, that is, the body and the outward senses, was not worthy to hear the doctrines and laws of the kingdom (and by the kingdom, we mean wisdom, since we call the wise man a king); but when he has risen up and changed his place, then the mist around him is dissipated, and he will be able to see clearly. Very appropriately, therefore, does the companion of knowledge think it right to leave the region of the outward sense, by name Charran;
198and he leaves it when he is seventy-five years old; and this number is on the confines of the nature discernible by the outward senses, and of that intelligible by the intellect, and of the older and younger, and also of perishable and imperishable nature;
199for the elder, the imperishable ratio, that comprehensible by the intellect, exists in the seventy; the younger ratio, discernible by the outward senses, is equal in number to the five outward senses. In this latter also the practiser of virtue is seen exercising himself when he has not yet been able to carry off the perfect prize of victory; —for it is said, that all the souls which came out of Jacob were seventy and five; —
200for to him, while wrestling, and not shrinking at all from the truly sacred contest, for the acquisition of virtue, belong the souls which are the offspring of the body, and which have not yet acquired reason, but are still attracted by the multitude of the outward senses. For Jacob is the name of one who is wrestling and engaged in a contest and trying to trip up his antagonist, not of one who has gained the victory.
Sections 201–225
201But when he appeared to have gained ability to behold God, his name was changed to Israel, and then he uses only the computation of seventy, having extirpated the number five, the number of the outward senses; for it is said, that "thy fathers went down to Egypt, being seventy souls." This is the number which is familiar to Moses the wise man: for it happened that those who were selected as carefully picked men out of the whole multitude, were seventy in number; and those all elders, not only in point of age, but also in wisdom and counsel, and in prudence, and in ancient integrity of manners.
202And this number is consecrated and dedicated to God when the perfect fruits of the soul are offered up. For, on the feast of tabernacles, besides all other sacrifices, it is ordered that the priest should offer up seventy heifers for a burnt offering. Again, it is in accordance with the computation of seventy that the phials of the princes are provided, for each of them is of the weight of seventy shekels; since whatever things are associated and confederate together in the soul, and dear to one another, have a power which is truly attractive, namely, the sacred computation of seventy, which Egypt, the nature which hates virtue, and loves to indulge the passions, is introduced as lamenting; for mourning among them is computed at seventy days.
203This number, therefore, as I have said before, is familiar to Moses, but the number of the five outward senses is familiar to him who embraces the body and external things, which it is customary to call Joseph; for he pays such attention to those things, that he presents his own uterine brother, the offspring of the outward sense, for he had no acquaintance at all with those who were only his brothers as sons of the same father, with five exceedingly beautiful garments, thinking the outward senses things of exceeding beauty, and worthy of being adorned and honoured by him.
204Moreover, he also enacts laws for the whole of Egypt, that they should honour them, and pay taxes and tribute to them every year as to their kings; for he commands them to take a fifth part of the corn, that is to say, to store up in the treasury abundant materials and nourishment for the five outward senses, in order that each of them might rejoice while filling itself unrestrainedly with suitable food, and that it might weigh down and overwhelm the mind with the multitude of things which were thus brought upon it; for during the banquet of the outer senses, the mind is labouring under a famine, as, on the contrary, when the outward senses are fasting, the mind is feasting.
205Do you not see that the five daughters of Salpaad, which we, using allegorical expressions, call the outward senses, were born of the tribe of Manasseh, who is the son of Joseph, the elder son in point of time, but the younger in rank and power? and very naturally, for he is so called from forgetfulness, which is a thing of equal power with an outward sense. But recollection is placed in the second rank, after memory, of which Ephraim is the namesake; and the interpretation of the name of Ephraim is, "bearing fruit;" and the most beautiful and nutritious fruit in souls is a memory which never forgets;
206therefore the virgins speak to one another in a becoming manner, saying, "Our father is dead." Now the death of recollection is forgetfulness: "And he has died not for his own sin," speaking very righteously, for forgetfulness is not a voluntary affection, but is one of those things which are not actually in us, but which come upon us from without. And they were not his sons, but his daughters; since the power of memory, as being what has its existence by its own nature, is the parent of male children; but forgetfulness, arising from the slumber of reason, is the parent of female children, for it is destitute of reason; and the outward senses are the daughters of the irrational part of the soul.
207But if any one has outrun him in speed, and has become a follower of Moses, though he is not yet able to keep pace with him, he will use a compound and mixed number, namely, that of five and seventy, which is the symbol of the nature which is both perceptible by the outward senses and intelligible by the intellect, the two uniting together for the production of one irreproachable species.
208I very much admire Rebecca, who is patience, because she, at that time, recommends the man who is perfect in his soul, and who has destroyed the roughnesses of the passions and vices, to flee and return to Charran; for she says, "Now, therefore, my child, hear my voice, and rise up and depart, and flee away to Laban, my brother, to Charran, and dwell with him certain days, until the anger and rage of thy brother is turned from being against thee, and till he forgets what thou hast done to him."
209And it is with great beauty that she here calls going by the road, which leads to the outward senses, a fleeing away; for, in truth, the mind is then a fugitive, when, having left its own appropriate objects which are comprehensible to the understanding, it turns to the opposite rank of those which are perceptible by the outward senses. And there are cases in which to run away is useful, when a person adopts this line of conduct, not out of hatred to his superior, but in order to avoid the snares which are laid for him by his inferior.
210What, then, is the recommendation of patience? A most admirable and excellent one. If ever, she says, you see the passion of rage and anger highly provoked and excited to ferocity either in thyself or in any one else, which is nourished by irrational and unmanageable nature, do not excite it further and make it more savage, for then perhaps it will inflict incurable wounds; but cool its fervour, and pacify its too highly inflamed disposition, for if it be tamed and rendered tractable it will do you less injury.
211What, then, are the means by which it can be tamed and pacified? Having, as far as appearance goes, assumed another form and another character, follow it, first of all, wherever it pleases, and, opposing it in nothing, admit that you have the same objects of love and hatred with itself, for by these means it will be rendered propitious; and, when it is pacified, then you may lay aside your pretence, and, not expecting any longer to suffer any evil at its hand, you may with indifference return to the care of your own objects;
212for it is on this account that Charran is represented as full of cattle, and as having tenders of flocks for its inhabitants. For what region could be more suitable for irrational nature, and for those who have undertaken the care and superintendence of it, than the external senses which exist in us?
213Accordingly, when the practiser of virtue asks, "From whence come ye?" the shepherds answer him truly, that they come "from Charran." For the irrational powers come from the external sense, as the rational ones come from the mind. And when he further inquires whether they know Laban, they very naturally assert that they do know him, for the outward sense is acquainted with complexion and with every distinctive quality, as it thinks; and of complexion and distinctive qualities Laban is the symbol.
214And he himself, when at last he is made perfect, will quit the abode of the outward senses, and will set up the abode of the soul as belonging to the soul, which, while still among labours and among the external senses, he gives a vivid description of; for he says, "When shall I make myself, also, a house?" When, disregarding the objects of the external senses and the external senses themselves, shall I dwell in mind and intellect, being, in name, going to and fro among and dwelling among the objects of contemplation, like those souls which are fond of investigating invisible objects,
215which it is usual to call midwives? For they also make suitable coverings and phylacteries for souls which are devoted to virtue; but the strongest and most defensible abode was the fear of God, to those, at least, who have him for an impregnable fortress and wall. "For," says Moses, "when the midwives feared God they made themselves houses."
216The mind, therefore, going forth out of the places which are in Charran, is said "to have travelled through the land until it came to the place of Sichem, to a lofty oak." And let us now consider what this travelling through the land means. The disposition which is fond of learning is inquisitive and exceedingly curious by nature, going everywhere without fear or hesitation and prying into every place, and not choosing to leave anything in existence, whether person or thing, not thoroughly investigated; for it is by nature extraordinarily greedy of everything that can be seen or heard, so as not only not to be satisfied with the things of its own country, but even to desire foreign things which are established at a great distance.
217At all events, they say that it is an absurd thing for merchants and dealers to cross the seas for the sake of gain, and to travel all round the habitable world, not allowing any considerations of summer, or winter, or violent gales, or contrary winds, or old age, or bodily sickness, or the society of friends, or the unspeakable pleasures arising from wife, or children, or one’s other relations, or love of one’s country, or the enjoyment of political connections, or the safe fruition of one’s money and other possessions, or, in fact, anything whatever, whether great or small, to be any hindrance to them;
218and yet for men, for the sake of that most beautiful and desirable of all possessions, the only one which is peculiar to the human race, namely, wisdom, to be unwilling to cross over every sea and to penetrate every recess of the earth, inquiring whenever they can find anything beautiful either to see or to hear, and tracing out such things with all imaginable zeal and earnestness, until they arrive at the enjoyment of the things which are thus sought for and desired.
219Do thou then, O my soul, travel through the land, and through man, bringing if you think fit, each individual man to a judgment of the things which concern him; as, for instance, what the body is, and under what influences, whether active or passive, it co-operates with the mind; what the external sense is, and in what manner that assists the dominant mind; what speech is, and of what it becomes the interpreter so as to contribute to virtue; what are pleasure and desire; what are pain and fear; and what art is capable of supplying a remedy for these things; by the aid of which a man when infected with these feelings may easily escape, or else perhaps may never be infected at all: what folly is, what intemperance, what committing injustice, what the whole multitude of other diseases, which it is the nature of all destructive vice to engender; and also what are the means by which they can be averted. And also, on the contrary, what justice is, what prudence is, and temperance, and manly courage, and deliberate wisdom, and in short what each virtue is, and what the mastery over the passions is, and in what way each of these virtues is usually produced.
220Travel also through the greatest and most perfect being, namely this world, and consider all its parts, how they are separated in respect of place and united in respect of power; and also what is this invisible chain of harmony and unity, which connects all those parts; and if while considering these matters, thou canst not easily comprehend what thou seekest to know, persevere and be not wearied; for these matters are not attainable without a struggle, but they are only found out with difficulty and by means of much and great labour;
221on which account the man fond of learning is taken up to the field of Sichem; and the name Sichem, being interpreted means, "a shoulder," and intimates labour, since it is on the shoulders that men are accustomed to bear burdens. As Moses also mentions in another passage, when speaking of a certain athlete he proceeds in this manner, "He put his shoulder to the labour and became a husbandman."
222So that never, O my mind, do thou become effeminate and yield; but even if any thing does appear difficult to be discovered by contemplation, still opening the seeing faculties that are in thyself, look inwards and investigate existing things more accurately, and never close thy eyes whether intentionally or unintentionally; for sleep is a blind thing as wakefulness is a sharp-sighted thing. And it is well to be content if by assiduity in investigation it is granted to thee to arrive at a correct conception of the objects of thy search.
223Do you not see that the scripture says that a lofty oak was planted in Sichem? meaning under this figurative expression to represent the labour of instruction which never gives in, and never bends through weariness, but is solid, firm, and invincible, which the man who wishes to be perfect must of necessity exert, in order that the tribunal of the soul, by name Dinah, for the interpretation of the name Dinah is "judgment" may not be seized by the exertions of that man who, being a plotter against prudence, is labouring in an opposite direction.
224For he who bears the same name as this place, namely Sichem, the son of Hamor, that is, of irrational nature; for the name Hamor means "an ass;" giving himself up to folly and being bred up with shamelessness and audacity, infamous man that he was, attempted to pollute and to defile the judicial faculties of the mind; if the pupils and friends of wisdom, Sichem and Levi, had not speedily come up, having made the defences of their house safe, and destroyed those who were still involved in the labour devoted to pleasure and to the indulgence of the passions and uncircumcised. For though there was a sacred scripture that, "There should be no harlot among the daughters of the seer, Israel," these men, having ravished a virgin soul, hoped to escape notice;
225for there is never a scarcity of avengers against those who violate treaties; but even though some persons fancy there may be, they will only fancy it, and will in the reality of the fact be proved to entertain a false opinion. For justice hates the wicked, and is implacable, and a relentless avenger of all unrighteous actions, overthrowing the ranks of those who defile virtue, and when they are overthrown, then again the soul, which before appeared to be defiled, changes and returns to its virgin state. I say, which appeared to be defiled, because, in fact, it never was defiled; for of involuntary accidents that which affects the patient is not in reality his suffering, just as what is done by a person who does wrong unintentionally, the wrong is not really his action.
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Καὶ εἶπε κύριος τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ἄπελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἥν σοι δείξω· καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ εὐλογήσω σε καὶ μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ ἔσῃ εὐλογητός. καὶ εὐλογήσω τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι, καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 1 — 3).
2βουληθεὶς ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν καθῆραι πρῶτον αὐτῇ δίδωσιν ἀφορμὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντελῆ τὴν ἐκ τριῶν χωρίων μετανάστασιν, σώματος, αἰσθήσεως, λόγου τοῦ κατὰ προφοράν· τὴν μὲν γὰρ γῆν σώματος, τὴν δὲ συγγένειαν αἰσθήσεως, τὸν δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς οἶκον λόγου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι σύμβολον.
3διὰ τί; ὅτι τὸ μὲν σῶμα καὶ ἐκ γῆς ἔλαβε τὴν σύστασιν καὶ ἀναλύεται πάλιν εἰς γῆν — μάρτυς δὲ Μωυσῆς, ὅταν φῇ· „γῆ εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3,19)· καὶ γὰρ παγῆναί φησιν αὐτὸ χοῦν εἰς ἀνθρωπείαν μορφὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαπλάσαντος, ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸ λυόμενον εἰς τὰ δεθέντα λύεσθαι—, αἴσθησις δὲ συγγενὲς καὶ ἀδελφόν ἐστι διανοίας, ἄλογον λογικῆς, ἐπειδὴ μιᾶς ἄμφω μέρη ψυχῆς ταῦτα, πατρὸς δὲ οἶκος ὁ λόγος, ὅτι πατὴρ μὲν ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς σπείρων εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν τὰς ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις καὶ διανέμων εἰς αὐτὰ τὰς ἐνεργείας ἐπιμέλειάν τε καὶ ἐπιτροπὴν ἀνημμένος ἁπάντων, οἶκος δέ, ἐν ᾧ διαιτᾶται, τῆς ἄλλης ὑπεξῃρημένος οἰκίας ὁ λόγος· καθάπερ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἑστία, καὶ νοῦ λόγος ἐνδιαίτημα.
4ἑαυτὸν γοῦν καὶ ὅσα ἂν ἐνθυμήματα τέκῃ, ὥσπερ ἐν οἴκῳ τῷ λόγῳ διαθεὶς καὶ διακοσμήσας ἐπιδείκνυται. μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ νοῦ τὸν λόγον ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ κέκληκεν οἶκον· καὶ γὰρ τὸν τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οἶκον ἔχειν φησὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον.
5οὗ τὴν φαντασίαν ὁ ἀσκητὴς λαβὼν ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ ὅτι „οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἀλλ’ ἢ οἶκος θεοῦ“ (Gen. 28, 17), ἴσον τῷ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ οἶκος οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο τῶν εἰς δεῖξιν ἐρχομένων ἢ συνόλως πιπτόντων ὑπ’ αἴσθησιν, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ ἀόρατος, ἀειδής, ψυχῇ μόνον ὡς ψυχῇ καταλαμβανόμενος.
6τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη πλὴν ὁ λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν γένεσιν εἰληφότων, οὗ καθάπερ οἴακος ἐνειλημμένος ὁ τῶν ὅλων κυβερνήτης πηδαλιουχεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ ὅτε ἐκοσμοπλάστει χρησάμενος ὀργάνῳ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν ἀνυπαίτιον τῶν ἀποτελουμένων σύστασιν;
7ὡς μὲν τοίνυν γῆν μὲν τὸ σῶμα, συγγένειαν δὲ τὴν αἴσθησιν, οἶκον δὲ πατρὸς τὸν λόγον αἰνίττεται, δεδηλώκαμεν. τὸ δὲ „ἄπελθε ἐκ τούτων“ οὐκ ἔσθ’ ὅμοιον τῷ διαζεύχθητι κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἐπεὶ θάνατον ἦν διαγορεύοντος ἡ πρόσταξις, ἀλλ’ ἴσον τῷ τὴν γνώμην ἀλλοτριώθητι, πρὸς μηδενὸς περισχεθεὶς αὐτῶν ὑπεράνω στῆθι πάντων· ὑπήκοοί σού εἰσι, μηδέποτε ὡς ἡγεμόσι χρῶ·
8βασιλεὺς ὢν ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄρχεσθαι πεπαίδευσο, πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα γίνωσκε σεαυτόν, ὡς καὶ Μωυσῆς πολλαχοῦ διδάσκει λέγων „πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ“ (Exod. 34,12)· οὕτως γὰρ ὧν τε ὑπακούειν καὶ οἷς ἐπιτάττειν προσῆκεν αἰσθήσῃ.
9ἄπελθε οὖν ἐκ τοῦ περὶ σεαυτὸν γεώδους, τὸ παμμίαρον, ὦ οὗτος, ἐκφυγὼν δεσμωτήριον, τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὰς ὥσπερ εἱρκτοφύλακας ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ παντὶ σθένει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει, μηδὲν τῶν εἰς κάκωσιν παρείς, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀθρόα συλλήβδην ἐπανατεινάμενος.
10ἄπελθε κἀκ τῆς συγγενοῦς αἰσθήσεως· νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ κέχρηκας ἑκάστῃ σεαυτὸν καὶ γέγονας ἀλλότριον τῶν δεδανεισμένων ἀγαθὸν ἀποβεβληκὼς τὸ ἴδιον. οἶδας δέ, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσιν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοί σε ἄγουσι καὶ ὦτα καὶ ἡ ἄλλη τῆς συγγενείας πληθὺς ἅπασα πρὸς τὰ φίλα ἑαυτοῖς.
11ἐὰν δὲ ἐθελήσῃς κομίσασθαι τὰ σαυτοῦ δάνεια καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν κτῆσιν περιβαλέσθαι μηδὲν αὐτῆς διαζεύξας ἢ ἀλλοτριώσας μέρος, εὐδαίμονος μεταποιήσῃ βίου, χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν οὐκ ὀθνείων ἀλλ’ οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν εἰς ἀεὶ καρπούμενος.
12ἀλλὰ μετανάστηθι κἀκ τοῦ κατὰ προφορὰν λόγου, ὃν πατρὸς οἶκον ὠνόμασεν, ἵνα μὴ ῥημάτων καὶ ὀνομάτων ἀπατηθεὶς κάλλεσι τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν κάλλους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς δηλουμένοις πράγμασι, διαζευχθῇς. ἄτοπον γὰρ ἢ σκιὰν σωμάτων ἢ μίμημα ἀρχετύπων φέρεσθαι πλέον· σκιᾷ μὲν δὴ καὶ μιμήματι ἔοικεν ἑρμηνεία, σώμασι δὲ καὶ ἀρχετύποις αἱ τῶν διερμηνευομένων φύσεις πραγμάτων, ὧν τὸν ἐφιέμενον τοῦ εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ δοκεῖν χρὴ περιέχεσθαι διοικιζόμενον ἀπ’ ἐκείνων.
13ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ὁ νοῦς ἄρξηται γνωρίζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοῖς νοητοῖς ἐνομιλεῖν θεωρήμασιν, ἅπαν τὸ κλινόμενον τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ αἰσθητὸν εἶδος ἀπώσεται, ὃ κέκληται παρ’ Ἑβραίοις Λώτ. οὗ χάριν ὁ σοφὸς εἰσάγεται λέγων ἄντικρυς· „διαχωρίσθητι ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 13, 9)· συνοικεῖν γὰρ ἀμήχανον τὸν ἀσωμάτων καὶ ἀφθάρτων ἔρωτι κατεσχημένον τῷ πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ ῥέποντι.
14παγκάλως οὖν ὁ ἱεροφάντης μίαν τῆς νομοθεσίας ὅλην ἱερὰν βίβλον Ἐξαγωγὴν ἀνέγραψεν οἰκεῖον ὄνομα εὑράμενος τοῖς περιεχομένοις χρησμοῖς· ἅτε γὰρ παιδευτικὸς ὢν καὶ πρὸς νουθεσίαν καὶ σωφρονισμὸν ἑτοιμότατος τῶν οἵων τε νουθετεῖσθαι καὶ σωφρονίζεσθαι πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν λεὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας χώρας, τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τῶν οἰκητόρων αὐτῆς ἐξελεῖν διανοεῖται, χαλεπώτατον καὶ βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἡγούμενος ὁρατικὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς σαρκὸς ἡδονῶν πιεσθῆναι καὶ ἐπιτάγμασιν ὑπηρετεῖν, ἅττ’ ἂν αἱ ἀνηλεεῖς προστάττωσιν ἐπιθυμίαι.
15τούτους μὲν οὖν στενάξαντας καὶ πολλὰ ἐκδακρύσαντας τὴν σωματικὴν εὐθηνίαν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀφθόνους περιουσίας — λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων“ (Exod. 2, 23) — ὑφηγησαμένου τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον ὁ προφήτης αὐτοῦ ῥύεται.
16εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ μέχρι τῆς τελευτῆς τὰς πρὸς σῶμα σπονδὰς ἔθεντο καὶ ὥσπερ λάρνακι ἢ σορῷ ἢ ὅπως ὀνομάζειν ἑτέρως φίλον τῷδε ἐνετάφησαν. ὧν τὰ μὲν ὅσα φιλοσώματα καὶ φιλοπαθῆ μέρη λήθῃ παραδοθέντα κατορύττεται· εἰ δέ πού τι φιλάρετον παρανέβλαστε, μνήμαις ἀνασῴζεται, δι’ ὧν τὰ καλὰ ζωπυρεῖσθαι πέφυκε.
17τὰ γοῦν ὀστᾶ Ἰωσήφ, λέγω δὴ τὰ μόνα ὑπολειφθέντα τῆς τοσαύτης ψυχῆς ἀδιάφθορα καὶ ἀξιομνημόνευτα εἴδη, περιποιεῖται ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος (Gen. 50, 25), ἄτοπον ἡγούμενος καθαρὰ μὴ καθαροῖς συνεζεῦχθαι.
18τὰ δ’ ἀξιομνημόνευτα ταῦτα ἦν· τὸ πιστεῦσαι ὅτι „ἐπισκέψεται ὁ θεὸς“ τὸ ὁρατικὸν γένος (Gen. 50, 24) καὶ οὐ παραδώσει μέχρι παντὸς αὐτὸ ἀμαθίᾳ, τυφλῇ δεσποίνῃ, τὸ διακρῖναι τά τε θνητὰ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ ἄφθαρτα καὶ τὰ μὲν ὅσα περὶ τὰς σώματος ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας παθῶν ἀμετρίας θνητὰ ὄντα Αἰγύπτῳ καταλιπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀφθάρτων σπονδὴν ποιήσασθαι, ὅπως μετὰ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων εἰς τὰς ἀρετῆς πόλεις διακομισθῇ, καὶ ὅρκῳ τὴν σπονδὴν ἐμπεδώσασθαι.
19τίνα οὖν τὰ ἄφθαρτα; ἡ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀλλοτρίωσις τὴν λέγουσαν· συνευνασθῶμεν (Gen. 39, 7) καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ μετὰ καρτερίας ἀγχίνοια, δι’ ἧς τὰ τῶν κενῶν δοξῶν νομιζόμενα ἀγαθὰ ὡς ἂν ἐνύπνια ὄντα * * * διακρίνει καὶ διαστέλλει, ὁμολογῶν τὰς μὲν ἀληθεῖς καὶ σαφεῖς τῶν πραγμάτων συγκρίσεις εἶναι κατὰ θεόν (Gen. 40, 8), τὰς δὲ ἀδήλους καὶ ἀσαφεῖς φαντασίας κατὰ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τύφου μεστὸν μήπω κεκαθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων βίον ταῖς διὰ σιτοπόνων καὶ μαγείρων καὶ οἰνοχόων τέρψεσι χαίροντα, τὸ μὴ ὑπήκοον,
20ἀλλ’ ἄρχοντα Αἰγύπτου πάσης, τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας, ἀναγραφῆναι (Gen. 41, 41), τὸ αὐχεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ γένος εἶναι Ἑβραίων (Gen. 40, 15), οἷς ἔθος ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ μετανίστασθαι — περάτης γὰρ ὁ Ἑβραῖος ἑρμηνεύεται —, τὸ σεμνύνεσθαι ὅτι „ὧδε οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδέν“ (ibid.) — τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν τῶν ἐνταῦθα σπουδαζομένων παρὰ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐργάσασθαι, διαμισῆσαι δὲ καὶ ἀποστραφῆναι πάντα οὐ μετρίως ἐπαινετόν —,
21τὸ ἐμπαίζειν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ πάντων παθῶν ἀμετρίαις, τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν (Gen. 42, 18), εἰ καὶ μηδέπω γέγονεν ἀγαπᾶν ἱκανός, τὸ ζωῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μεταποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἀληθοῦς — ὃ δὴ θαυμάσας ὁ ὁρῶν, καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον ἦν καταπλαγῆναι, φησί· „μέγα μοί ἐστιν, εἰ ἔτι ὁ υἱός μου Ἰωσὴφ ζῇ“ (Gen. 45, 28), ἀλλὰ μὴ κεναῖς δόξαις καὶ τῷ νεκροφορουμένῳ σώματι συντέθνηκε —,
22τὸ ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι“ (Gen. 50, 19), τῶν δ’ εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθόντων οὐδενός, τὸ γνωριζόμενον τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς πάντας τοὺς φιλοσωμάτους κινῆσαι καὶ σαλεῦσαι τρόπους ἑστάναι παγίως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἰομένους δογμάτων καὶ ἀνὰ κράτος ἀπώσασθαι (Gen. 45, 1. 2), τὸ φάναι μὴ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀπεστάλθαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κεχειροτονῆσθαι (Gen. 45, 7. 8) πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἔννομον ἐπιστασίαν,
23πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα τῆς ἀμείνονος καὶ ἱερωτέρας ὄντα τάξεως, Αἴγυπτον τὸν σωματικὸν οἶκον οἰκεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχεσθαι οὐδ’ ἐνθάπτεσθαι σορῷ τὸ παράπαν, ἔξω δὲ παντὸς τοῦ θνητοῦ κεχωρηκότα παρέπεσθαι θεσμοθέτῃ λόγῳ Μωυσῇ ποδηγετοῦντι·
24τροφεὺς γὰρ καὶ τιθηνὸς οὗτος ἀστείων ἔργων, λόγων, βουλευμάτων, ἅ, κἂν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀνακραθῇ ποτε διὰ τὴν ὑποσύγχυτον τοῦ θνητοῦ πολυμιγίαν, οὐδὲν ἧττον διακρίνει παρελθών, ἵνα μὴ μέχρι παντὸς τὰ καλοκἀγαθίας σπέρματα καὶ φυτὰ ἀφανισθέντα οἴχηται.
25καὶ προτρέπεται μάλα ἐρρωμένως ἀπολιπεῖν τὴν παντὸς ἀτόπου χρηματίζουσαν μητέρα, μὴ μέλλοντας καὶ βραδύνοντας, ἀλλ’ ὑπερβάλλοντι τάχει χρωμένους· φησὶ γὰρ μετὰ σπουδῆς δεῖν θύειν τὸ Πάσχα (Exod. 12, 11), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἑρμηνευθὲν διάβασις, ἵν’ ἀνενδοιάστῳ γνώμῃ καὶ προθυμίᾳ συντόνῳ χρώμενος ὁ νοῦς τήν τε ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ ποιῆται διάβασιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν εὐχαριστίαν, ὃς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν οὐ προσδοκήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐξείλετο.
Sections 26–50
26καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν, εἰ τὸν ὑπηγμένον κράτει πάθους ἀλόγου προτρέπει μὴ ἐνδιδόναι μηδὲ τῇ ῥύμῃ τῆς ἐκείνου φορᾶς κατασυρῆναι, βιάσασθαι δὲ ἀντισχόντα κἄν, εἰ μὴ δύναιτο, ἀποδρᾶναι; δευτέρα γὰρ ἔφοδος εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι μὴ δυναμένοις δρασμός ἐστιν· ὁπότε καὶ τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν φύσει καὶ μηδέποτε παθῶν δοῦλον γεγενημένον, ἀεὶ δὲ ἀθλοῦντα τοὺς πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἄθλους, οὐκ ἐᾷ μέχρι παντὸς τοῖς παλαίσμασι χρήσασθαι, μή ποτε τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸ συνόδου χαλεπὴν ἀπ’ ἐκείνων κῆρα ἀναμάξηται· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤδη καὶ ἀντιπάλου κακίας ἐγένοντο μιμηταί, ὡς ἀρετῆς ἔμπαλιν ἕτεροι.
27διὸ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „ἀποστρέφου εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν σου, καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 31, 3), ἴσον τῷ γέγονας μὲν ἀθλητὴς τέλειος καὶ βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων ἠξιώθης ἀγωνοθετούσης ἀρετῆς καὶ προτεινούσης ἆθλά σοι τὰ νικητήρια· κατάλυσον δὲ ἤδη τὸ φιλόνεικον, ἵνα μὴ πάντοτε πονῇς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πονηθέντων ἀπόνασθαι δυνηθῇς.
28τοῦτο δὲ ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένων οὐδέποτε εὑρήσεις τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἔτι συνοικῶν καὶ ταῖς σωματικαῖς ἐνδιατρίβων ποιότησιν, ὧν Λάβαν ἐστὶν ἔξαρχος — ὄνομα δὲ ποιότητος τοῦτ’ ἐστίν —, ἀλλὰ μετανάστην χρὴ γενέσθαι εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν τὴν ἱεροῦ λόγου καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τῶν ἀσκητῶν πατρός· ἡ δ’ ἐστὶ σοφία, τῶν φιλαρέτων ψυχῶν ἄριστον ἐνδιαίτημα.
29ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ γένος ἐστί σοι τὸ αὐτομαθές, τὸ αὐτοδίδακτον, τὸ νηπίας καὶ γαλακτώδους τροφῆς ἀμέτοχον, τὸ χρησμῷ θείῳ καταβαίνειν εἰς Αἴγυπτον κεκωλυμένον (Gen. 26, 2) καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐντυγχάνειν δελεαζούσαις ἡδοναῖς, ἐπίκλησιν Ἰσαάκ.
30οὗ τὸν κλῆρον παραλαβὼν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀποθήσῃ τὸν πόνον· αἱ γὰρ ἀφθονίαι τῶν ἑτοίμων καὶ κατὰ χειρὸς ἀγαθῶν ἀπονίας αἴτιαι. πηγὴ δέ, ἀφ’ ἧς ὀμβρεῖ τὰ ἀγαθά, ἡ τοῦ φιλοδώρου θεοῦ σύνοδός ἐστιν· οὗ χάριν ἐπισφραγιζόμενος τὰ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν φησιν· „ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“.
31Τί οὖν ἂν ἐπιλίποι καλὸν τοῦ τελεσφόρου [παντὸς] παρόντος θεοῦ μετὰ χαρίτων τῶν παρθένων αὐτοῦ θυγατέρων, ἃς ἀδιαφθόρους καὶ ἀμιάντους ὁ γεννήσας πατὴρ κουροτροφεῖ; τότε μελέται μὲν καὶ πόνοι καὶ ἀσκήσεις ἡσυχάζουσιν, ἀναδίδοται δὲ ἄνευ τέχνης φύσεως προμηθείᾳ πάντα ἀθρόα πᾶσιν ὠφέλιμα.
32καλεῖται δ’ ἡ φορὰ τῶν αὐτοματιζομένων ἀγαθῶν ἄφεσις, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ νοῦς ἀφεῖται τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιβολὰς ἐνεργειῶν καὶ ὥσπερ τῶν ἑκουσίων ἠλευθέρωται διὰ τὴν πληθὺν τῶν ὑομένων καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐπομβρούντων.
33ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα θαυμασιώτατα φύσει καὶ περικαλλέστατα. ὧν μὲν γὰρ ἂν ὠδίνῃ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἡ ψυχή, τὰ πολλὰ ἀμβλωθρίδια, ἠλιτόμηνα· ὅσα δὲ ἂν ἐπινίφων ὁ θεὸς ἄρδῃ, τέλεια καὶ ὁλόκληρα καὶ πάντων ἄριστα γεννᾶται.
34τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθος, ὃ μυριάκις παθὼν οἶδα, διηγούμενος οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι· βουληθεὶς ἔστιν ὅτε κατὰ τὴν συνήθη τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν δογμάτων γραφὴν ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἃ χρὴ συνθεῖναι ἀκριβῶς εἰδώς, ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν εὑρὼν τὴν διάνοιαν ἄπρακτος ἀπηλλάγην, τὴν μὲν κακίσας τῆς οἰήσεως, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ὄντος κράτος καταπλαγείς, παρ’ ὃν τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνοίγνυσθαί τε καὶ συγκλείεσθαι μήτρας συμβέβηκεν.
35ἔστι δὲ ὅτε κενὸς ἐλθὼν πλήρης ἐξαίφνης ἐγενόμην ἐπινιφομένων καὶ σπειρομένων ἄνωθεν ἀφανῶς τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων, ὡς ὑπὸ κατοχῆς ἐνθέου κορυβαντιᾶν καὶ πάντα ἀγνοεῖν, τὸν τόπον, τοὺς παρόντας, ἐμαυτόν, τὰ λεγόμενα, τὰ γραφόμενα. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύει εὕρεσιν, φωτὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, ὀξυδερκεστάτην ὄψιν, ἐνάργειαν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀριδηλοτάτην, οἵα γένοιτ’ ἂν δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκ σαφεστάτης δείξεως.
36τὸ μὲν οὖν δεικνύμενον τὸ ἀξιόρατον καὶ ἀξιοθέατον καὶ ἀξιέραστόν ἐστι, τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθόν, ὃ καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς πικρίας πέφυκε μεταβάλλον γλυκαίνειν, ἡδυσμάτων συμπάντων παράρτυμα κάλλιστον, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὰ μὴ τρέφοντα τροφὴ γίνεται σωτήριος· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ κύριος ξύλον, καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ“ (Exod. 15,25), τὸν κεχυμένον καὶ πλαδῶντα καὶ πικρίας γέμοντα νοῦν, ἵνα γλυκανθεὶς ἡμερωθῇ.
37τὸ δὲ ξύλον τοῦτο οὐ μόνον τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀθανασίαν ἐπαγγέλλεται· τὸ γὰρ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐν μέσῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ φησὶ πεφυτεῦσθαι (Gen. 2, 9), τὴν ἀγαθότητα δορυφορουμένην ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς πράξεων· αὕτη γὰρ τὸν μεσαίτατον καὶ ἄριστον ἐν ψυχῇ κεκλήρωται τόπον.
38ὁ δὲ ὁρῶν ἐστιν ὁ σοφός· τυφλοὶ γὰρ ἢ ἀμυδροὶ τὰς ὄψεις οἵ γε ἄφρονες. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἐκάλουν πρότερον τοὺς βλέποντας (I Reg. 9, 9)· καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐσπούδασεν ὦτα ὀφθαλμῶν ἀντιδοὺς ἰδεῖν ἃ πρότερον ἤκουε, καὶ τυγχάνει τοῦ καθ’ ὅρασιν κλήρου τὸν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ὑπερβάς.
39εἰς γὰρ τὸν ὁρῶντα Ἰσραὴλ μεταχαράττεται τὸ μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας νόμισμα, οὗπερ ἐπώνυμος ἦν Ἰακώβ, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ὁρᾶν γίνεται φῶς τὸ θεῖον, ἀδιαφοροῦν ἐπιστήμης, ἣ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς διοίγνυσιν ὄμμα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ὤτων τηλαυγεστέρας καὶ ἀριδηλοτέρας ἄγει καταλήψεις. ὥσπερ γὰρ διὰ μουσικῆς τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ διὰ πάσης τέχνης τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῃ καταλαμβάνεται, οὕτω καὶ διὰ σοφίας τὸ σοφὸν θεωρεῖται.
40σοφία δὲ οὐ μόνον φωτὸς τρόπον ὄργανον τοῦ ὁρᾶν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὑτὴν ὁρᾷ. αὕτη θεοῦ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον [ἡλίου] φέγγος, οὗ μίμημα καὶ εἰκὼν ἥλιος. ὁ δὲ δεικνὺς ἕκαστα ὁ μόνος ἐπιστήμων θεός· ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ τῷ δοκεῖν ἐπίστασθαι λέγονται μόνον ἐπιστήμονες· ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῷ εἶναι ἧττον ἢ πέφυκε λέγεται· νικῶνται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεων οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ἅπαντες ἅπαξ λόγοι.
41τὴν δὲ σοφίαν αὐτοῦ διασυνίστησιν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον δεδημιουργηκέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν γεγονότων ἱδρυκέναι βεβαιότατα παρ’ ἑαυτῷ·
42λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν“ (Gen. 1,31), οὐκ ἴσον τῷ ὄψιν ἑκάστοις προσέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ εἴδησιν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ κατάληψιν ὧν ἐποίησεν εἶχεν. οὐ τοίνυν εὐπρεπὲς ὑφηγεῖσθαι καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ δεικνύναι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν ὅτι μὴ τῷ ἐπιστήμονι, ὅστις οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ τέχνης ὠφέληται, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ἀρχὴ καὶ
43πηγὴ τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν ἀνωμολόγηται. παρατετηρημένως δὲ οὐ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέλλοντα τῇ ὑποσχέσει χρόνον προδιώρισται, εἰπὼν οὐχ ἣν δείκνυμι ἀλλ’ „ἥν σοι δείξω“ (Gen. 12,1), εἰς μαρτυρίαν πίστεως ἣν ἐπίστευσεν ἡ ψυχὴ θεῷ, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων ἐπιδεικνυμένη τὸ εὐχάριστον, ἀλλ’ ἐκ προσδοκίας τῶν μελλόντων·
44ἀρτηθεῖσα γὰρ καὶ ἐκκρεμασθεῖσα ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς καὶ ἀνενδοίαστα νομίσασα ἤδη παρεῖναι τὰ μὴ παρόντα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὑποσχομένου βεβαιότητα πίστιν, ἀγαθὸν τέλειον, ἆθλον εὕρηται· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις λέγεται, ὅτι „ἐπίστευσεν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15, 6), καὶ Μωυσεῖ δὲ ὁμοίως πᾶσαν ἐπιδειξάμενος τὴν γῆν φησιν, ὅτι „ἔδειξα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου, κἀκεῖ οὐκ εἰσελεύσῃ“ (Deut. 34, 4).
45μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ πανσόφου, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἔνιοι τῶν ἀπερισκέπτων, τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι· καὶ γὰρ εὔηθες τοὺς δούλους οἰηθῆναι πρὸ τῶν φίλων τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἀρετῆς χώραν διανέμεσθαι.
46ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνό σοι βούλεται παραστῆσαι, ὅτι ἕτερος νηπίων καὶ ἕτερος τελείων χῶρός ἐστιν, ὁ μὲν ὀνομαζόμενος ἄσκησις, ὁ δὲ καλούμενος σοφία, ἔπειτα ὅτι τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει ὁρατὰ μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ κτητά· κτήσασθαι μὲν γὰρ τὰ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα πῶς ἔνεστιν; ἰδεῖν δ’ οὐκ ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπασιν, ἔστι δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ὀξυωπεστάτῳ γένει, ᾧ τὰ ἴδια ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἔργα μεγίστην πασῶν χαρίζεται δωρεάν.
47θεωρητικοῦ γὰρ τίς ἀμείνων βίος ἢ μᾶλλον οἰκειούμενος λογικῷ; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς τῶν θνητῶν ζῴων φωνῆς κριτήριον ἐχούσης ἀκοὴν τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους οἱ χρησμοὶ φωτὸς τρόπον ὁρωμένους μηνύουσι· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνήν“ (Exod. 20, 18), οὐκ ἤκουεν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐκ ἀέρος πλῆξις ἦν διὰ τῶν στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὀργάνων τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ φέγγος ἀρετῆς τὸ περιαυγέστατον, λογικῆς ἀδιαφοροῦν πηγῆς, ὃ καὶ ἑτέρωθι μηνύεται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „ὑμεῖς ἑωράκατε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λελάληκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς“ (Exod. 20, 22), οὐχὶ ἠκούσατε, διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν.
48ἔστι δ’ ὅπου τὰ ἀκουστὰ τῶν ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀκοὴν ὁράσεως διακρίνει λέγων· „φωνὴν ῥημάτων ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν“ (Deut. 4, 12), ἄγαν περιττῶς· τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἰς ὄνομα καὶ ῥῆμα καὶ συνόλως τὰ τοῦ λόγου μέρη τεμνομένην ἀκουστὴν εἰκότως εἶπεν — ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀκοῆς δοκιμάζεται —, τὴν δὲ μὴ ῥημάτων μηδ’ ὀνομάτων ἀλλὰ θεοῦ φωνήν, ὁρωμένην τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμματι, ὁρατὴν δεόντως εἰσάγει.
49προειπὼν δὲ τὸ „ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε“ ἐπιφέρει „ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν„, ἣν πάντως εἴδετε — τὸ γὰρ προσυπακουόμενον τοῦτ’ ἂν εἴη —· ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοι ὅρασιν ἔχουσι τὴν ἐν ψυχῇ κριτήριον, ἀκοὴν δ’ οἱ εἰς ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων ἰδέας μεριζόμενοι.
50καινὸς δ’ ὢν ἐν ἅπασι τὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ τοῦτ’ ἰδίως καὶ ξένως κεκαινούργηκεν εἰπὼν ὁρατὴν εἶναι τὴν φωνήν, τὴν μόνην σχεδὸν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν οὐχ ὁρατὴν ὑπεξῃρημένης διανοίας· τὰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις πάνθ’ ὁρατά, τὰ χρώματα, οἱ χυλοί, οἱ ἀτμοί, τὰ θερμά, τὰ ψυχρά, τὰ λεῖα, τὰ τραχέα, τὰ μαλακὰ καὶ σκληρά, ᾗ σώματα.
Sections 51–75
51τί δέ ἐστι τοῦτο, σαφέστερον ἐρῶ· ὁ χυλὸς ὁρατός ἐστιν, οὐχ ᾗ χυλός, ἀλλ’ ᾗ μόνον σῶμα, τὸ γὰρ ᾗ χυλὸς εἴσεται ἡ γεῦσις· καὶ ὁ ἀτμός, ᾗ μὲν ἀτμός, ὑπὸ ῥινῶν ἐξετασθήσεται, ᾗ δὲ σῶμα, καὶ πρὸς ὀφθαλμῶν· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ταύτῃ δοκιμασθήσεται. φωνὴ δὲ οὔθ’ ὡς ἀκουστὸν οὔθ’ ὡς σῶμα, εἰ δὴ καὶ σῶμά ἐστιν, ὁρατὸν εἶναι πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ δύο ταῦτα τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀόρατα, νοῦς καὶ λόγος.
52ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ὅμοιον τὸ ἡμέτερον ἠχεῖον τῷ θείῳ φωνῆς ὀργάνῳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερον ἀέρι κίρναται καὶ πρὸς τὸν συγγενῆ τόπον καταφεύγει, τὰ ὦτα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀκρατοῦς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς ἐστι λόγου, φθάνοντος μὲν ἀκοὴν διὰ λεπτότητα, ὁρωμένου δὲ ὑπὸ ψυχῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ βλέπειν ὀξύτητα.
53Οὐκοῦν μετὰ τὴν ἀπόλειψιν τῶν θνητῶν πρώτην ὁ θεὸς χαρίζεται τῇ ψυχῇ δωρεάν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐπίδειξιν καὶ θεωρίαν τῶν ἀθανάτων, δευτέραν δὲ τὴν εἰς πλῆθος ὁμοῦ καὶ μέγεθος τῶν ἀρετῆς δογμάτων ἐπίδοσιν· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα“, διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἔθνους τὸ πλῆθος, διὰ δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον αὔξησιν παραλαμβάνων.
54τὴν δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ καθ’ ἑκάτερον εἶδος, τό τε ἐν μεγέθει καὶ τὸ ἐν πλήθει, παραύξησιν διασυνίστησι καὶ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεύς· „ἰδοὺ“ γάρ φησι „τὸ γένος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ μέγα πλῆθος“ (Exod. 1,9), ἐπειδή γε ἀμφότερα τῷ ὁρατικῷ τοῦ ὄντος γένει προσμαρτυρεῖ, ὡς πληθύν τε καὶ μέγεθος κτησαμένῳ, τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον καὶ λόγον κατορθώματα.
55οὐ γάρ, ὅπερ ἄν τις τὸν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εἱρμὸν διαφυλάττων, πολὺ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ μέγα εἶπεν, εἰδὼς τὸ πολὺ καθ’ αὑτὸ ἀτελὲς μέγεθος, εἰ μὴ προσλάβοι δύναμιν νοήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης. τί γὰρ ὄφελος πολλὰ μὲν θεωρήματα παραλαμβάνειν, ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ἁρμόττον μέγεθος μὴ συναυξῆσαι; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀγρὸς τέλειος, ᾧ μυρία μὲν ὅσα ἐνυπάρχει φυτὰ χαμαίζηλα, τέλειον δὲ μηδὲν ἔρνος γεωργικῇ τέχνῃ συνανέβλαστεν ἤδη καρποτοκεῖν δυνάμενον.
56τοῦ δὲ μεγέθους καὶ πλήθους τῶν καλῶν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἡ ἀδιάστατος περὶ θεοῦ μνήμη καὶ ἡ κατάκλησις τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ συμμαχίας πρὸς τὸν ἐμφύλιον καὶ συγκεχυμένον καὶ συνεχῆ τοῦ βίου πόλεμον· λέγει γὰρ „ἰδοὺ λαὸς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων τὸ ἔθνος τὸ μέγα τοῦτο· ὅτι ποῖον ἔθνος μέγα, ᾧ ἐστι θεὸς ἐγγίζων ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεσώμεθα“ (Deut. 4,6.7) ;
57οὐκοῦν ὅτι καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν δύναμις ἀρωγὸς εὐτρεπὴς ἐφεδρεύει παρὰ θεῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐγγυτέρω πρόσεισιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀξίων ὠφελεῖσθαι, δεδήλωται. τίνες δ’ οἱ τούτων ἐπάξιοι τυγχάνειν εἰσίν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι οἱ σοφίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐρασταὶ πάντες;
58οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν ὁ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων, ὃν εἶπε, λεώς, ὧν ἕκαστος μέγας εἰκότως ἐστίν, ἐπειδὴ μεγάλων ὀρέγεται, ἑνὸς δὲ καὶ λίαν ὑπερβαλλόντως, τοῦ μὴ διαζευχθῆναι θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρόσοδον αὐτοῦ συνεγγίζοντος σταθερῶς ἄνευ καταπλήξεως ὑπομεῖναι.
59οὗτος ὁ ὅρος ἐστὶ τοῦ μεγάλου λεώ, τὸ τῷ θεῷ συνεγγίζειν ἢ „ᾧ θεὸς συνεγγίζει“. ὁ μὲν δὴ κόσμος καὶ ὁ κοσμοπολίτης σοφὸς πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἀναπέπλησται, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων ὅμιλος πλείοσι μὲν κέχρηται κακοῖς, ἀγαθοῖς δὲ ἐλάττοσι· σπάνιον γὰρ ἐν πεφυρμένῳ καὶ συγκεχυμένῳ βίῳ τὸ καλόν.
60διόπερ ἐν χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται· „οὐχ ὅτι πολυπληθεῖτε παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, προείλετο κύριος ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐξελέξατο — ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ὀλιγοστοὶ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη —, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον ὑμᾶσ“ (Deut. 7, 7. 8). εἰ γάρ τις βουληθείη τὸν ὄχλον μιᾶς ψυχῆς ὥσπερ κατὰ ἔθνη διανεῖμαι, πολλὰς μὲν ἂν εὕροι τάξεις ἀκοσμούσας, ὧν ἡδοναὶ ἢ ἐπιθυμίαι ἢ λῦπαι ἢ φόβοι ἢ πάλιν ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ αἱ τούτων συγγενεῖς καὶ ἀδελφαὶ ταξιαρχοῦσι, μίαν δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον εὖ διακεκοσμημένην, ἧς ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ἀφηγεῖται.
61παρὰ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ ἄδικον πλῆθος πρὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ δικαίου προτετίμηται, παρὰ δὲ τῷ θεῷ τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν πρὸ μυρίων ἀδίκων· ᾧ καὶ παραγγέλλει μηδέποτε τοιούτῳ συναινέσαι πλήθει· „οὐκ ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησι „μετὰ πολλῶν ἐπὶ κακίᾳ“ (Exod. 23, 2). ἆρ’ οὖν μετ’ ὀλίγων χρή; μετ’ οὐδενὸς μὲν οὖν φαύλου — εἷς δ’ ὢν ὁ φαῦλος πολύς ἐστι κακίαις, ᾧ συντάσσεσθαι μεγίστη ζημία —· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἀνθίστασθαι καὶ πολεμεῖν ἀκαταπλήκτῳ χρωμένους δυνάμει προσήκει.
62„ἐὰν“ γάρ φησιν „ἐξέλθῃς εἰς πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου καὶ ἴδῃς ἵππον“, τὸ ὑπέραυχον καὶ σκιρτητικὸν πάθος ἀφηνιάζον, „καὶ ἀναβάτην“, τὸν ἐποχούμενον αὐτῷ φιλοπαθῆ νοῦν, „καὶ λαὸν πλείονά σου“, τοὺς ζηλωτὰς τῶν εἰρημένων φαλαγγηδὸν ἐπιόντας, „οὐ φοβηθήσῃ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν“· εἷς γὰρ ὢν ἑνὶ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι χρήσῃ συμμάχῳ, „ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεός σου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Deut. 20, 1).
63τούτου γὰρ ἡ σύνοδος καθαιρεῖ πολέμους, εἰρήνην ἀνοικοδομεῖ, τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνήθη κακὰ ἀνατρέπει, τὸ σπάνιον καὶ θεοφιλὲς γένος ἀνασῴζει, ᾧ πᾶς ὁ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μισεῖ καὶ βδελύττεται τὰ τῶν γεωδεστέρων στίφη.
64„ἃ γὰρ πολυπληθεῖ“ φησί "ποσὶν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἑρπετοῖς τοῖς ἕρπουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐ φάγεσθε, ὅτι βδελύγματά ἐστιν“ (Lev. 11, 42). ἀλλ’ οὐ μίσους ἐστὶν ἐπαξία ψυχὴ μὴ καθ’ ἓν μέρος ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάντα ἢ τὰ πλεῖστα βαίνουσα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ σώματος περιλιχνεύουσα καὶ συνόλως εἰς τὰς οὐρανοῦ θείας περιόδους ἀνακῦψαι μὴ δυναμένη;
65καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ τὸ πολύπουν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἄπουν ἐν ἑρπετοῖς ψεκτόν, τὸ μὲν διὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν αἰτίαν, τὸ δ’ ὅτι ὅλον δι’ ὅλων πέπτωκεν ἐπὶ γῆν, ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐπὶ τὸ βραχύτατον ἐξαιρόμενον· πάντα γὰρ τὸν πορευόμενον ἐπὶ κοιλίαν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναί φησι (ibid.), τὸν τὰς τῆς γαστρὸς ἡδονὰς μεταδιώκοντα αἰνιττόμενος.
66ἔνιοι δὲ προσυπερβάλλοντες οὐ μόνον τῷ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐχρήσαντο γένει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀδελφὸν αὐτῇ πάθος, τὸν θυμόν, προσεκτήσαντο, βουληθέντες ὅλον τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἄλογον ἐκζωπυρῆσαι μέρος, τὸν δὲ νοῦν διαφθεῖραι· τὸ γὰρ εἰρημένον λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ ὄφεως, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀλόγου καὶ φιλοπαθοῦς ἀνθρώπου χρησμὸς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι θεῖος· „ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ πορεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3, 14)· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὰ στέρνα ὁ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐν κοιλίᾳ.
67πορεύεται δὲ ὁ ἄφρων δι’ ἀμφοτέρων, θυμοῦ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας, ἀεὶ μηδένα διαλείπων χρόνον, τὸν ἡνίοχον καὶ βραβευτὴν νοῦν ἀποβαλών· ὁ δ’ ἐναντίος τούτῳ θυμὸν μὲν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκτέτμηται, κυβερνήτην δὲ ἐπιγέγραπται λόγον θεῖον, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ θεοφιλέστατος, ὅς, ὅταν τὰς ὁλοκαύτους τῆς ψυχῆς ἱερουργῇ θυσίας, „τὴν μὲν κοιλίαν ἐκπλυνεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 21), τουτέστιν ὅλον τὸ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐκνίψεται, τὸ δὲ „στηθύνιον ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως ἀφελεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 29), σύμπαντα δήπου τὸν πολεμικὸν θυμόν, ἵνα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος καὶ ἄμεινον τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ λογικόν, μηδενὸς ἀντισπῶντος ἔτι καὶ μεθέλκοντος ἐλευθέροις καὶ εὐγενέσι τῷ ὄντι χρήσηται πρὸς τὰ καλὰ πάντα ὁρμαῖς.
68οὕτως γὰρ εἴς τε πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος ἐπιδώσει· λέγεται γάρ· „ἕως τίνος παροξυνοῦσιν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος; καὶ ἕως τίνος οὐ πιστεύσουσί μοι ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς; πατάξω αὐτοὺς θανάτῳ καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτούς, καὶ ποιήσω σὲ καὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ ἢ τοῦτο“ (Num. 14, 11. 12)· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ θυμῷ καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ χρώμενος πολὺς ὅμιλος καταλυθῇ τῆς ψυχῆς, πάντως εὐθὺς ὁ τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως διεξηρτημένος ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀνατέλλει.
69ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ πολύπουν καὶ ἄπουν, ἐναντία ὄντα ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἑρπετῶν, ἀκάθαρτα ἀναγράφεται, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἄθεος καὶ πολύθεος ἀντίπαλοι ἐν ψυχῇ δόξαι βέβηλοι. σημεῖον δέ· ἀμφοτέρας ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἱερᾶς ἀπελήλακε, τὴν μὲν ἄθεον θλαδίαν καὶ ἀποκεκομμένον εἴρξας ἐκκλησιάζειν, τὴν δὲ πολύθεον τὸν ἐκ πόρνης ὁμοίως κωλύσας ἀκούειν ἢ λέγειν (Deut. 23, 1. 2)· ἄθεος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἄγονος, πολύθεος δὲ ὁ ἐκ πόρνης τυφλώττων περὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ πατέρα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς γονεῖς ἐπιγραφόμενος.
70Δύο μὲν αὗται δωρεαὶ προείρηνται, θεωρητικοῦ τε ἐλπὶς βίου καὶ πρὸς πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος τῶν καλῶν ἐπίδοσις. τρίτη δ’ ἐστὶν εὐλογία, ἧς ἄνευ βεβαιώσασθαι τὰς προτέρας χάριτας οὐκ ἔστι· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ εὐλογήσω σε“, τουτέστιν ἐπαινετὸν λόγον δωρήσομαι· τὸ γὰρ εὖ πάντως ἐπ’ ἀρετῆς· λόγος δὲ ὁ μὲν πηγῇ
71ἔοικεν, ὁ δὲ ἀπορροῇ, πηγῇ μὲν ὁ ἐν διανοίᾳ, προφορὰ δὲ ἡ διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ἀπορροῇ. ἑκάτερον δὲ εἶδος λόγου βελτιωθῆναι πολὺς πλοῦτος, διάνοιαν μὲν εὐλογιστίᾳ πρὸς πάντα μικρὰ καὶ μείζω χρωμένην, προφορὰν δὲ ὑπὸ παιδείας ὀρθῆς ἡνιοχουμένην.
72πολλοὶ γὰρ λογίζονται μὲν τὰ βέλτιστα, ὑπὸ δὲ ἑρμηνέως κακοῦ προὐδόθησαν, λόγου, μουσικὴν τὴν ἐγκύκλιον οὐκ ἐκπονήσαντες· οἱ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἑρμηνεῦσαι μὲν ἐγένοντο δυνατώτατοι, βουλεύσασθαι δὲ φαυλότατοι, καθάπερ οἱ λεγόμενοι σοφισταί· τούτων γὰρ ἀχόρευτος μὲν καὶ ἄμουσος ἡ διάνοια, πάμμουσοι δὲ αἱ διὰ τῶν φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων διέξοδοι.
73χαρίζεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἀτελὲς οὐδέν, πλήρη δὲ καὶ τέλεια πάντα· διὸ καὶ νῦν τὴν εὐλογίαν οὐχ ἑνὶ λόγου τμήματι, τοῖς δὲ μέρεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐπιπέμπει δικαιῶν τὸν εὐεργετούμενον καὶ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τὰ βέλτιστα καὶ ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰ νοηθέντα δυνατῶς· ἡ γὰρ τελειότης δι’ ἀμφοῖν, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῦ τε ὑποβάλλοντος τὰ ἐνθυμήματα καθαρῶς καὶ τοῦ διερμηνεύοντος αὐτὰ ἀπταίστως.
74ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὸν Ἄβελ — ὄνομα δέ ἐστι τὰ θνητὰ πενθοῦντος καὶ τὰ ἀθάνατα εὐδαιμονίζοντος —, ὡς ἀνεπιλήπτῳ μὲν κέχρηται διανοίᾳ, τῷ δὲ μὴ γεγυμνάσθαι περὶ λόγους ἥττηται πρὸς δεινοῦ παλαῖσαι Κάιν τέχνῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ῥώμῃ περιγενέσθαι δυναμένου;
75διὸ καὶ θαυμάζων τῆς περὶ τὴν φύσιν εὐμοιρίας τὸν τρόπον αἰτιῶμαι τοσοῦτον, ὅτι προκληθεὶς εἰς ἅμιλλαν λόγων ἧκεν ἀγωνιούμενος, δέον ἐπὶ τῆς συνήθους ἠρεμίας στῆναι πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα τῷ φιλονείκῳ, εἰ δ’ ἄρα ἐβούλετο πάντως διαγωνίσασθαι, μὴ πρότερον κονίσασθαι ἢ τοῖς τεχνικοῖς παλαίσμασιν ἐνασκηθῆναι· τῶν γὰρ ἀγροικοσόφων οἱ τὰ πολιτικὰ κεκομψευμένοι μάλιστά πως εἰώθασι περιεῖναι.
Sections 76–100
76διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ πάνσοφος παραιτεῖται μὲν εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθεῖν, ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ἀληθείας φέγγος ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς ἐναστράπτειν αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ἐπιστήμης καὶ σοφίας αὐτῆς ἀθανάτων λόγων, ἄγεται δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον πρὸς τὴν θέαν αὐτῶν οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ πλειόνων ἔμπειρος γενέσθαι πραγμάτων — ἀποχρῶσι γὰρ αἱ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερωτάτων αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων ζητήσεις τῷ φιλοθεάμονι —, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ σοφιστῶν, οἷς αἱ μυθικαὶ πιθανότητες πρὸ τῆς τῶν ἀληθῶν ἐναργείας τετίμηνται.
77ὅταν μὲν οὖν τοῖς τοῦ πανηγεμόνος ἐμπεριπατῇ πράγμασιν ὁ νοῦς, οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου προσδεῖται πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν νοητῶν μόνη διάνοια ὀφθαλμὸς ὀξυωπέστατος· ὅταν δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ αἴσθησιν ἢ πάθος ἢ σῶμα, ὧν ἐστιν ἡ Αἰγύπτου χώρα σύμβολον, δεήσεται καὶ τῆς περὶ λόγους τέχνης ὁμοῦ καὶ δυνάμεως.
78οὗ χάριν ἐπάγεσθαι τὸν Ἀαρὼν αὐτῷ διείρηται, τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον· „οὐκ ἰδοὺ“ φησίν „Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου“; μιᾶς γὰρ ἀμφοῖν τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως μητρὸς οὔσης ἀδελφὰ δήπου τὰ γεννήματα. „ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι λαλήσει“· διανοίας μὲν γὰρ τὸ καταλαμβάνειν, προφορᾶς δὲ τὸ λαλεῖν ἴδιον. „λαλήσει“ φησίν „αὐτός σοι“· τὰ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ ταμιευόμενα μὴ δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς ἀπαγγεῖλαι τῷ πλησίον ἑρμηνεῖ χρῆται λόγῳ πρὸς τὴν ὧν πέπονθε δήλωσιν.
79εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐξελεύσεται εἰς συνάντησίν σοι“, ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ὑπαντῶν, ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα προστιθεὶς χαράττει τὰ ἄσημα, ὡς ἐπίσημα ποιεῖν. καὶ „ἰδών σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14)· γήθει γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ εὐφραίνεται, ὅταν μὴ ἀμυδρὸν ᾖ τὸ ἐνθύμημα, διότι τηλαυγοῦς ὄντος ἀπταίστῳ καὶ εὐτρόχῳ διερμηνεύσει χρῆται κυρίων καὶ εὐθυβόλων καὶ γεμόντων πολλῆς ἐμφάσεως εὐπορῶν ὀνομάτων·
80ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἀδηλότερά πως ᾖ τὰ νοήματα, κατὰ κενοῦ βαίνει καὶ ὀλισθὼν πολλάκις μέγα πτῶμα ἔπεσεν, ὡς μηκέτι ἀναστῆναι δύνασθαι. „καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δώσεις τὰ ῥήματά μου εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ“, ἴσον τῷ ὑπηχήσεις αὐτῷ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα, ἃ ῥημάτων καὶ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖ θείων· ἄνευ γὰρ τοῦ ὑποβολέως οὐ φθέγξεται ὁ λόγος, ὑποβολεὺς δὲ λόγου νοῦς, ὡς νοῦ θεός.
81„καὶ αὐτός σοι προσλαλήσει πρὸς τὸν λαόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται σου στόμα· σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ ἔσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν“ (Exod. 4, 15. 16)· ἐμφαντικώτατα τό τε „προσλαλήσει σοι“ φάναι, οἷον διερμηνεύσει τὰ σά, καὶ ὅτι „ἔσται σου στόμα“· διὰ γὰρ γλώττης καὶ στόματος φερόμενον τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα συνεκφέρει τὰ νοήματα. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν λόγος ἑρμηνεὺς διανοίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ἡ δὲ διάνοια γίνεται τῷ λόγῳ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ἐνθυμήματα, ὧν μόνος ὁ θεὸς ἐπίσκοπος.
82ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ἐστι τῷ μέλλοντι πρὸς ἀγῶνα σοφιστικὸν ἀπαντᾶν ἐπιμεμελῆσθαι λόγων ἐρρωμένως οὕτως, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐκφεύγειν τὰ παλαίσματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντεπιτιθέμενον ἀμφοτέροις, τέχνῃ τε καὶ δυνάμει, περιεῖναι.
83ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐπαοιδοὺς καὶ φαρμακευτὰς ἀντισοφιστεύοντας τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις τολμῶντας ἐγχειρεῖν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιστήμην ἀποφῆναι περιβόητον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ διασῦραι καὶ χλευάσαι τὰ γινόμενα; καὶ γὰρ τὰς βακτηρίας εἰς δρακόντων μεταστοιχειοῦσι φύσεις, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς αἵματος χρόαν μετατρέπουσι, καὶ τῶν βατράχων τὸ ὑπολειφθὲν ἐπῳδαῖς ἀνέλκουσιν ἐπὶ γῆν (Exod. 7, 12. 22. 8, 7), καὶ πάντα οἱ κακοδαίμονες τὰ πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον συναύξοντες ἀπατᾶν δοκοῦντες ἀπατῶνται.
84πρὸς οὓς πῶς ἐνῆν ἀπαντῆσαι μὴ τὸν ἑρμηνέα διανοίας λόγον, Ἀαρὼν ἐπίκλησιν, ἑτοιμασάμενον; ὃς νῦν μὲν εἴρηται στόμα, αὖθις δὲ καὶ προφήτης κεκλήσεται, ὅταν καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιθειάσας προσρηθῇ θεός· „δίδωμι γάρ σε“ φησί „θεὸν Φαραώ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔσται σου προφήτης“ (Exod. 7, 1). ὢ ἀκολουθίας ἐναρμονίου· τὸ γὰρ ἑρμηνεῦον τὰ θεοῦ προφητικόν ἐστι γένος ἐνθέῳ κατοκωχῇ
85τε καὶ μανίᾳ χρώμενον. τοιγαροῦν „ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ἀαρὼν κατέπιε τὰς ἐκείνων ῥάβδους“ (Exod. 7,12), ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ λόγιον· ἐγκαταπίνονται γὰρ καὶ ἀφανίζονται πάντες οἱ σοφιστικοὶ λόγοι τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἐντέχνῳ ποικιλίᾳ, ὡς ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ“ (Exod. 8, 19) τὰ γινόμενά ἐστιν, ἴσον τῷ γράμμα θεῖον διαγορεῦον ἀεὶ σοφιστείαν ὑπὸ σοφίας ἡττᾶσθαι· δακτύλῳ γὰρ θεοῦ καὶ τὰς πλάκας, ἐν αἷς ἐστηλιτεύθησαν οἱ χρησμοί, φησὶν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος γραφῆναι (Exod. 32, 16). διόπερ οὐκέτι δύνανται οἱ φαρμακευταὶ στῆναι ἐναντίον Μωυσεῖ, πίπτουσι δ’ ὡς ἐν ἀγῶνι ῥώμῃ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου νικηθέντες καρτερᾷ (Exod. 8, 18).
86Τίς οὖν ἡ τετάρτη δωρεά; τὸ μεγαλώνυμον· φησὶ γάρ· „μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου“ (Gen. 12, 2). τὸ δέ ἐστιν, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τοιόνδε· ὥσπερ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ καλόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι λυσιτελές. καὶ ἀμείνων μὲν δόξης ἀλήθεια, εὔδαιμον δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνόθως καὶ ἀκολακεύτως προσελθόντες ἀρετῇ καὶ τὸ γνήσιον αὐτῆς ἐναυγασάμενοι κάλλος, τῆς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς φήμης οὐ φροντίσαντες ἐπεβουλεύθησαν, κακοὶ νομισθέντες οἱ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθοί.
87καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦ δοκεῖν ὄφελος μὴ πολὺ πρότερον τοῦ εἶναι προσόντος, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων πέφυκεν ἔχειν· εἰ γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι τὸν νοσοῦντα ὑγιαίνειν ἢ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα νοσεῖν ὑπολάβοιεν, ἡ δόξα καθ’ αὑτὴν οὔτε νόσον οὔτε ὑγείαν ἐργάσεται.
88ᾧ δὲ ἀμφότερα δεδώρηται ὁ θεός, καὶ τὸ εἶναι καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι, οὗτος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐδαίμων καὶ τῷ ὄντι μεγαλώνυμος. προνοητέον δ’ ὡς μεγάλου πράγματος καὶ πολλὰ τὸν μετὰ σώματος βίον ὠφελοῦντος εὐφημίας. περιγίνεται δ’ αὕτη σχεδὸν ἅπασιν, ὅσοι χαίροντες σὺν ἀσμενισμῷ μηδὲν κινοῦσι τῶν καθεστηκότων νομίμων, ἀλλὰ τὴν πάτριον πολιτείαν οὐκ ἀμελῶς φυλάττουσιν.
89εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἳ τοὺς ῥητοὺς νόμους σύμβολα νοητῶν πραγμάτων ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὰ μὲν ἄγαν ἠκρίβωσαν, τῶν δὲ ῥᾳθύμως ὠλιγώρησαν· οὓς μεμψαίμην ἂν ἔγωγε τῆς εὐχερείας· ἔδει γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπιμεληθῆναι, ζητήσεώς τε τῶν ἀφανῶν ἀκριβεστέρας καὶ ταμιείας τῶν φανερῶν ἀνεπιλήπτου.
90νυνὶ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς μόνοι ζῶντες ἢ ἀσώματοι ψυχαὶ γεγονότες καὶ μήτε πόλιν μήτε κώμην μήτ’ οἰκίαν μήτε συνόλως θίασον ἀνθρώπων εἰδότες, τὰ δοκοῦντα τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπερκύψαντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρευνῶσιν· οὓς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος διδάσκει χρηστῆς ὑπολήψεως πεφροντικέναι καὶ μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθεσι λύειν, ἃ θεσπέσιοι καὶ μείζους ἄνδρες ἢ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ὥρισαν.
91μὴ γὰρ ὅτι ἡ ἑβδόμη δυνάμεως μὲν τῆς περὶ τὸ ἀγένητον, ἀπραξίας δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸ γενητὸν δίδαγμά ἐστι, τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ νομοθετηθέντα λύωμεν, ὡς πῦρ ἐναύειν ἢ γεωπονεῖν ἢ ἀχθοφορεῖν ἢ ἐγκαλεῖν ἢ δικάζειν ἢ παρακαταθήκας ἀπαιτεῖν ἢ δάνεια ἀναπράττειν ἢ τὰ ἄλλα ποιεῖν, ὅσα κἀν τοῖς μὴ ἑορτώδεσι καιροῖς ἐφεῖται·
92μηδ’ ὅτι ἡ ἑορτὴ σύμβολον ψυχικῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐστὶ καὶ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν εὐχαριστίας, ἀποταξώμεθα ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας πανηγύρεσι· μηδ’ ὅτι τὸ περιτέμνεσθαι ἡδονῆς καὶ παθῶν πάντων ἐκτομὴν καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσιν ἀσεβοῦς ἐμφαίνει, καθ’ ἣν ὑπέλαβεν ὁ νοῦς ἱκανὸς εἶναι γεννᾶν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀνέλωμεν τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ περιτομῇ τεθέντα νόμον· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἁγιστείας καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων ἀμελήσομεν, εἰ μόνοις προσέξομεν τοῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν δηλουμένοις.
93ἀλλὰ χρὴ ταῦτα μὲν σώματι ἐοικέναι νομίζειν, ψυχῇ δὲ ἐκεῖνα· ὥσπερ οὖν σώματος, ἐπειδὴ ψυχῆς ἐστιν οἶκος, προνοητέον, οὕτω καὶ τῶν ῥητῶν νόμων ἐπιμελητέον· φυλαττομένων γὰρ τούτων ἀριδηλότερον κἀκεῖνα γνωρισθήσεται, ὧν εἰσιν οὗτοι σύμβολα, πρὸς τῷ καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν μέμψεις καὶ κατηγορίας ἀποδιδράσκειν.
94οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι καὶ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ σοφῷ καὶ μεγάλα ἀγαθὰ καὶ μικρὰ προσεῖναί φησι, καὶ καλεῖ τὰ μὲν μεγάλα ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ὑπαρκτά, ἃ τῷ γνησίῳ κληρονομεῖν ἐφεῖται μόνῳ, τὰ δὲ μικρὰ δόματα, ὧν οἱ νόθοι καὶ ἐκ παλλακῶν ἀξιοῦνται (Gen. 25,5. 6)· ἐκεῖνα
95μὲν οὖν ἔοικε τοῖς φύσει, ταῦτα δὲ τοῖς θέσει νομίμοις. ἄγαμαι καὶ τῆς παναρέτου Λείας, ἥτις ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσὴρ γενέσεως, ὅς ἐστι τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ νόθου σύμβολον πλούτου, φησί· „μακαρία ἐγώ, ὅτι μακαριοῦσί με αἱ γυναῖκες“ (Gen. 30, 13)· στοχάζεται γὰρ ὑπολήψεως ἐπιεικοῦς, δικαιοῦσα μὴ μόνον ὑπὸ ἀρρένων καὶ ἀνδρείων ὡς ἀληθῶς λόγων ἐπαινεῖσθαι, παρ’ οἷς ἡ ἀλώβητος φύσις καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀδέκαστον τετίμηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῶν θηλυτέρων, οἳ τῶν φαινομένων πάντα τρόπον ἥττηνται μηδὲν ἔξω τούτων θεωρητὸν νοῆσαι δυνάμενοι.
96τελείας δὲ ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ δοκεῖν εἶναι μεταποιεῖσθαι, καὶ σπουδάζειν μὴ μόνον παρὰ τῇ ἀνδρωνίτιδι εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος ἑστίας ἐπαινεῖσθαι.
97διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν ἔργων κατασκευὴν οὐ μόνον ἀνδράσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναιξὶν ἐπέτρεψε ποιεῖσθαι· τά τε γὰρ νήματα πάντα τῆς ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ βύσσου καὶ τριχῶν αἰγείων ἐπιτελοῦσι (Exod. 35, 25. 26), καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῶν κόσμον ἀόκνως εἰσφέρουσι, „σφραγῖδας, ἐνώτια, δακτυλίους, περιδέξια, ἐμπλόκια“ (Exod. 35, 22), πάνθ’ ὅσα χρυσὸν εἶχε τὴν ὕλην,
98τὸν σώματος κόσμον ἀντικαταλλαττόμεναι τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας· προσφιλοτιμούμεναι μέντοι καὶ τὰ κάτοπτρα ἑαυτῶν συγκαθιεροῦσιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ λουτῆρος κατασκευήν (Exod. 38, 26), ἵν’ οἱ μέλλοντες ἱερουργεῖν ἀπονιπτόμενοι χεῖρας καὶ πόδας, τὰ ἐγχειρήματα οἷς ἐφορμεῖ καὶ ἐνίδρυται ὁ νοῦς, ἐνοπτρίζωνται ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ μνήμην τῶν ἐσόπτρων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ λουτὴρ δεδημιούργηται· οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲν αἶσχος ἐν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς εἴδει περιόψονται γινόμενον, ἤδη δὲ τὸ νηστείας καὶ καρτερίας ἀνάθημα ἀναθήσουσιν ἱεροπρεπέστατον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀναθημάτων.
99ἀλλ’ αὗται μὲν ἀσταί τε καὶ ἀστεῖαι γυναῖκες [αἰσθήσεις] ὡς ἀληθῶς, παρ’ αἷς ἡ ἀρετὴ Λεία τετιμῆσθαι βούλεται, αἱ δὲ προσαναφλέγουσαι τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄθλιον νοῦν ἀπόλιδες· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι καὶ „γυναῖκες ἔτι προσεξέκαυσαν πῦρ ἐπὶ Μωάβ“ (Num. 21,30).
100ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἑκάστη τῶν τοῦ ἄφρονος αἰσθήσεων ἐξαπτομένη πρὸς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐμπίπρησι τὸν νοῦν, πολλὴν καὶ ἀπέρατον φλόγα ἐπεισχέουσα μετὰ ῥύμης ἀνηνύτου καὶ φορᾶς; ἄριστον οὖν ἐξευμενίζεσθαι τὸ γυναικῶν τάγμα ἐν ψυχῇ, τῶν αἰσθήσεων, καθάπερ καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τῶν κατὰ μέρος λογισμῶν· οὕτως γὰρ
Sections 101–125
101ἀμείνονι βίου διεξόδῳ χρησόμεθα παγκάλως. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ αὐτομαθὴς Ἰσαὰκ εὔχεται τῷ σοφίας ἐραστῇ καὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ λαβεῖν ἀγαθά· φησὶ γάρ· „δώῃ σοι ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πιότητος τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 27,28), ἴσον τῷ πρότερον μὲν συνεχῆ σοι τὸν νοητὸν καὶ οὐράνιον ὑετὸν ἄρδοι, μὴ λάβρως ὡς ἐπικλύσαι, ἀλλ’ ἠρέμα καὶ πρᾴως καθάπερ δρόσον ὡς ὀνῆσαι· δεύτερον δὲ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ γήινον πλοῦτον χαρίσαιτο λιπαρὸν καὶ πίονα, τὴν ἐναντίαν πενίαν ψυχῆς τε καὶ τῶν αὐτῆς μερῶν ἀφαυάνας.
102ἐὰν μέντοι καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα λόγον ἐξετάζῃς, εὑρήσεις συνῳδὰ φρονοῦντα καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα αὐτῷ πεποικιλμένην ἔκ τε νοητῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν δυνάμεων· ἧς τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μακροτέρων ἢ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν δεῖται λόγων καὶ ὑπερθετέον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τοῖς πέρασιν ἐξετάσωμεν, κεφαλῇ τε καὶ βάσεσιν.
103οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐστι „πέταλον χρυσοῦν καθαρόν, ἔχον ἐκτύπωμα σφραγῖδος, ἁγίασμα κυρίῳ“ (Exod. 28,32), ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ὑποδύτου κώδωνες καὶ ἄνθινα (Exod. 28, 29. 30). ἀλλ’ ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ σφραγὶς ἰδέα ἐστὶν ἰδεῶν, καθ’ ἣν ὁ θεὸς ἐτύπωσε τὸν κόσμον, ἀσώματος δήπου καὶ νοητή, τὰ δ’ ἄνθινα καὶ οἱ κώδωνες αἰσθητῶν ποιοτήτων σύμβολα, ὧν ὅρασις καὶ ἀκοὴ τὰ κριτήρια.
104ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπιφέρει ὅτι „ἔσται ἀκουστὴ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ εἰσόντος εἰς τὰ ἅγια“ (Exod. 28,31), ἵνα πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ θεῖα καὶ ὄντως ἅγια εἰσιούσης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ὠφελούμεναι κατ’ ἀρετὴν συνηχῶσι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σύστημα ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ ἐμμελὴς καὶ πολυάνθρωπος χορός, ἐκ διαφερόντων φθόγγων ἀνακεκραμένων ἓν μέλος ἐναρμόνιον συνᾴδῃ, τὰ μὲν ἐνδόσιμα τῶν νοημάτων ἐμπνεόντων — ἡγεμόνες γὰρ τοῦ χοροῦ τούτου τὰ νοητά —, τὰ δ’ ἑπόμενα τῶν αἰσθητῶν συναναμελπόντων, ἃ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος χορευταῖς ἀπεικάζεται.
105συνόλως γάρ, ᾗ φησιν ὁ νόμος, „τὰ δέοντα καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ὁμιλίαν“ (Exod. 21, 10), τὰ τρία ταῦτα, ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν οὐκ ἔδει, ἀλλ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν βεβαίως προσνέμειν. τὰ μὲν οὖν δέοντα τὰ νοητά ἐστιν ἀγαθά, ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἃ χρὴ γενέσθαι λόγῳ φύσεως, ὁ δὲ ἱματισμὸς τὰ περὶ τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦ βίου κόσμον, ἡ δ’ ὁμιλία ἡ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τῶν εἰρημένων εἰδῶν συνέχεια καὶ μελέτη, ἵν’ οἷα τὰ ἀφανῆ νοητὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ φαίνηται.
106Πέμπτη τοίνυν ἐστὶ δωρεὰ ἡ κατὰ ψιλὸν μόνον τὸ εἶναι συνισταμένη· λέλεκται δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς προτέραις, οὐχ ὡς εὐτελεστέρα ἐκείνων, ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερκύπτουσα καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσα πάσας. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦ πεφυκέναι καὶ ἀψευδῶς καὶ ἀπλάστως ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ εὐλογίας ἐπάξιον τελεώτερον;
107„ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησιν „εὐλογητός“ (Gen. 12,2), οὐ μόνον εὐλογημένος· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις τε καὶ φήμαις παραριθμεῖται, τὸ δὲ τῷ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐλογητῷ.
108ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι τοῦ ἐπαινεῖσθαι διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ τὸ ψεκτὸν εἶναι τοῦ ψέγεσθαι κατὰ τὸ χεῖρον — τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῷ πεφυκέναι, τὰ δὲ τῷ νομίζεσθαι λέγεται μόνον, φύσις δὲ ἡ ἀψευδὴς δοκήσεως ἐχυρώτερον —, οὕτως καὶ τοῦ εὐλογεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ὅπερ ἦν εἰς εὐλογίαν ἄγεσθαι δοξαζόμενον, τὸ πεφυκέναι εὐλογίας ἄξιον, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσι, κρεῖττον, ὅπερ εὐλογητὸν ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται.
109Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ ἆθλα τῷ γενησομένῳ δωρεῖται σοφῷ· ἃ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπονέμει διὰ τὸν σοφόν, ἑξῆς ἴδωμεν· „εὐλογήσω“ φησί „τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι“ (Gen. 12, 3).
110τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ σπουδαίου καὶ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι παντί τῳ δῆλον, λέγεται δ’ οὐ δι’ ἐκεῖνο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν εὐάρμοστον ἀκολουθίαν· τὸν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὁ ἐπαινῶν ἐγκωμιαστὸς καὶ ὁ ψέγων ἔμπαλιν ψεκτός. ἔπαινον δὲ καὶ ψόγον οὐχ οὕτως ἡ τῶν λεγόντων καὶ γραφόντων πιστοῦται δύναμις, ὡς ἡ τῶν γινομένων ἀλήθεια· ὥστ’ οὔτε ἐπαινεῖν οὔτε ψέγειν ἂν δοκοῖεν, ὅσοι τι ψεῦδος ἐν ἑκατέρῳ παραλαμβάνουσιν εἴδει.
111τοὺς κόλακας οὐχ ὁρᾷς, οἳ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἀποκναίουσι τῶν κολακευομένων τὰ ὦτα θρύπτοντες, οὐκ ἐπινεύοντες ἐφ’ ἑκάστῳ τῶν λεγομένων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήσεις μακρὰς συνείροντες καὶ ῥαψῳδοῦντες καὶ εὐχόμενοι μὲν τῇ
112φωνῇ πολλάκις, ἀεὶ δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρώμενοι; τί οὖν ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι; ἆρ’ οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐχθροὺς μᾶλλον ἢ φίλους τοὺς λέγοντας ὄντας καὶ ψέγειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπαινεῖν, κἂν δράματα ὅλα συντιθέντες ἐγκωμίων ἐπᾴδωσι;
113τοιγαροῦν ὁ μάταιος Βαλαὰμ ὕμνους μὲν εἰς τὸν θεὸν ὑπερβάλλοντας ᾄδων, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ „οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός“ (Num. 23, 19), ᾀσμάτων τὸ ἱεροπρεπέστατον, ἐγκώμια δ’ εἰς τὸν ὁρῶντα, Ἰσραήλ, μυρία διεξερχόμενος ἀσεβὴς μὲν καὶ ἐπάρατος καὶ παρὰ τῷ σοφῷ κέκριται νομοθέτῃ, καταρᾶσθαι δέ, οὐκ εὐλογεῖν, νενόμισται.
114τοῖς γὰρ πολεμίοις φησὶν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ μισθῷ συνταχθέντα μάντιν γενέσθαι κακὸν κακῶν, ἀρὰς μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ θέμενον χαλεπωτάτας γένει τῷ θεοφιλεῖ, εὐχὰς δὲ ἀναγκασθέντα διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὑπερφυεστάτας προφητεῦσαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ λεγόμενα καλὰ ὄντα ὁ φιλάρετος ὑπήχει θεός, τὰ δ’ ἐννοούμενα — φαυλότερα γὰρ ἦν — ἔτικτεν ἡ μισάρετος διάνοια.
115μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ὁ περὶ τούτων χρησμός· „οὐ γὰρ ἔδωκε“ φησίν „ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καταράσασθαί σοι, ἀλλ’ ἔστρεψε τὰς κατάρας εἰς εὐλογίαν“ (Deut. 23, 5), καίτοι πάντων ὅσα εἶπε πολλῆς γεμόντων εὐφημίας. ἀλλ’ ὁ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ ταμιευομένων ἐπίσκοπος ἰδών, ᾧ κατιδεῖν ἔξεστι μόνῳ, τὰ ἀθέατα γενέσει, τὴν καταδικάζουσαν ἀπὸ τούτων ψῆφον ἤνεγκε, μάρτυς ἀψευδέστατος ὁμοῦ καὶ κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος ὁ αὐτὸς ὤν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐπαινετὸν βλασφημεῖν καὶ κατηγορεῖν δοκοῦντα τῇ
116φωνῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν εὐλογεῖν τε καὶ εὐφημεῖν. σωφρονιστῶν ὡς ἔοικε τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἔθος, παιδαγωγῶν, διδασκάλων, γονέων, πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρχόντων, νόμων· ὀνειδίζοντες γάρ, ἔστι δ’ ὅπου καὶ κολάζοντες ἕκαστοι τούτων ἀμείνους τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπεργάζονται τῶν παιδευομένων. καὶ ἐχθρὸς μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδενί, φίλοι δὲ πᾶσι πάντες· φίλων δὲ ἀνόθῳ καὶ ἀκιβδήλῳ χρωμένων εὐνοίᾳ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἔργον ἐλευθεροστομεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ κακονοεῖν.
117μηδὲν οὖν μήτε τῶν εἰς εὐλογίας καὶ εὐχὰς μήτε τῶν εἰς βλασφημίας καὶ κατάρας ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν προφορᾷ διεξόδους ἀναφερέσθω μᾶλλον ἢ διάνοιαν, ἀφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἑκάτερον εἶδος τῶν λεχθέντων δοκιμάζεται.
118Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ πρῶτον διὰ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἑτέροις συντυγχάνειν φησίν, ὅταν ἢ ψόγον ἢ ἔπαινον ἢ εὐχὰς ἢ κατάρας ἐθελήσωσιν αὐτῷ τίθεσθαι· μέγιστον δ’ ἑξῆς, ὅταν ἡσυχάζωσιν ἐκεῖνοι, τὸ μηδὲν μέρος φύσεως λογικῆς ἀμέτοχον εὐεργεσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 3).
119ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο δογματικώτατον· ἐὰν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἄνοσος καὶ ἀπήμων διατελῇ, ταῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἁπάσαις φυλαῖς τε καὶ δυνάμεσιν ὑγιαινούσαις χρῆται, ταῖς τε καθ’ ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ ὅσαι αἰσθητικαὶ καὶ πάλιν ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἡδονάς τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ὅσαι ἀντὶ παθῶν εἰς εὐπάθειαν μεταχαράττονται.
120ἤδη μέντοι καὶ οἶκος καὶ πόλις καὶ χώρα καὶ ἔθνη καὶ κλίματα γῆς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς καλοκἀγαθίας προμηθουμένου μεγάλης ἀπήλαυσαν εὐδαιμονίας, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅτῳ μετὰ γνώμης ἀγαθῆς ὁ θεὸς καὶ δύναμιν ἔδωκεν ἀνανταγώνιστον, ὡς μουσικῷ καὶ παντὶ τεχνίτῃ τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ πᾶσαν τέχνην ὄργανα ἢ ξύλων ὕλην πυρί.
121τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἔρεισμα τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν ὁ δίκαιος, καὶ ὅσα μὲν αὐτὸς ἔχει, προφέρων εἰς μέσον ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν χρησομένων ἄφθονα δίδωσιν, ὅσα δ’ ἂν μὴ εὑρίσκῃ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, τὸν μόνον πάμπλουτον αἰτεῖται θεόν· ὁ δὲ τὸν οὐράνιον ἀνοίξας θησαυρὸν ὀμβρεῖ καὶ ἐπινίφει τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἀθρόα, ὡς τῶν περιγείων ἁπάντων τὰς δεξαμενὰς πλημμυρούσας ἀναχυθῆναι.
122ταῦτα δὲ τὸν ἱκέτην ἑαυτοῦ λόγον οὐκ ἀποστραφεὶς εἴωθε δωρεῖσθαι· λέγεται γὰρ ἑτέρωθι Μωυσέως ἱκετεύσαντος· „ἵλεως αὐτοῖς εἰμι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου“ (Num. 14, 20)· τοῦτο δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς.“ οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ πεπειραμένος τῆς ἐν ἅπασι τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητος πεπίστευκεν ὅτι, κἂν πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀφανισθῇ, μικρὸν δέ τι λείψανον ἀρετῆς ὥσπερ ἐμπύρευμα διασῴζηται, διὰ τὸ βραχὺ τοῦτο κἀκεῖνα οἰκτείρει, ὡς πεπτωκότα ἐγείρειν καὶ τεθνηκότα ζωπυρεῖν (Gen. 18, 24 sqq.).
123σπινθὴρ γὰρ καὶ ὁ βραχύτατος ἐντυφόμενος, ὅταν καταπνευσθεὶς ζωπυρηθῇ, μεγάλην πυράν· ἐξάπτει καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον οὖν ἀρετῆς, ὅταν ἐλπίσι χρησταῖς ὑποθαλπόμενον ἀναλάμψῃ, καὶ τὰ τέως μεμυκότα καὶ τυφλὰ ἐξωμμάτωσε καὶ τὰ ἀφαυανθέντα ἀναβλαστεῖν ἐποίησε καὶ ὅσα ὑπὸ ἀγονίας ἐστείρωτο εἰς εὐφορίαν εὐτοκίας περιήγαγεν. οὕτω τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν ἐπιφροσύνῃ θεοῦ πολὺ γίνεται
124χεόμενον, ἐξομοιοῦν τὰ ἄλλα ἑαυτῷ. εὐχώμεθα οὖν τὸν ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ στῦλον νοῦν μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ, ἄνθρωπον δὲ ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν δίκαιον διαμένειν εἰς τὴν τῶν νόσων ἄκεσιν· τούτου γὰρ ὑγιαίνοντος τὰς εἰς παντελῆ σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἀπογνωστέον ἐλπίδας, διότι οἶμαι ὁ σωτὴρ θεὸς τὸ πανακέστατον φάρμακον, τὴν ἵλεω δύναμιν, τῷ ἱκέτῃ καὶ θεραπευτῇ προτείνας ἑαυτοῦ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καμνόντων σωτηρίαν ἐπιτρέπει, καταπλάττοντι τῶν ψυχῆς τραυμάτων, ἅπερ ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος τῶν κακιῶν ὅμιλος ἀκονηθεὶς διεῖλεν.
125ἐναργέστατον δὲ παράδειγμα Νῶε ὁ δίκαιος, ὃς τῷ μεγάλῳ κατακλυσμῷ τῶν τοσούτων μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγκαταποθέντων ἐρρωμένως ἐπικυματίζων καὶ ἐπινηχόμενος ὑπεράνω μὲν ἔστη τῶν δεινῶν ἁπάντων, διασωθεὶς δὲ μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ ῥίζας ἐβάλετο, ἐξ ὧν οἷα φυτὸν τὸ σοφίας ἀνεβλάστησε γένος· ὅπερ ἡμεροτοκῆσαν τοὺς τοῦ ὁρῶντος, Ἰσραήλ, τριττοὺς ἤνεγκε καρπούς, αἰῶνος μέτρα, τὸν Ἀβραάμ, τὸν Ἰσαάκ, τὸν Ἰακώβ·
Sections 126–150
126καὶ γὰρ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται καὶ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ παντὶ ἀρετή, ἣν ἀκαιρίαι μὲν ἴσως ἀνθρώπων ἐπισκιάζουσιν, ὁ δὲ ὀπαδὸς θεοῦ καιρὸς ἀποκαλύπτει πάλιν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἡ φρόνησις ἀρρενογονεῖ Σάρρα, οὐ κατὰ τὰς χρονικὰς τοῦ ἔτους ὥρας, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀχρόνους ἀκμὰς καὶ εὐκαιρίας ἐπανθοῦσα· λέγεται γάρ· „ἐπαναστρέφων ἥξω πρὸς σὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς ὥρας, καὶ ἕξει υἱὸν Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου“ (Gen. 18,10).
127Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν δωρεῶν, ἃς καὶ τοῖς γενησομένοις τελείοις καὶ δι’ αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἑτέροις εἴωθε χαρίζεσθαι, δεδήλωται. λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς ὅτι „ἐπορεύθη Ἀβραὰμ καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“ (Gen. 12, 4).
128τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα φιλοσοφήσασιν ᾀδόμενον τέλος, τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν ὁ νοῦς εἰς τὴν ἀρετῆς ἀτραπὸν ἐλθὼν κατ’ ἴχνος ὀρθοῦ λόγου βαίνῃ καὶ ἕπηται θεῷ, τῶν προστάξεων αὐτοῦ διαμεμνημένος καὶ πάσας ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις βεβαιούμενος.
129"ἐπορεύθη γάρ, καθὰ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ὡς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς — λαλεῖ δὲ παγκάλως καὶ ἐπαινετῶς —, οὕτως ὁ σπουδαῖος ἕκαστα δρᾷ τὴν ἀτραπὸν εὐθύνων ἀμέμπτως τοῦ βίου, ὥστε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σοφοῦ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖν θείων.
130ἑτέρωθι γοῦν φησιν ὅτι ἐποίησεν Ἀβραὰμ „πάντα τὸν νόμον μου“ (Gen. 26, 5)· νόμος δὲ οὐδὲν ἄρα ἢ λόγος θεῖος προστάττων ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἀπαγορεύων ἃ μὴ χρή, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ φάσκων ὅτι „ἐδέξατο ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ νόμον“ (Deut. 33, 3. 4). εἰ τοίνυν λόγος μέν ἐστι θεῖος ὁ νόμος, ποιεῖ δ’ ὁ ἀστεῖος τὸν νόμον, ποιεῖ πάντως καὶ τὸν λόγον· ὥσθ’, ὅπερ ἔφην, τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους πράξεις εἶναι τοῦ σοφοῦ.
131τέλος οὖν ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν τὸ ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις φησίν· „ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ“ (Deut. 13,4), οὐ κινήσει χρώμενον τῇ διὰ σκελῶν — ἀνθρώπου μὲν γὰρ ὄχημα γῆ, θεοῦ δὲ εἰ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος, οὐκ οἶδα —, ἀλλ’ ἔοικεν ἀλληγορεῖν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὰ θεῖα δόγματα παριστὰς ἀκολουθίαν, ὧν ἡ ἀναφορὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου γίνεται τιμήν.
132ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸν ἀκάθεκτον πόθον τοῦ καλοῦ παραινεῖ καὶ κολλᾶσθαι αὐτῷ· „κύριον“ γάρ φησι „τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσεις καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ“ (Deut. 10, 20). τίς οὖν ἡ κόλλα; τίς; εὐσέβεια δήπου καὶ πίστις· ἁρμόζουσι γὰρ καὶ ἑνοῦσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἀφθάρτῳ φύσει διάνοιαν· καὶ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ πιστεύσας „ἐγγίζειν θεῷ“ (Gen. 18, 23) λέγεται.
133ἐὰν μέντοι πορευόμενος μήτε κάμῃ, ὡς ὑπενδοὺς ὀκλάσαι, μήτε ῥᾳθυμήσῃ, ὡς παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκτραπόμενος πλανᾶσθαι τῆς μέσης καὶ εὐθυτενοῦς διαμαρτὼν ὁδοῦ, μιμησάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς δρομεῖς τὸ στάδιον ἀπταίστως ἀνύσῃ τοῦ βίου, στεφάνων καὶ ἄθλων ἐπαξίων τεύξεται πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθών.
134ἢ οὐ τοῦτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ στέφανοι καὶ τὰ ἆθλα, μὴ ἀτυχῆσαι τοῦ τέλους τῶν πονηθέντων, ἀλλ’ ἐφικέσθαι τῶν δυσεφίκτων φρονήσεως περάτων; τί οὖν τοῦ φρονεῖν ὀρθῶς ἐστι τέλος; ἀφροσύνην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι· τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι πέρας ἐπιστήμης, ἑνὸς ὄντος μόνου σοφοῦ τοῦ καὶ μόνου θεοῦ.
135διὸ καὶ παγκάλως Μωυσῆς καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν γενομένων αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγεν εἰπών· „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν“ (Gen. 1,31)· οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐξῆν τὰ συσταθέντα κατιδεῖν ἄκρως ὅτι μὴ τῷ πεποιηκότι.
136πάριτε νῦν οἱ τύφου καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας καὶ πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας γέμοντες, οἱ δοκησίσοφοι καὶ μὴ μόνον ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον εἰδέναι σαφῶς ἐπιφάσκοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς αἰτίας προσαποδιδόναι διὰ θρασύτητα τολμῶντες, ὥσπερ ἢ τῇ τοῦ κόσμου γενέσει παρατυχόντες καὶ ὡς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελεῖτο κατιδόντες ἢ σύμβουλοι περὶ τῶν κατασκευαζομένων τῷ δημιουργῷ γενόμενοι.
137εἶτα τῶν ἄλλων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων μεθέμενοι γνωρίσατε ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οἵτινές ἐστε σαφῶς εἴπατε, κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, κατὰ τὸν λόγον, καθ’ ἕν τι κἂν τὸ βραχύτατον τῶν εἰδῶν. τί ἐστιν ὅρασις ἀποφήνασθε καὶ πῶς ὁρᾶτε, τί ἀκοὴ καὶ πῶς ἀκούετε, τί γεῦσις, τί ἁφή, τί ὄσφρησις καὶ πῶς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἐνεργεῖτε ἢ τίνες εἰσὶν αἱ τούτων πηγαί, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὸ εἶναι ταῦτα συμβέβηκε.
138μὴ γάρ μοι περὶ σελήνης καὶ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατ’ οὐρανὸν καὶ κόσμον οὕτως μακρὰν διῳκισμένων καὶ τὰς φύσεις διαφερόντων ἀερομυθεῖτε, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, πρὶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐρευνῆσαι καὶ γνῶναι. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἴσως καὶ περὶ ἑτέρων διεξιοῦσι πιστευτέον· πρὶν δὲ οἵτινές ἐστε αὐτοὶ παραστῆσαι, μὴ νομίζετε κριταὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἢ μάρτυρες ἀψευδέστατοί ποτε γενήσεσθαι.
139τούτων δὴ τοῦτον ἐχόντων τὸν τρόπον τελειωθεὶς ὁ νοῦς ἀποδώσει τὸ τέλος τῷ τελεσφόρῳ θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ἱερώτατον γράμμα· νόμος γάρ ἐστι τὸ τέλος εἶναι κυρίου (Num. 31, 28 sqq.). πότε οὖν ἀποδίδωσιν; ὅταν „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ“ παραγένηται (Gen. 22, 3), παρελθὼν τὰς πλείους μοίρας τῶν χρονικῶν διαστημάτων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς τὴν ἄχρονον μεταβαίνων φύσιν·
140τότε γὰρ καὶ τὸν ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν ἱερουργήσει, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωπον — οὐ γὰρ τεκνοκτόνος ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετώσης ψυχῆς γέννημα ἄρρεν, τὸν ἐπανθήσαντα καρπὸν αὐτῇ, ὃν πῶς ἤνεγκεν οὐκ ἔγνω, βλάστημα θεῖον, οὗ φανέντος ἡ δόξασα κυοφορῆσαι τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῦ συμβάντος ἀγαθοῦ διηγεῖται φάσκουσα· „τίς ἀναγγελεῖ Ἀβραὰμ“ ὡς ἀπιστοῦντι δήπου περὶ τὴν τοῦ αὐτομαθοῦς γένους ἀνατολήν, ὅτι „θηλάζει παιδίον Σάρρα“ (Gen. 21, 7), οὐχὶ πρὸς Σάρρας θηλάζεται; τὸ γὰρ αὐτοδίδακτον τρέφεται μὲν ὑπ’ οὐδενός, τροφὴ δ’ ἐστὶν ἄλλων, ἅτε ἱκανὸν διδάσκειν καὶ μανθάνειν οὐ δεόμενον.
141„ἔτεκον γὰρ υἱόν“, οὐχ ὡς γυναῖκες Αἰγύπτιαι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀκμήν (Exod. 1, 19), ἀλλ’ ὡς αἱ Ἑβραῖαι ψυχαί, „ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ μου“ (Gen. 21, 7), ὅτε τὰ μὲν ὅσα αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ μεμάρανται, τὰ δὲ νοητὰ καὶ ἀθάνατα ἀνήβηκεν, ἃ γέρως καὶ τιμῆς ἐστιν ἐπάξια.
142καὶ ἔτεκον μαιευτικῆς τέχνης οὐ προσδεηθεῖσα· τίκτομεν γὰρ καὶ πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τινας ἐπινοίας καὶ ἐπιστήμας ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἄνευ τῶν ἐξ ἔθους συνεργούντων, σπείροντος καὶ γεννῶντος θεοῦ τὰ ἀστεῖα γεννήματα, ἃ τῷ δόντι προσηκόντως κατὰ τὸν ἐπ’ εὐχαριστίᾳ τεθέντα νόμον ἀποδίδοται· „τὰ γὰρ δῶρά μου, δόματά μου, καρπώματά μου“ φησί
143„διατηρήσατε προσφέρειν ἐμοί“ (Num. 28, 2). τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ὁδοῦ τῶν ἑπομένων λόγοις καὶ προστάξεσι νομίμοις καὶ ταύτῃ βαδιζόντων, ᾗ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀφηγῆται· ὁ δὲ ὑπενδοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πεινῶντος ἡδονῆς καὶ λίχνου παθῶν, ὄνομα Ἀμαλὴκ — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ λαὸς ἐκλείχων —, ἐκτετμήσεται.
144μηνύουσι δὲ οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι λοχῶν ὁ τρόπος οὗτος, ἐπειδὰν τὸ ἐρρωμενέστερον τῆς ψυχικῆς δυνάμεως κατίδῃ περαιωθέν, ὑπανιστάμενος τῆς ἐνέδρας τὸ κεκμηκὸς μέρος ὡς „οὐραγίαν κόπτει“ (Deut. 25, 17. 18). κάματος δ’ ὁ μέν ἐστιν εὐένδοτος ἀσθένεια λογισμοῦ μὴ δυναμένου τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἀχθοφορῆσαι πόνους, ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς οὗτος εὑρισκόμενος εὐαλωτότατος, ὁ δέ ἐστιν ὑπομονὴ τῶν καλῶν, τὰ μὲν καλὰ ἀθρόα ἐρρωμένως ἀναδεχομένος, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν φαύλων, κἂν εἰ κουφότατον εἴη, βαστάσαι δικαιῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἀπορρίπτων.
145διὸ καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ νόμος εὐθυβόλῳ προσεῖπεν ὀνόματι Λείαν, ἥτις ἑρμηνευθεῖσα λέγεται κοπιῶσα· τὸν γὰρ τῶν φαύλων βίον ἐπαχθῆ καὶ βαρὺν ὄντα φύσει κοπώδη προσηκόντως αὕτη νενόμικε καὶ οὐδὲ προσιδεῖν ἀξιοῖ, τὰς ὄψεις πρὸς μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀποκλίνουσα.
146σπουδαζέτω δ’ ὁ νοῦς μὴ μόνον ἀνενδότως καὶ εὐτόνως ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εὐθεῖαν ἀτραπὸν ἰέναι πρὸς μηδέτερα νεύων, μήτε τὰ δεξιὰ μήτε τὰ εὐώνυμα, οἷς ὁ γήινος Ἐδὼμ ἐμπεφώλευκε, τοτὲ μὲν ὑπερβολαῖς καὶ περιουσίαις, τοτὲ δὲ ἐλλείψεσι καὶ ἐνδείαις χρώμενος. ἄμεινον γὰρ ὁδῷ τῇ μέσῃ βαδίζειν ἐστὶ τῇ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν βασιλικῇ (Num. 20,17), ἣν ὁ μέγας καὶ μόνος βασιλεὺς θεὸς ταῖς φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς ηὔρυνεν ἐνδιαίτημα κάλλιστον.
147διὸ καί τινες τῶν τὴν ἥμερον καὶ κοινωνικὴν μετιόντων φιλοσοφίαν μεσότητας τὰς ἀρετὰς εἶπον εἶναι, ἐν μεθορίῳ στήσαντες αὐτάς, ἐπειδὴ τό τε ὑπέραυχον ἀλαζονείας γέμον πολλῆς κακὸν καὶ τὸ ταπεινοῦ καὶ ἀφανοῦς μεταποιεῖσθαι σχήματος εὐεπίβατον, τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ ἀμφοῖν κεκραμένον ἐπιεικῶς ὠφέλιμον.
148Τὸ δὲ „ᾤχετο μετ’ αὐτοῦ Λὼτ“ (Gen. 12, 4) τίνα ἔχει λόγον σκεπτέον. ἔστι μὲν οὖν Λὼτ ἑρμηνευθεὶς ἀπόκλισις· κλίνεται δὲ ὁ νοῦς τοτὲ μὲν τἀγαθόν, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ τὸ κακὸν ἀποστρεφόμενος. ἄμφω δὲ ταῦτα πολλάκις περὶ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεωρεῖται· εἰσὶ γάρ τινες ἐνδοιασταὶ καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισταί, πρὸς ἑκάτερον τοῖχον ὥσπερ σκάφος ὑπ’ ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον ἀποκλίνοντες ἢ καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἀντιρρέποντες, ἐφ’ ἑνὸς στηριχθῆναι βεβαίως ἀδυνατοῦντες, ὧν οὐδὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀμείνω τροπὴν ἐπαινετέον· φορᾷ γάρ, ἀλλ’ οὐ γνώμῃ γίνεται.
149τούτων καὶ ὁ Λώτ ἐστι θιασώτης, ὅν φησιν οἴχεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ σοφίας ἐραστοῦ. καλὸν δ’ ἦν ἀρξάμενον ἐκείνῳ παρακολουθεῖν ἀπομαθεῖν ἀμαθίαν καὶ μηκέτι παλινδρομῆσαι πρὸς αὐτήν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ μιμησάμενον τὸν ἀμείνω βελτιωθῆναι συνέρχεται, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κἀκείνῳ παρασχεῖν ἀντισπάσματα καὶ μεθολκὰς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔνθεν ὀλίσθους.
150τεκμήριον δέ· ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὑποτροπιάσας νόσον οἰχήσεται ληφθεὶς αἰχμάλωτος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ πολεμίων, ὁ δὲ τὰς ἐξ ἐνέδρας ἐπιβουλὰς αὐτοῦ φυλαξάμενος πάσῃ μηχανῇ διοικισθήσεται. τὸν δὲ διοικισμὸν αὖθις μέν, οὔπω δὲ ποιήσεται. νῦν μὲν γὰρ τὰ θεωρήματα αὐτῷ ὡς ἂν ἄρτι ἀρχομένῳ τῆς θείας θεωρίας πλαδᾷ καὶ σαλεύει· ὅταν δ’ ἤδη παγέντα κραταιότερον ἱδρυθῇ, δυνήσεται τὸ δελεάζον καὶ κολακεῦον ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἀκατάλλακτον καὶ δυσθήρατον φύσει διαζεῦξαι.
Sections 151–175
151τοῦτο γὰρ ἔσθ’ ὃ δυσαπότριπτον ὂν παρέπεται ψυχῇ κωλῦον αὐτὴν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὠκυδρομεῖν· τοῦθ’, ἡνίκα καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀπελείπομεν, τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἅπασαν, ἀπομαθεῖν τὰ πάθη σπουδάσαντες κατὰ τὰς τοῦ προφήτου λόγου, Μωυσέως, ὑφηγήσεις, ἠκολούθησεν ἡμῖν, ἐλλαμβανόμενον τῆς περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον σπουδῆς καὶ τῷ τάχει τῆς ἀπολείψεως ὑπὸ φθόνου βραδυτῆτας ἐμποιοῦν·
152λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „καὶ ἐπίμικτος πολὺς συνανέβη αὐτοῖς, καὶ πρόβατα καὶ βόες καὶ κτήνη πολλὰ σφόδρα“ (Exod. 12, 38), ὁ δὲ ἐπίμικτος οὗτος ἦν τὰ κτηνώδη καὶ ἄλογα τῆς ψυχῆς, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, δόγματα. παγκάλως δὲ καὶ εὐθυβόλως τὴν τοῦ φαύλου ψυχὴν ἐπίμικτον καλεῖ· συνῃρημένη γὰρ καὶ συμπεφορημένη καὶ μιγὰς ὄντως ἐκ πλειόνων καὶ μαχομένων δοξῶν, μία μὲν οὖσα ἀριθμῷ, μυριὰς δὲ τῷ πολυτρόπῳ.
153διὸ καὶ τῷ ἐπίμικτος πρόσκειται πολύς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἓν μόνον ἀφορῶν ἁπλοῦς καὶ ἀμιγὴς καὶ λεῖος ὄντως, ὁ δὲ πολλὰ τέλη τοῦ βίου προτιθέμενος πολὺς καὶ μιγὰς καὶ δασὺς ἀληθείᾳ. οὗ χάριν οἱ χρησμοὶ τὸν μὲν ἀσκητὴν τῶν καλῶν Ἰακὼβ λεῖον, τὸν δὲ τῶν αἰσχίστων Ἠσαῦ δασὺν εἰσάγουσι (Gen. 27, 11).
154διὰ τὸν ἐπίμικτον καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ὄχλον ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων συμπεφυρμένον δοξῶν ὠκυδρομῆσαι δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς, ὅτε τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἀπεδίδρασκεν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις (Gen. 22, 3) διαδέξασθαι τὸν ἀρετῆς κλῆρον φωτὶ τρισσῷ, μνήμῃ τῶν παρεληλυθότων καὶ ἐναργείᾳ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδι, τεσσαράκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμόν, μῆκος τοσούτου χρόνου, τρίβεται τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ περιάγων καὶ ἀλώμενος ἕνεκα τοῦ πολυτρόπου, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἀνυσιμωτάτην οὖσαν δέον.
155οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μὴ μόνον ὀλίγοις εἴδεσιν ἐπιθυμίας χαίρων, ἀλλὰ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιῶν, ἵνα ὅλον δι’ ὅλων τὸ γένος, ᾧ πᾶν εἶδος ἐμφέρεται, μετέρχηται· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ὁ ἐπίμικτος ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπεθύμησεν ἐπιθυμίαν“ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους, οὐχ ἑνός τινος τῶν εἰδῶν, „καὶ καθίσαντες ἔκλαιον“ (Num. 11,4). συνίησι γὰρ ὀλιγοδρανοῦσα ἡ διάνοια καί, ὁπότε μὴ δύναται τυχεῖν ὧν ὀρέγεται, δακρύει καὶ στενάζει· καίτοι ὤφειλε χαίρειν παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων ἀτυχοῦσα καὶ μεγάλην εὐπραγίαν νομίζειν τὴν ἔνδειαν καὶ ἀπουσίαν αὐτῶν.
156ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς χορευταῖς ἀρετῆς σφαδᾴζειν καὶ δακρύειν ἔθος, ἢ τὰς τῶν ἀφρόνων ὀδυρομένοις συμφορὰς διὰ τὸ φύσει κοινωνικὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον ἢ διὰ περιχάρειαν. γίνεται δὲ αὕτη, ὅταν ἀθρόα ἀγαθὰ μηδὲ προσδοκηθέντα ποτὲ αἰφνίδιον ὀμβρήσαντα πλημμυρῇ· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ „δακρυόεν γελάσασα“·
157προσπεσοῦσα γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνελπίστου ἡ εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη χαρὰ ψυχῇ μείζονα αὐτὴν ἢ πρότερον ἦν ἐποίησεν, ὡς διὰ τὸν ὄγκον μηκέτι χωρεῖν τὸ σῶμα, θλιβόμενον δὲ καὶ πιεζόμενον ἀποστάζειν λιβάδας, ἃς καλεῖν ἔθος δάκρυα, περὶ ὧν ἐν ὕμνοις εἴρηται· „ψωμιεῖς ἡμᾶς ἄρτον δακρύων“ (Psalm. 79, 6) καὶ „ἐγένετο τὰ δάκρυά μοι ἄρτος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός“ (Psalm. 41, 4). τροφὴ γάρ ἐστι διανοίας τὰ τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου καὶ σπουδαίου γέλωτος ἐμφανῆ δάκρυα, ἐπειδὰν ὁ θεῖος ἐντακεὶς ἵμερος τὸν τοῦ γενητοῦ θρῆνον ἆσμα εἰς τὸν ἀγένητον ὕμνου ποιήσῃ.
158ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τὸν μιγάδα καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ἀπορρίπτουσι καὶ διατειχίζουσιν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν τῷ θεοφιλεῖ μόνῳ γένει χαίροντες· ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἑταιρίαν τίθενται, μεσιτεύειν τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον ἀξιοῦντες καὶ μεθόριον ἀνθρωπίνων τε καὶ θείων ἀρετῶν τιθέντες, ἵν’ ἑκατέρων ἐφάπτωνται, καὶ τῶν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῶν δοκήσει.
159τούτου τοῦ δόγματος ὁ πολιτευόμενός ἐστι τρόπος, ὃν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνομάζειν ἔθος, ᾧ συναπέρχονται μέλλοντι τὸν πατέρα κηδεύειν „πάντες οἱ παῖδες Φαραὼ καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πανοικία αὐτοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκία ἡ πατρικὴ αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 50, 7. 8).
160ὁρᾷς ὅτι μέσος τῆς Φαραὼ καὶ τῆς πατρικῆς οἰκίας ὁ πολιτικὸς οὗτος τάττεται, ἵνα καὶ τῶν κατὰ σῶμα, τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τῶν κατὰ ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ πατρικῷ οἴκῳ θησαυροφυλακεῖται, κατ’ ἴσον ἐφάπτηται; ὅταν μὲν γὰρ λέγῃ „τοῦ θεοῦ εἰμι“ (Gen. 50, 19) καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα συγγενῆ τούτῳ, τοῖς τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας ἐμμένει νομίμοις· ὅταν δὲ ἐπὶ „τὸ δευτερεῖον ἅρμα“ τοῦ βασιλεύειν νοῦ δοκοῦντος ἀνέρχηται, Φαραώ (Gen. 41, 43), τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν πάλιν ἱδρύεται τῦφον.
161ἀθλιώτερος δ’ ὁ νομιζόμενος ἐνδοξότερος εἶναι βασιλεύς, ὃς τῷ προηγουμένῳ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἐποχεῖται· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἐν καλοῖς διαπρέπειν ἐπιφανέστατον αἶσχος, ὡς τὸ φέρεσθαι τὰ ἐν τούτοις δευτερεῖα κουφότερον κακόν.
162τὸ μέντοι γε ἐπαμφοτερίζον αὐτοῦ καταμάθοις ἂν κἀκ τῶν ὅρκων οὓς πεποίηται, τοτὲ μὲν ὀμνὺς „νὴ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ“ (Gen. 42, 16), τοτὲ δ’ ἔμπαλιν οὐ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ (Gen. 42, 15). ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν περιέχων τὴν ἀπόφασιν ὅρκος τῆς πατρικῆς ἂν εἴη διάταγμα οἰκίας ἀεὶ φονώσης κατὰ τοῦ πάθους καὶ βουλομένης αὐτὸ τεθνάναι, ὁ δ’ ἕτερος Αἰγύπτου, ᾗ φίλον ἐστὶ τοῦτο σῴζεσθαι.
163διόπερ καίτοι τοσαύτης πληθύος συνανιούσης ἐπίμικτον ὄχλον οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν ἄκρως ὁρατικῷ καὶ φιλαρέτῳ πᾶν ὃ μὴ ἀρετὴ ἢ ἀρετῆς ἔργον ἀναμεμῖχθαι καὶ συγκεχύσθαι δοκεῖ, τῷ δὲ ἔτι χαμαιζήλῳ καθ’
164αὑτὰ τὰ γῆς ἆθλα ἀξιέραστα καὶ ἀξιοτίμητα νενόμισται. τὸν μὲν οὖν ὡς κηφῆνα τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ὠφελίμους πόνους λυμαίνεσθαι διεγνωκότα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπακολουθοῦντα διατειχιεῖ, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ φρονήσεως ἐραστής, τοὺς δὲ ἕνεκα μιμήσεως παρεπομένους κατὰ τὸν τῶν καλῶν ζῆλον ἀποδέξεται μοίρας αὐτοῖς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας δασάμενος· „τῶν“ γάρ φησι „συμπορευθέντων ἀνδρῶν μετ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐσχώλ, Αὐνάν, Μαμβρῆ, οὗτοι λήψονται μερίδα“ (Gen. 14, 24)· λέγει δὲ τοὺς εὐφυεῖς τρόπους καὶ φιλοθεάμονας.
165ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἐσχὼλ εὐφυΐας σύμβολον πυρὸς ἔχων ὄνομα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ εὐφυὲς εὔτολμον καὶ ἔνθερμον καὶ ἐχόμενον ὧν ἂν προσάψηται, ὁ δὲ Αὐνὰν τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος· ὀφθαλμοὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τῷ καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς ὑπ’ εὐθυμίας ὄμματα διοίγνυσθαι. τούτων δ’ ἀμφοτέρων ἐστὶν ὁ θεωρητικὸς βίος κλῆρος, προσαγορευόμενος Μαμβρῆ, ὃ μεταληφθὲν ἀπὸ ὁράσεως καλεῖται· τῷ δὲ θεωρητικῷ τὸ ὁρᾶν συνῳδόν τε καὶ οἰκειότατον.
166ἐπειδὰν δὲ τούτοις ἀλείπταις χρησάμενος ὁ νοῦς μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν πρὸς ἄσκησιν, συνομαρτεῖ καὶ συντρέχει τελείᾳ φρονήσει, μήθ’ ὑπερέχων μήθ’ ὑπερεχόμενος, ἀλλὰ ἰσαίτατα καὶ ἰσοστάσια βαίνων. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ λόγιον ἐν ᾧ σαφῶς εἴρηται, διότι πορευθέντες ἀμφότεροι ἀνῆλθον „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Gen. 22, 3).
167ὑπερβάλλουσά γε ἰσότης ἀρετῶν, ἁμιλλησαμένων πόνου μὲν πρὸς εὐεξίαν, τέχνης δὲ πρὸς τὴν αὐτοδίδακτον φύσιν, καὶ δυνηθέντων ἴσα τὰ ἆθλα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐνέγκασθαι· ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ ζωγραφία καὶ πλαστικὴ μὴ μόνον ὡς νῦν ἀκίνητα καὶ ἄψυχα ἐδημιούργουν, ἴσχυον δὲ κινούμενά τε καὶ ἔμψυχα τὰ γραφόμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα ποιεῖν· ἐδόκουν γὰρ ἂν φύσεως ἔργων οὖσαι τὸ πάλαι μιμητικαὶ τέχναι φύσεις αὐταὶ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ νῦν.
168ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἄνω μετέωρος ἐξαρθεὶς οὐδὲν ἔτι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν κάτω τοῖς θνητοῖς ἐνδιατρίβειν ἐάσει, πάντα δ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ σειρᾶς ἐκκρεμασθέντα συνεπισπάσεται. διὸ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τῷ σοφῷ τοιόνδε· „ἀνάβηθι πρὸς κύριόν σου, σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τῆς γερουσίας Ἰσραήλ“ (Exod. 24, 1).
169τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ἀνάβηθι, ὦ ψυχή, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν εὐαρμόστως, λογικῶς, ἑκουσίως, ἀφόβως, ἀγαπητικῶς, ἐν ἀριθμοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ τελείοις ἑβδομάδος δεκαπλασασθείσης. Ἀαρὼν μὲν γὰρ προφήτης λέγεται Μωυσέως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ὁ γεγωνὸς λόγος προφητεύων διανοίᾳ, Ναδὰβ δὲ ἑκούσιος ἑρμηνεύεται, ὁ μὴ ἀνάγκῃ τιμῶν τὸ θεῖον, καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ πατήρ μου· οὗτος ὁ μὴ δι’ ἀφροσύνην δεσπότου μᾶλλον ἢ πατρὸς διὰ φρόνησιν ἄρχοντος θεοῦ δεόμενος.
170αἵδ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἀξίου νοῦ δορυφόροι δυνάμεις, ἃς συνέρχεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ παραπεμπούσας αὐτὸν θέμις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ δέος ἐστὶν ἀναβαίνειν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν ψυχῇ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἀγνοούσῃ τὴν ὁδόν, ὑπὸ ἀμαθίας ἅμα καὶ τόλμης ἐπαρθείσῃ — μεγάλα δὲ τὰ ἐξ ἀνεπιστημοσύνης καὶ πολλοῦ θράσους παραπτώματα —·
171διόπερ εὔχεται Μωυσῆς αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ χρῆσθαι ἡγεμόνι πρὸς τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄγουσαν ὁδόν· λέγει γάρ· „εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν“ (Exod. 33, 15)· διότι πᾶσα κίνησις ἡ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης ἐπιζήμιον, καὶ ἄμεινον ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένειν τὸν θνητὸν βίον ἀλητεύοντας, ὡς τὸ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων γένος, ἢ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐξάραντας ἑαυτοὺς ὑπὸ ἀλαζονείας ἀνατραπῆναι· καθάπερ μυρίοις συνέβη τῶν σοφιστῶν, οἵτινες ᾠήθησαν σοφίαν πιθανὴν εἶναι λόγων εὕρεσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πραγμάτων ἀληθεστάτην πίστιν.
172ἴσως δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι δηλοῦται· μή με ἄνω μετέωρον ἐξάρῃς, πλοῦτον ἢ δόξαν ἢ τιμὰς ἢ ἀρχὰς ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα τῶν ἐν ταῖς λεγομέναις εὐτυχίαις δωρησάμενος, εἰ μὴ μέλλοις αὐτὸς συνέρχεσθαι. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ζημίας καὶ ὠφελείας μεγίστας πολλάκις περιποιεῖται τοῖς ἔχουσιν, ὠφελείας μέν, ὅταν ἀφηγῆται τῆς γνώμης ὁ θεός, βλάβας δέ, ὅταν τοὐναντίον· μυρίοις γὰρ τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ὄντα κακῶν ἀνηκέστων γέγονεν αἴτια.
173ὁ δὲ ἑπόμενος θεῷ κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον συνοδοιπόροις χρῆται τοῖς ἀκολούθοις αὐτοῦ λόγοις, οὓς ὀνομάζειν ἔθος ἀγγέλους· λέγεται γοῦν ὅτι „Ἀβραὰμ συνεπορεύετο συμπροπέμπων αὐτούς“ (Gen. 18, 16). ὢ παγκάλης ἐπανισώσεως, καθ’ ἣν ὁ παραπέμπων παρεπέμπετο, διδοὺς ὃ ἐλάμβανεν, οὐκ ἀνθ’ ἑτέρου ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκεῖνο τὸ πρὸς τὰς ἀντιδόσεις ἕτοιμον.
174ἕως μὲν γὰρ οὐ τετελείωται, ἡγεμόνι τῆς ὁδοῦ χρῆται λόγῳ θείῳ· χρησμὸς γάρ ἐστιν· „ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ἵνα φυλάξῃ σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὅπως εἰσαγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι. πρόσεχε αὐτῷ καὶ εἰσάκουε αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀπείθει αὐτῷ· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μού ἐστιν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 23, 20. 21).
175ἐπειδὰν δὲ πρὸς ἄκραν ἐπιστήμην ἀφίκηται, συντόνως ἐπιδραμὼν ἰσοταχήσει τῷ πρόσθεν ἡγουμένῳ τῆς ὁδοῦ· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ οὕτως ὀπαδοὶ γενήσονται τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἑτεροδόξων παρακολουθοῦντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ Λώτ, ὃς ἔκλινε τὴν ψυχὴν ὀρθὴν καὶ ἀκαμπῆ φύεσθαι δυναμένην, διοικισθέντος.
Sections 176–200
176„Ἀβραὰμ δὲ ἦν“ φησίν „ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 12, 4). περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ τῶν πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμοῦ — λόγον γὰρ ἔχει συνῳδὸν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἰρημένοις — αὖθις ἀκριβώσομεν. τίς δέ ἐστι Χαρρὰν καὶ τίς ἡ ἐκ ταύτης ἀποικία τῆς χώρας, πρότερον ἐρευνήσωμεν.
177οὐδένα τοίνυν τῶν ἐντετυχηκότων τοῖς νόμοις ἀγνοεῖν εἰκός, ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἐκ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς ἀναστὰς γῆς Ἀβραὰμ ᾤκησεν εἰς Χαρράν, τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖθι κἀκ ταύτης μετανίσταται, ὡς δυεῖν ἤδη τόπων ἀπόλειψιν πεποιῆσθαι. τί οὖν λεκτέον;
178Χαλδαῖοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἐκπεπονηκέναι καὶ διαφερόντως δοκοῦσιν ἀστρονομίαν καὶ γενεθλιαλογικήν, τὰ ἐπίγεια τοῖς μετεώροις καὶ τὰ οὐράνια τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἁρμοζόμενοι καὶ ὥσπερ διὰ μουσικῆς λόγων τὴν ἐμμελεστάτην συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τῇ τῶν μερῶν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ, τόποις μὲν διεζευγμένων, συγγενείᾳ δὲ οὐ διῳκισμένων.
179οὗτοι τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦτον κόσμον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπετόπησαν εἶναι μόνον, ἢ θεὸν ὄντα αὐτὸν ἢ ἐν αὑτῷ θεὸν περιέχοντα, τὴν τῶν ὅλων ψυχήν· εἱμαρμένην τε καὶ ἀνάγκην θεοπλαστήσαντες ἀσεβείας πολλῆς κατέπλησαν τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον, ἀναδιδάξαντες ὡς δίχα τῶν φαινομένων οὐδενός ἐστιν οὐδὲν αἴτιον τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων αἱ περίοδοι τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὄντων ἀπονέμουσι.
180Μωυσῆς μέντοι τῇ μὲν ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ τοῦ παντὸς ἔοικε συνεπιγράφεσθαι, ἕνα καὶ γενητὸν ἀποφηνάμενος τὸν κόσμον εἶναι — γενομένου γὰρ καὶ ἑνὸς ὑπάρχοντος εὔλογον τάς γε στοιχειώδεις οὐσίας ὑποβεβλῆσθαι τοῖς ἀποτελουμένοις τὰς αὐτὰς ἅπασι κατὰ μέρη, καθάπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων συμβέβηκε τῶν ἡνωμένων ἀλληλουχεῖν —,
181τῇ δὲ περὶ θεοῦ δόξῃ διαφέρεσθαι· μήτε γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μήτε τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ψυχὴν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι θεὸν μηδὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας ἢ τὰς χορείας αὐτῶν τὰ πρεσβύτατα τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀνθρώποις αἴτια, ἀλλὰ συνέχεσθαι μὲν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀοράτοις δυνάμεσιν, ἃς ἀπὸ γῆς ἐσχάτων ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ περάτων ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀπέτεινε, τοῦ μὴ ἀνεθῆναι τὰ δεθέντα καλῶς προμηθούμενος· δεσμοὶ γὰρ αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ παντὸς ἄρρηκτοι.
182διό, κἄν που τῆς νομοθεσίας λέγηται „ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω“ (Deut. 4,39), μηδεὶς ὑποτοπησάτω τὸν κατὰ τὸ εἶναι λέγεσθαι — τὸ γὰρ ὂν περιέχειν ἀλλ’ οὐ περιέχεσθαι θέμις —, δύναμιν δ’ αὐτοῦ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο καὶ διεκόσμησε τὰ ὅλα.
183αὕτη δὲ κυρίως ἐστὶν ἀγαθότης, φθόνον μὲν τὸν μισάρετον καὶ μισόκαλον ἀπεληλακυῖα ἀφ’ ἑαυτῆς, χάριτας δὲ γεννῶσα αἷς τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς γένεσιν ἄγουσα ἀνέφηνεν· ἐπεὶ τό γε ὂν φαντασιαζόμενον δόξῃ πανταχοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται, ὡς ἀψευδέστατον ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τὸν χρησμόν, ἐν ᾧ λέλεκται· „ὧδε ἐγώ,“ ἄδεικτος ὡς ἂν δεικνύμενος, ἀόρατος ὡς ἂν ὁρατὸς ὤν, „πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17,6)· πρὸ γὰρ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ, ἔξω βαίνων ἐκείνου καὶ μηδενὶ
184τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐμφερόμενος. τούτων λεγομένων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς δόξης ἀνατροπῇ τοὺς ἔτι τὴν γνώμην χαλδαΐζοντας μετακλίνειν καὶ μετακαλεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀρχόμενος ὧδε· τί, φησίν, ὦ θαυμάσιοι, τοσοῦτον αἰφνίδιον ἀρθέντες ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς ὕψος ἐπινήχεσθε καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ὑπερκύψαντες αἰθεροβατεῖτε, ὡς ἡλίου κινήσεις καὶ σελήνης περιόδους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων τὰς ἐμμελεῖς καὶ ἀοιδίμους ἀκριβοῦν χορείας; ταῦτα γὰρ μείζονα ἢ κατὰ τὰς ὑμετέρας ἐστὶν ἐπινοίας ἅτε εὐδαιμονεστέρας καὶ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα.
185κατάβητε οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καὶ καταβάντες μὴ πάλιν γῆν καὶ θάλατταν καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ φυτῶν καὶ ζῴων ἰδέας ἐξετάζετε, μόνους δὲ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ἐρευνᾶτε, μὴ ἑτέρωθι μᾶλλον οἰκήσαντες ἢ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς· διαθεώμενοι γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὸ δεσπόζον ἐν αὐτῷ, τὸ ὑπήκοον, τὸ ἔμψυχον, τὸ ἄψυχον, τὸ λογικόν, τὸ ἄλογον, τὸ ἀθάνατον, τὸ θνητόν, τὸ ἄμεινον, τὸ χεῖρον, εὐθὺς ἐπιστήμην θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ σαφῆ λήψεσθε.
186λογιεῖσθε γὰρ ὅτι, ὡς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστι νοῦς, καὶ τῷ παντί ἐστι, καὶ ὡς ὁ ὑμέτερος ἀρχὴν καὶ δεσποτείαν τῶν περὶ ὑμᾶς ἀναψάμενος ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ὑπήκοον ἀπέφηνεν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν περιβεβλημένος αὐτοκράτορι νόμῳ καὶ δίκῃ τὸν κόσμον ἡνιοχεῖ προμηθούμενος οὐ τῶν ἀξιονικοτέρων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων
187εἶναι δοκούντων. μεταναστάντες οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κατ’ οὐρανὸν περιεργίας ἑαυτούς, ὅπερ εἶπον, οἰκήσατε, τὴν μὲν Χαλδαίων γῆν, δόξαν, καταλιπόντες, μετοικισάμενοι δὲ εἰς Χαρράν, τὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως χωρίον, ὃ δὴ σωματικός ἐστιν οἶκος διανοίας.
188Χαρρὰν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τρώγλη, τρῶγλαι δὲ σύμβολα αἰσθήσεως ὀπῶν εἰσίν· ὀπὰς γὰρ καὶ φωλεοὺς τρόπον τινὰ ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν ὁράσεως, ἀκοῆς δὲ ὦτα, ῥῖνας δὲ ὀσμῶν καὶ γεύσεως φάρυγγα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν σώματος κατασκευὴν ἁφῆς εἶναι συμβέβηκε.
189τούτοις οὖν ἔτι διατρίψαντες ἐνηρεμήσατε καὶ σχολάσατε καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου φύσιν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα ἀκριβώσατε, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑκάστοις εὖ τε καὶ χεῖρον καταμαθόντες τὸ μὲν φύγετε, τὸ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἑλέσθε. ἐπειδὰν μέντοι σφόδρα ἀκριβῶς πάντα τὸν ἴδιον διασκέψησθε οἶκον καὶ ὃν ἔχει λόγον ἕκαστον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν αὐγάσησθε, διακινήσαντες αὑτοὺς τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν ζητεῖτε, οὐ θάνατον ἀλλ’ ἀθανασίαν καταγγέλλουσαν.
190ἧς δείγματα σαφῆ καὶ ἐν τοῖς σωματικοῖς καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐγκατειλημμένοι φωλεοῖς κατόψεσθε, τοτὲ μὲν ἐν τοῖς βαθέσιν ὕπνοις — ἀναχωρήσας γὰρ ὁ νοῦς καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ὑπεξελθὼν ἑαυτῷ προσομιλεῖν ἄρχεται ὡς πρὸς κάτοπτρον ἀφορῶν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἀπορρυψάμενος πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις φαντασιῶν ἀπεμάξατο τὰς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀψευδεστάτας διὰ τῶν ὀνείρων μαντείας ἐνθουσιᾷ —,
191τοτὲ δὲ κἀν ταῖς ἐγρηγόρσεσιν· ὅταν γὰρ ἔκ τινος τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν κατασχεθεὶς θεωρημάτων ἀχθῇ πρὸς αὐτοῦ, τῷ μὲν ἕπεται, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸν σωματικὸν ὄγκον ἀμνημονεῖ δήπου. κἂν ἐμποδίζωσιν αἱ αἰσθήσεις πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ θέαν τοῦ νοητοῦ, μέλει τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι καθαιρεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίθεσιν· τάς τε γὰρ ὄψεις καταμύουσι καὶ τὰ ὦτα ἐπιφράττουσι καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων ἐπέχουσιν ὁρμὰς καὶ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καὶ σκότῳ διατρίβειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ὡς μὴ πρός τινος αἰσθητοῦ τὸ ψυχῆς ὄμμα, ᾧ νοητὰ βλέπειν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός, ἐπισκιασθῇ.
192τοῦτον μέντοι τὸν τρόπον μαθόντες ἀπόλειψιν τοῦ θνητοῦ χρηματίζειν καὶ τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου παιδευθήσεσθε δόξας· εἰ μὴ νομίζετε τὸν μὲν ὑμέτερον νοῦν ἀποδυσάμενον σῶμα, αἴσθησιν, λόγον, δίχα τούτων γυμνὰ δύνασθαι τὰ ὄντα ὁρᾶν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οὐκ ἔξω τῆς ὑλικῆς φύσεως πάσης ἑστάναι περιέχοντα, οὐ περιεχόμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνον ἐπεξεληλυθέναι ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ οὐσιώδει, οἷα ἁρμόττει θεόν.
193ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερος νοῦς οὐ δεδημιούργηκε τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἔργον ἑτέρου· διὸ καὶ περιέχεται ὡς ἐν ἀγγείῳ τῷ σώματι. ὁ δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς τὸ πᾶν γεγέννηκε, τὸ πεποιηκὸς δὲ τοῦ γενομένου κρεῖττον· ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν ἐμφέροιτο τῷ χείρονι, δίχα τοῦ μηδὲ ἁρμόττειν πατέρα ἐν υἱῷ περιέχεσθαι, υἱὸν δὲ ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιμελείαις συναύξεσθαι.
194οὕτω κατὰ βραχὺ μεταβαίνων ὁ νοῦς ἐπὶ τὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ἀφίξεται πατέρα, γενεθλιαλογικῆς ἀποστὰς τὸ πρῶτον, ἥτις παρέπεισεν αὐτὸν ὑπολαβεῖν τὸν κόσμον θεὸν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ δημιούργημα, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀστέρων φοράς τε καὶ κινήσεις αἰτίας ἀνθρώποις κακοπραγίας καὶ τοὐναντίον εὐδαιμονίας.
195ἔπειτ’ εἰς τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθὼν τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, φιλοσοφήσας τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὰ περὶ σώματος, τὰ περὶ αἰσθήσεως, τὰ περὶ λόγου, καὶ γνοὺς κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν γράμμα ὅττι τοι ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τ’ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται, ἔπειτ’ ἀνατεμὼν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐλπίσας τὸν δυστόπαστον καὶ δυστέκμαρτον πατέρα τῶν ὅλων κατανοῆσαι, μαθὼν ἀκριβῶς ἑαυτὸν εἴσεται τάχα που καὶ θεόν, οὐκέτι μένων ἐν Χαρράν, τοῖς αἰσθήσεως ὀργάνοις, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστραφείς· ἀμήχανον γὰρ ἔτι κινούμενον αἰσθητῶς μᾶλλον ἢ νοητῶς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος ἐλθεῖν
196ἐπίσκεψιν. οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ ταχθεὶς τὴν ἀρίστην τάξιν παρὰ θεῷ τρόπος, ὄνομα Σαμουήλ, οὐχ ὑφηγεῖται τὰ τῆς βασιλείας δίκαια τῷ Σαοὺλ [[οὐδ’]ὐδ[οὐδ’]] ἔτι [οὐδ’]ιατρίβοντι ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσιν, ἀλλ[οὐδ’] ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖθεν αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσῃ. πυνθάνεται μὲν γάρ, εἰ ἔτι ἔρχεται ἐνθάδε ὁ ἀνήρ, ἀποκρίνεται δὲ τὸ λόγιον· "ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς κέκρυπται ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσι“.
197τί οὖν προσήκει τὸν ἀκούσαντα, φύσει παιδευτικὸν ὄντα, ποιῆσαι, ὅτι μὴ μετὰ σπουδῆς αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσαι; „ἐπιδραμὼν“ γάρ φησι "λαμβάνει αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν“ (I Reg. 10,22. 23), διότι τοῖς ἀγγείοις τῆς ψυχῆς, σώματι καὶ αἰσθήσει, ἐνδιατρίβων οὐκ ἦν ἀξιόχρεως ἀκοῦσαι τῶν τῆς βασιλείας δογμάτων καὶ νόμων — βασιλείαν δὲ σοφίαν εἶναι λέγομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα —, μεταναστὰς δέ, ἡνίκα τῆς ἀχλύος σκεδασθείσης ὀξυδορκήσειν ἔμελλεν. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ τὴν αἰσθήσεως χώραν, ὄνομα Χαρράν, ἀπολιπεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ὁ ἐπιστήμης ἑταῖρος.
198Ἀπολείπει δὲ ἐτῶν γεγονὼς πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα· ὁ δὲ ἀριθμὸς οὗτος αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς, πρεσβυτέρας τε καὶ νεωτέρας, ἔτι δὲ φθαρτῆς καὶ ἀφθάρτου μεθόριος φύσεώς ἐστι.
199νοητὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρεσβύτερος καὶ ἄφθαρτος λόγος ὁ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα, αἰσθητὸς δὲ καὶ νεώτερος ὁ ταῖς πέντε ἰσάριθμος ὢν αἰσθήσεσι. τούτῳ καὶ ὁ ἔτι γυμναζόμενος ἀσκητὴς ἐξετάζεται, μηδέπω δεδυνημένος ἐνέγκασθαι τὰ τέλεια νικητήρια· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι "ἦσαν αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐξ Ἰακὼβ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα“ (Exod. 1,5)·
200τοῦ γὰρ ἀθλοῦντος καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ἱερὸν ὄντως ἀγῶνα μὴ διαφθείροντος ψυχαὶ μὲν πρὸ σωμάτων γεννήματα, οὔπω δ’ ἐκτετμημέναι τὸ ἄλογον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι τὸν αἰσθήσεως ὄχλον ἐφελκόμεναι. παλαίοντος γὰρ καὶ κονιομένου καὶ πτερνίζοντος Ἰακώβ ἐστιν ὄνομα, οὐ νενικηκότος·
Sections 201–225
201ὅταν δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν ἱκανὸς εἶναι δόξας Ἰσραὴλ μετονομασθῇ, μόνῳ χρήσεται τῷ ἑβδομηκοστῷ λόγῳ, τὴν πεντάδα τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐκτεμών· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐν ἑβδομήκοντα ψυχαῖς κατέβησαν οἱ πατέρες σου εἰς Αἴγυπτον“ (Deut. 10,22). οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀριθμὸς Μωυσέως τοῦ σοφοῦ γνώριμος· τοὺς γὰρ ἀριστίνδην ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιλελεγμένους ἑβδομήκοντα εἶναι συμβέβηκε καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἅπαντας, οὐχ ἡλικίαις ἀλλὰ φρονήσει καὶ βουλαῖς, γνώμαις τε καὶ ἀρχαιοτρόποις ζηλώσεσιν.
202οὗτος ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἱερουργεῖταί τε καὶ ἀποδίδοται θεῷ, ὅταν οἱ τέλειοι τῆς ψυχῆς συναχθῶσι καὶ συγκομισθῶσι καρποί· τῇ γὰρ τῶν σκηνῶν ἑορτῇ χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων θυμάτων ἑβδομήκοντα μόσχους ἀνάγειν θυσίαν ὁλόκαυστον διείρηται (Num. 29, 13 sqq.). κατὰ τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν λόγον καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀρχόντων φιάλαι κατασκευάζονται — ἑκάστη γὰρ ἑβδομήκοντα σικλῶν ἐστιν ὁλκῆς (Num. 7,13 sqq.) —, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἔνσπονδα καὶ συμβατήρια καὶ φίλα τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁλκὸν ἔχει δύναμιν, τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν καὶ ἅγιον λόγον, ὃν Αἴγυπτος, ἡ μισάρετος καὶ φιλοπαθὴς φύσις, πενθοῦσα εἰσάγεται· ἑβδομήκοντα γὰρ ἡμέραις καταριθμεῖται παρ’ αὐτοῖς τὸ πένθος
203(Gen. 50,3). οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀριθμός, ὡς ἔφην, Μωυσέως γνώριμος, ὁ δὲ τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων τοῦ καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἀσπαζομένου, ὃν ἔθος καλεῖν Ἰωσήφ. τοσαύτην γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποίηται, ὥστε τὸν μὲν ὁμογάστριον ἀδελφόν, τὸν αἰσθήσεως ἔκγονον ὄντα — ἥκιστα γὰρ ὁμοπατρίους οἶδε —, πέντε ἐξάλλοις δωρεῖται στολαῖς (Gen. 45,22), διαπρεπεῖς ἡγούμενος τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ κόσμου καὶ τιμῆς ἀξίας.
204ὅλῃ δὲ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ νόμους ἀναγράφει, ὅπως τιμῶσιν αὐτὰς καὶ φόρους καὶ δασμοὺς ὡς βασιλεῦσιν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος κομίζωσι· τὸν γὰρ σῖτον ἀποπεμπτοῦν κελεύει (Gen. 47,24), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ὕλας καὶ τροφὰς ἀφθόνους θησαυροφυλακεῖν ταῖς πέντε αἰσθήσεσιν, ὅπως ἑκάστη τῶν οἰκείων ἀνεπισχέτως ἐμπιπλαμένη τρυφᾷ καὶ τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ἐπεισφορουμένοις βαρύνουσα βαπτίζῃ· ταῖς γὰρ τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐωχίαις λιμὸν ἄγει διάνοια, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ταῖς νηστείαις εὐφροσύνας.
205οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ πέντε Σαλπαὰδ θυγατέρες, ἃς ἀλληγοροῦντες αἰσθήσεις εἶναί φαμεν, ἐκ τοῦ δήμου Μανασσῆ γεγόνασιν, ὃς υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ ἐστι, χρόνῳ μὲν πρεσβύτερος ὤν, δυνάμει δὲ νεώτερος; εἰκότως· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης, τὸ δὲ ἰσοδυναμοῦν ἐστι πρᾶγμα ἀναμνήσει. ἀνάμνησις δὲ τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρεται μνήμης, ἧς Ἐφραῒμ ἐπώνυμος γέγονεν, ὃς καρποφορία μεταληφθεὶς προσαγορεύεται· καρπὸς δὲ κάλλιστος καὶ τροφιμώτατος ψυχῆς τὸ ἄληστον ἐν μνήμαις.
206λέγουσι γοῦν τὰ ἐναρμόνια ἑαυταῖς αἱ παρθένοι· „ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν“ — ἀλλ’ ὁ θάνατος ἀναμνήσεώς ἐστι λήθη — „καὶ ἀπέθανεν οὐ δι’ ἁμαρτίαν ἑαυτοῦ“ — παγκάλως· οὐ γὰρ ἑκούσιον ἡ λήθη πάθος, ἀλλ’ ἕν τι τῶν οὐ παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἐπιγινόμενον ἔξωθεν —, „υἱοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ" (Num. 27,3), ἀλλὰ θυγατέρες, ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν μνημονικὸν ἅτε φύσει διανιστάμενον ἀρρενογονεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἐπιλανθανόμενον ὕπνῳ λογισμοῦ χρώμενον θηλυτοκεῖ· ἄλογον γάρ, ἀλόγου δὲ μέρους ψυχῆς αἰσθήσεις θυγατέρες.
207εἰ δέ τις τὸν μὲν τάχει παρέδραμε, Μωυσῇ δὲ ἠκουλούθησε, μήπω δυνηθεὶς ἰσόδρομος αὐτῷ γενέσθαι κεκραμένῳ καὶ μιγάδι ἀριθμῷ χρήσεται, τῷ πέμπτῳ καὶ ἑβδομηκοστῷ, ὅς ἐστι σύμβολον αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς φύσεως, συγκεκραμένων ἀμφοῖν εἰς εἴδους ἑνὸς ἀνεπιλήπτου γένεσιν.
208ἄγαμαι σφόδρα καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν Ῥεβέκκαν, ἐπειδὰν τῷ τελείῳ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὰς τῶν παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν τραχύτητας καθῃρηκότι παραινῇ τότε εἰς Χαρρὰν ἀποδρᾶναι· λέγει γάρ· "νῦν οὖν, τέκνον, ἄκουσον τῆς φωνῆς μου καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι πρὸς Λάβαν τὸν ἀδελφόν μου εἰς Χαρρὰν καὶ οἴκησον μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας τινάς, ἕως τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπιλάθηται ἃ πεποίηκας αὐτῷ“ (Gen. 27, 43 — 45).
209παγκάλως δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ὁδὸν δρασμὸν εἴρηκεν· ὄντως γὰρ δραπέτης ὁ νοῦς τότε γίνεται, ὅταν καταλιπὼν τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυτῷ νοητὰ τράπηται πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον τάγμα τῶν αἰσθητῶν. ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ τὸ δραπετεύειν χρήσιμον, ἐπειδάν τις αὐτὸ ποιῇ μὴ ἕνεκα ἔχθους τοῦ πρὸς τὸν κρείττονα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὴ ἐπιβουλευθῆναι χάριν πρὸς τοῦ χείρονος. τίς οὖν ἡ παραίνεσις τῆς ὑπομονῆς;
210θαυμασιωτάτη καὶ περιμάχητος· ἐάν ποτε, φησίν, ὁρᾷς ἀνηρεθισμένον καὶ ἐξηγριωμένον τὸ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς πάθος ἐν σαυτῷ ἤ τινι ἑτέρῳ, ὃ ἡ ἄλογος καὶ ἀτίθασος ζῳοτροφεῖ φύσις, μὴ μᾶλλον αὐτὸ ἀκονήσας ἐκθηριώσῃς — δήξεται γὰρ ἴσως ἀνίατα —, καταψύχων δὲ τὸ ζέον αὐτοῦ καὶ πεπυρωμένον ἄγαν ἡμέρωσον· τιθασὸν γὰρ καὶ χειρόηθες εἰ γένοιτο, ἥκιστα ἂν βλάψαι. τίς οὖν ὁ τρόπος τῆς τιθασείας καὶ ἡμερώσεως αὐτοῦ;
211μεθαρμοσάμενος καὶ μετασκευασάμενος, ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀκολούθησον τὸ πρῶτον οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ἐναντιωθεὶς ὁμολόγησον τὰ αὐτὰ φιλεῖν τε καὶ μισεῖν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐξευμενισθήσεται. πραϋνθέντος δὲ ἀποθήσῃ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκῶν ἐξ ἐκείνου κακὸν πείσεσθαι μετὰ ῥᾳστώνης ἐπανελεύσῃ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλειαν.
212εἰσάγεται γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο Χαρρὰν θρεμμάτων μὲν ἀνάπλεως, οἰκήτορσι δὲ κεχρημένη κτηνοτρόφοις· τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη χωρίον ἀλόγῳ φύσει καὶ τοῖς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν αὐτῆς ἀνειληφόσιν ἐπιτηδειότερον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αἰσθήσεων;
213πυθομένου γοῦν τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ „πόθεν ἐστέ“ ἀποκρίνονται τἀληθὲς οἱ ποιμένες ὅτι „ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 29, 4)· ἐκ γὰρ αἰσθήσεως αἱ ἄλογοι ὡς ἐκ διανοίας αἱ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις εἰσί. προσπυθομένου δέ, εἰ γινώσκουσι Λάβαν, φασὶν εἰκότως εἰδέναι (Gen. 29, 5)· γνωρίζει γὰρ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ πᾶσαν ποιότητα αἴσθησις, ὡς οἴεται, χρωμάτων δὲ καὶ ποιοτήτων ὁ Λάβαν σύμβολον.
214καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπειδὰν ἤδη τελειωθῇ, τὸν μὲν τῶν αἰσθήσεων οἶκον ἀπολείψει, τὸν δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ψυχῆς ἱδρύεται, ὃν ἔτι ὢν ἐν τοῖς πόνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀσκήσεσιν ἀναζωγραφεῖ· λέγει γάρ· „πότε ποιήσω κἀγὼ ἐμαυτῷ οἶκον;“ (Gen. 30, 30). πότε τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ αἰσθήσεων ὑπεριδὼν νοῦν καὶ διάνοιαν οἰκήσω, λόγῳ θεωρητοῖς πράγμασι συντρεφόμενος καὶ συνδιαιτώμενος, καθάπερ αἱ ζητητικαὶ τῶν ἀφανῶν ψυχαί — μαίας αὐτὰς ἔθος ὀνομάζειν — ;
215καὶ γὰρ αὗται ποιοῦσι σκεπάσματα οἰκεῖα καὶ φυλακτήρια φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς· τὸ δὲ εὐερκέστατον οἰκοδόμημα ἦν ὁ θεοῦ φόβος τοῖς φρουρὰν καὶ τεῖχος αὐτὸν ἀκαθαίρετον πεποιημένοις. „ἐπειδὴ“ γάρ φησιν „ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν, ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας“ (Exod. 1,21).
216Ἐξελθὼν οὖν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Χαρρὰν τόπων ὁ νοῦς λέγεται „διοδεῦσαι τὴν γῆν ἕως τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐπὶ τὴν δρῦν τὴν ὑψηλήν“ (Gen. 12, 6). τί δέ ἐστι τὸ διοδεῦσαι, σκεψώμεθα· τὸ φιλομαθὲς ζητητικὸν καὶ περίεργόν ἐστι φύσει, πανταχῇ βαδίζον ἀόκνως καὶ πανταχόσε διακῦπτον καὶ μηδὲν ἀδιερεύνητον τῶν ὄντων μήτε σωμάτων μήτε πραγμάτων ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιοῦν. λίχνον γὰρ ἐκτόπως θεαμάτων καὶ ἀκουσμάτων εἶναι πέφυκεν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις ἀρκεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ξενικῶν καὶ πορρωτάτω διῳκισμένων ἐφίεσθαι.
217λέγουσι γοῦν, ὡς ἔστιν ἄτοπον ἐμπόρους μὲν καὶ καπήλους γλίσχρων ἕνεκα κερδῶν διαβαίνειν τὰ πελάγη καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν κύκλῳ περιιέναι ἅπασαν, μὴ θέρος, μὴ χειμῶνα, μὴ πνεύματα βίαια, μὴ ἐναντία, μὴ νεότητα, μὴ γῆρας, μὴ νόσον σώματος, μὴ φίλων συνήθειαν, μὴ τὰς ἐπὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκείοις ἀλέκτους ἡδονάς, μὴ πατρίδος καὶ πολιτικῶν φιλανθρωπιῶν ἀπόλαυσιν, μὴ χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἀσφαλῆ χρῆσιν, μὴ τῶν ἄλλων ὁτιοῦν συνόλως μέγα ἢ μικρὸν ἐμποδὼν τιθεμένους,
218τοῦ δὲ καλλίστου καὶ περιμαχήτου καὶ μόνῳ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκειοτάτου χάριν, σοφίας, μὴ οὐχὶ θάλατταν μὲν ἅπασαν περαιοῦσθαι, πάντα δὲ γῆς μυχὸν ἐπέρχεσθαι, φιλοπευστοῦντας εἴ πού τι καλὸν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας τῆς πάσης ἰχνηλατεῖν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐγγένηται τῶν ζητουμένων καὶ ποθουμένων εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἐλθεῖν.
219διόδευσον μέντοι, ψυχή, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέλεις, ἕκαστον τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀγαγοῦσα εἰς ἐπίκρισιν, οἷον εὐθέως τί τὸ σῶμα καὶ τί ποιοῦν ἢ πάσχον διανοίᾳ συνεργεῖ, τί ἡ αἴσθησις καὶ τίνα τρόπον τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν ὠφελεῖ, τί λόγος καὶ τίνων γινόμενος ἑρμηνεὺς πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν συμβάλλεται, τί ἡδονὴ καὶ τί ἐπιθυμία, τί λύπη καὶ φόβος καὶ τίς ἡ πρὸς ταῦτα ἰατρική, δι’ ἧς ἢ ληφθείς τις εὐμαρῶς διεκδύσεται ἢ οὐχ ἁλώσεται πρὸς αὐτῶν τὸ παράπαν, τί τὸ ἀφραίνειν, τί τὸ ἀκολασταίνειν, τί τὸ ἀδικεῖν, τίς ἡ τῶν ἄλλων πληθὺς νοσημάτων, ὅσα ἡ φθοροποιὸς ἀποτίκτειν πέφυκε κακία, καὶ τίς ἡ τούτων ἀποστροφή, καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐναντία τί τὸ δίκαιον ἢ τὸ φρόνιμον ἢ τὸ σῶφρον, τὸ ἀνδρεῖον, τὸ εὔβουλον, ἀρετὴ συνόλως ἅπασα καὶ εὐπάθεια, καὶ ὃν τρόπον ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἴωθε περιγίνεσθαι.
220διόδευσον μέντοι καὶ τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἄνθρωπον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον, καὶ διάσκεψαι τὰ μέρη, ὡς τόποις μὲν διέζευκται, δυνάμεσι δὲ ἥνωται, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀόρατος οὗτος τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ ἑνώσεως πᾶσι δεσμός. ἐὰν μέντοι σκοπούμενος μὴ ῥᾳδίως καταλαμβάνῃς ἃ ζητεῖς, ἐπίμενε μὴ κάμνων· οὐ γὰρ τῇ ἐκεχειρίᾳ ληπτὰ ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ μόλις πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις πόνοις ἀνευρισκόμενα.
221οὗ χάριν ὁ φιλομαθὴς τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐνείληπται, μεταληφθὲν δὲ τοὔνομα Συχὲμ ὠμίασις καλεῖται, πόνου σύμβολον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μέρεσι τούτοις ἀχθοφορεῖν ἔθος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑτέρωθι μέμνηται λέγων ἐπί τινος ἀθλητοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· „ὑπέθηκε τὸν ὦμον εἰς τὸ πονεῖν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ γεωργός" (Gen. 49, 15).
222ὥστε μηδέποτε, ὦ διάνοια, μαλακισθεῖσα ὀκλάσῃς, ἀλλά, κἄν τι δοκῇ δυσθεώρητον εἶναι, τὸ ἐν σαυτῇ βλέπον διανοίξασα διάκυψον εἴσω καὶ ἀκριβέστερον τὰ ὄντα ἐναύγασαι καὶ μήτε ἑκοῦσα μήτε ἄκουσά ποτε μύσῃς· τυφλὸν γὰρ ὕπνος, ὡς ὀξυωπὲς ἐγρήγορσις. ἀγαπητὸν δὲ τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς προσβολῆς εἱλικρινῆ τῶν ζητουμένων λαβεῖν φαντασίαν.
223οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ δρῦν ὑψηλὴν ἐν Συχὲμ πεφυτεῦσθαί φησιν αἰνιττόμενος τὸν ἀνένδοτον καὶ ἀκαμπῆ, στερρόν τε καὶ ἀρραγέστατον παιδείας πόνον; ᾧ τὸν μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τέλειον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον κεχρῆσθαι, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ψυχῆς δικαστήριον, ὄνομα Δεῖνα — κρίσις γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, συλληφθῇ πρὸς τοῦ τὸν ἐναντίον μοχθοῦντος πόνον, τοῦ φρονήσεως ἐπιβούλου.
224ὁ γὰρ ἐπώνυμος τοῦ τόπου τούτου Συχέμ, Ἐμὼρ υἱὸς ὤν, ἀλόγου φύσεως — καλεῖται γὰρ Ἐμὼρ ὄνος —, ἀφροσύνην ἐπιτηδεύων καὶ συντραφεὶς ἀναισχυντίᾳ καὶ θράσει τὰ κριτήρια τῆς διανοίας μιαίνειν ὁ παμμίαρος καὶ φθείρειν ἐπεχείρησεν, εἰ μὴ θᾶττον οἱ φρονήσεως ἀκουσταὶ καὶ γνώριμοι, Συμεών τε καὶ Λευί, φραξάμενοι τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀσφαλῶς ἐπεξῆλθον, ἔτι ὄντας ἐν τῷ φιληδόνῳ καὶ φιλοπαθεῖ καὶ ἀπεριτμήτῳ πόνῳ καθελόντες· χρησμοῦ γὰρ ὄντος, ὡς "οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε πόρνη τῶν τοῦ βλέποντος, Ἰσραήλ, θυγατέρων“ (Deut. 23, 17), οὗτοι τὴν παρθένον ψυχὴν ἐξαρπάσαντες λαθεῖν ἤλπισαν (Gen. 34).
225οὐ γὰρ ἐρημία γε τῶν βοηθησόντων τοῖς παρασπονδουμένοις ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ κἂν οἴωνταί τινες, οἰήσονται μόνον, ἀπελεγχθήσονται δὲ τῷ ἔργῳ ψευδοδοξοῦντες. ἔστι γάρ, ἔστιν ἡ μισοπόνηρος καὶ ἀμείλικτος καὶ ἀδικουμένων ἀρωγὸς ἀπαραίτητος δίκη, σφάλλουσα τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰσχυνόντων ἀρετήν, ὧν πεσόντων εἰς παρθένον πάλιν ἡ δόξασα αἰσχυνθῆναι μεταβάλλει ψυχή· δόξασα δ’ εἶπον, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἐφθείρετο· τῶν γὰρ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν τοῦ πάσχοντος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν πάθος, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῦ μὴ ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀδικοῦντος τὸ πραττόμενον ἔργον.
Sections 1–25
1„Καὶ εἶπε κύριος τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ἄπελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἥν σοι δείξω· καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ εὐλογήσω σε καὶ μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ ἔσῃ εὐλογητός. καὶ εὐλογήσω τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι, καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 1 — 3).
2βουληθεὶς ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν καθῆραι πρῶτον αὐτῇ δίδωσιν ἀφορμὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντελῆ τὴν ἐκ τριῶν χωρίων μετανάστασιν, σώματος, αἰσθήσεως, λόγου τοῦ κατὰ προφοράν· τὴν μὲν γὰρ γῆν σώματος, τὴν δὲ συγγένειαν αἰσθήσεως, τὸν δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς οἶκον λόγου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι σύμβολον.
3διὰ τί; ὅτι τὸ μὲν σῶμα καὶ ἐκ γῆς ἔλαβε τὴν σύστασιν καὶ ἀναλύεται πάλιν εἰς γῆν — μάρτυς δὲ Μωυσῆς, ὅταν φῇ· „γῆ εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3,19)· καὶ γὰρ παγῆναί φησιν αὐτὸ χοῦν εἰς ἀνθρωπείαν μορφὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαπλάσαντος, ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸ λυόμενον εἰς τὰ δεθέντα λύεσθαι—, αἴσθησις δὲ συγγενὲς καὶ ἀδελφόν ἐστι διανοίας, ἄλογον λογικῆς, ἐπειδὴ μιᾶς ἄμφω μέρη ψυχῆς ταῦτα, πατρὸς δὲ οἶκος ὁ λόγος, ὅτι πατὴρ μὲν ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς σπείρων εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν τὰς ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις καὶ διανέμων εἰς αὐτὰ τὰς ἐνεργείας ἐπιμέλειάν τε καὶ ἐπιτροπὴν ἀνημμένος ἁπάντων, οἶκος δέ, ἐν ᾧ διαιτᾶται, τῆς ἄλλης ὑπεξῃρημένος οἰκίας ὁ λόγος· καθάπερ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἑστία, καὶ νοῦ λόγος ἐνδιαίτημα.
4ἑαυτὸν γοῦν καὶ ὅσα ἂν ἐνθυμήματα τέκῃ, ὥσπερ ἐν οἴκῳ τῷ λόγῳ διαθεὶς καὶ διακοσμήσας ἐπιδείκνυται. μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ νοῦ τὸν λόγον ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ κέκληκεν οἶκον· καὶ γὰρ τὸν τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οἶκον ἔχειν φησὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον.
5οὗ τὴν φαντασίαν ὁ ἀσκητὴς λαβὼν ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ ὅτι „οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἀλλ’ ἢ οἶκος θεοῦ“ (Gen. 28, 17), ἴσον τῷ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ οἶκος οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο τῶν εἰς δεῖξιν ἐρχομένων ἢ συνόλως πιπτόντων ὑπ’ αἴσθησιν, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ ἀόρατος, ἀειδής, ψυχῇ μόνον ὡς ψυχῇ καταλαμβανόμενος.
6τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη πλὴν ὁ λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν γένεσιν εἰληφότων, οὗ καθάπερ οἴακος ἐνειλημμένος ὁ τῶν ὅλων κυβερνήτης πηδαλιουχεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ ὅτε ἐκοσμοπλάστει χρησάμενος ὀργάνῳ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν ἀνυπαίτιον τῶν ἀποτελουμένων σύστασιν;
7ὡς μὲν τοίνυν γῆν μὲν τὸ σῶμα, συγγένειαν δὲ τὴν αἴσθησιν, οἶκον δὲ πατρὸς τὸν λόγον αἰνίττεται, δεδηλώκαμεν. τὸ δὲ „ἄπελθε ἐκ τούτων“ οὐκ ἔσθ’ ὅμοιον τῷ διαζεύχθητι κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἐπεὶ θάνατον ἦν διαγορεύοντος ἡ πρόσταξις, ἀλλ’ ἴσον τῷ τὴν γνώμην ἀλλοτριώθητι, πρὸς μηδενὸς περισχεθεὶς αὐτῶν ὑπεράνω στῆθι πάντων· ὑπήκοοί σού εἰσι, μηδέποτε ὡς ἡγεμόσι χρῶ·
8βασιλεὺς ὢν ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄρχεσθαι πεπαίδευσο, πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα γίνωσκε σεαυτόν, ὡς καὶ Μωυσῆς πολλαχοῦ διδάσκει λέγων „πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ“ (Exod. 34,12)· οὕτως γὰρ ὧν τε ὑπακούειν καὶ οἷς ἐπιτάττειν προσῆκεν αἰσθήσῃ.
9ἄπελθε οὖν ἐκ τοῦ περὶ σεαυτὸν γεώδους, τὸ παμμίαρον, ὦ οὗτος, ἐκφυγὼν δεσμωτήριον, τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὰς ὥσπερ εἱρκτοφύλακας ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ παντὶ σθένει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει, μηδὲν τῶν εἰς κάκωσιν παρείς, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀθρόα συλλήβδην ἐπανατεινάμενος.
10ἄπελθε κἀκ τῆς συγγενοῦς αἰσθήσεως· νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ κέχρηκας ἑκάστῃ σεαυτὸν καὶ γέγονας ἀλλότριον τῶν δεδανεισμένων ἀγαθὸν ἀποβεβληκὼς τὸ ἴδιον. οἶδας δέ, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσιν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοί σε ἄγουσι καὶ ὦτα καὶ ἡ ἄλλη τῆς συγγενείας πληθὺς ἅπασα πρὸς τὰ φίλα ἑαυτοῖς.
11ἐὰν δὲ ἐθελήσῃς κομίσασθαι τὰ σαυτοῦ δάνεια καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν κτῆσιν περιβαλέσθαι μηδὲν αὐτῆς διαζεύξας ἢ ἀλλοτριώσας μέρος, εὐδαίμονος μεταποιήσῃ βίου, χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν οὐκ ὀθνείων ἀλλ’ οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν εἰς ἀεὶ καρπούμενος.
12ἀλλὰ μετανάστηθι κἀκ τοῦ κατὰ προφορὰν λόγου, ὃν πατρὸς οἶκον ὠνόμασεν, ἵνα μὴ ῥημάτων καὶ ὀνομάτων ἀπατηθεὶς κάλλεσι τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν κάλλους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς δηλουμένοις πράγμασι, διαζευχθῇς. ἄτοπον γὰρ ἢ σκιὰν σωμάτων ἢ μίμημα ἀρχετύπων φέρεσθαι πλέον· σκιᾷ μὲν δὴ καὶ μιμήματι ἔοικεν ἑρμηνεία, σώμασι δὲ καὶ ἀρχετύποις αἱ τῶν διερμηνευομένων φύσεις πραγμάτων, ὧν τὸν ἐφιέμενον τοῦ εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ δοκεῖν χρὴ περιέχεσθαι διοικιζόμενον ἀπ’ ἐκείνων.
13ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ὁ νοῦς ἄρξηται γνωρίζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοῖς νοητοῖς ἐνομιλεῖν θεωρήμασιν, ἅπαν τὸ κλινόμενον τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ αἰσθητὸν εἶδος ἀπώσεται, ὃ κέκληται παρ’ Ἑβραίοις Λώτ. οὗ χάριν ὁ σοφὸς εἰσάγεται λέγων ἄντικρυς· „διαχωρίσθητι ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 13, 9)· συνοικεῖν γὰρ ἀμήχανον τὸν ἀσωμάτων καὶ ἀφθάρτων ἔρωτι κατεσχημένον τῷ πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ ῥέποντι.
14παγκάλως οὖν ὁ ἱεροφάντης μίαν τῆς νομοθεσίας ὅλην ἱερὰν βίβλον Ἐξαγωγὴν ἀνέγραψεν οἰκεῖον ὄνομα εὑράμενος τοῖς περιεχομένοις χρησμοῖς· ἅτε γὰρ παιδευτικὸς ὢν καὶ πρὸς νουθεσίαν καὶ σωφρονισμὸν ἑτοιμότατος τῶν οἵων τε νουθετεῖσθαι καὶ σωφρονίζεσθαι πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν λεὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας χώρας, τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τῶν οἰκητόρων αὐτῆς ἐξελεῖν διανοεῖται, χαλεπώτατον καὶ βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἡγούμενος ὁρατικὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς σαρκὸς ἡδονῶν πιεσθῆναι καὶ ἐπιτάγμασιν ὑπηρετεῖν, ἅττ’ ἂν αἱ ἀνηλεεῖς προστάττωσιν ἐπιθυμίαι.
15τούτους μὲν οὖν στενάξαντας καὶ πολλὰ ἐκδακρύσαντας τὴν σωματικὴν εὐθηνίαν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀφθόνους περιουσίας — λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων“ (Exod. 2, 23) — ὑφηγησαμένου τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον ὁ προφήτης αὐτοῦ ῥύεται.
16εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ μέχρι τῆς τελευτῆς τὰς πρὸς σῶμα σπονδὰς ἔθεντο καὶ ὥσπερ λάρνακι ἢ σορῷ ἢ ὅπως ὀνομάζειν ἑτέρως φίλον τῷδε ἐνετάφησαν. ὧν τὰ μὲν ὅσα φιλοσώματα καὶ φιλοπαθῆ μέρη λήθῃ παραδοθέντα κατορύττεται· εἰ δέ πού τι φιλάρετον παρανέβλαστε, μνήμαις ἀνασῴζεται, δι’ ὧν τὰ καλὰ ζωπυρεῖσθαι πέφυκε.
17τὰ γοῦν ὀστᾶ Ἰωσήφ, λέγω δὴ τὰ μόνα ὑπολειφθέντα τῆς τοσαύτης ψυχῆς ἀδιάφθορα καὶ ἀξιομνημόνευτα εἴδη, περιποιεῖται ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος (Gen. 50, 25), ἄτοπον ἡγούμενος καθαρὰ μὴ καθαροῖς συνεζεῦχθαι.
18τὰ δ’ ἀξιομνημόνευτα ταῦτα ἦν· τὸ πιστεῦσαι ὅτι „ἐπισκέψεται ὁ θεὸς“ τὸ ὁρατικὸν γένος (Gen. 50, 24) καὶ οὐ παραδώσει μέχρι παντὸς αὐτὸ ἀμαθίᾳ, τυφλῇ δεσποίνῃ, τὸ διακρῖναι τά τε θνητὰ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ ἄφθαρτα καὶ τὰ μὲν ὅσα περὶ τὰς σώματος ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας παθῶν ἀμετρίας θνητὰ ὄντα Αἰγύπτῳ καταλιπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀφθάρτων σπονδὴν ποιήσασθαι, ὅπως μετὰ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων εἰς τὰς ἀρετῆς πόλεις διακομισθῇ, καὶ ὅρκῳ τὴν σπονδὴν ἐμπεδώσασθαι.
19τίνα οὖν τὰ ἄφθαρτα; ἡ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀλλοτρίωσις τὴν λέγουσαν· συνευνασθῶμεν (Gen. 39, 7) καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ μετὰ καρτερίας ἀγχίνοια, δι’ ἧς τὰ τῶν κενῶν δοξῶν νομιζόμενα ἀγαθὰ ὡς ἂν ἐνύπνια ὄντα * * * διακρίνει καὶ διαστέλλει, ὁμολογῶν τὰς μὲν ἀληθεῖς καὶ σαφεῖς τῶν πραγμάτων συγκρίσεις εἶναι κατὰ θεόν (Gen. 40, 8), τὰς δὲ ἀδήλους καὶ ἀσαφεῖς φαντασίας κατὰ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τύφου μεστὸν μήπω κεκαθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων βίον ταῖς διὰ σιτοπόνων καὶ μαγείρων καὶ οἰνοχόων τέρψεσι χαίροντα, τὸ μὴ ὑπήκοον,
20ἀλλ’ ἄρχοντα Αἰγύπτου πάσης, τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας, ἀναγραφῆναι (Gen. 41, 41), τὸ αὐχεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ γένος εἶναι Ἑβραίων (Gen. 40, 15), οἷς ἔθος ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ μετανίστασθαι — περάτης γὰρ ὁ Ἑβραῖος ἑρμηνεύεται —, τὸ σεμνύνεσθαι ὅτι „ὧδε οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδέν“ (ibid.) — τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν τῶν ἐνταῦθα σπουδαζομένων παρὰ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐργάσασθαι, διαμισῆσαι δὲ καὶ ἀποστραφῆναι πάντα οὐ μετρίως ἐπαινετόν —,
21τὸ ἐμπαίζειν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ πάντων παθῶν ἀμετρίαις, τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν (Gen. 42, 18), εἰ καὶ μηδέπω γέγονεν ἀγαπᾶν ἱκανός, τὸ ζωῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μεταποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἀληθοῦς — ὃ δὴ θαυμάσας ὁ ὁρῶν, καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον ἦν καταπλαγῆναι, φησί· „μέγα μοί ἐστιν, εἰ ἔτι ὁ υἱός μου Ἰωσὴφ ζῇ“ (Gen. 45, 28), ἀλλὰ μὴ κεναῖς δόξαις καὶ τῷ νεκροφορουμένῳ σώματι συντέθνηκε —,
22τὸ ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι“ (Gen. 50, 19), τῶν δ’ εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθόντων οὐδενός, τὸ γνωριζόμενον τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς πάντας τοὺς φιλοσωμάτους κινῆσαι καὶ σαλεῦσαι τρόπους ἑστάναι παγίως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἰομένους δογμάτων καὶ ἀνὰ κράτος ἀπώσασθαι (Gen. 45, 1. 2), τὸ φάναι μὴ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀπεστάλθαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κεχειροτονῆσθαι (Gen. 45, 7. 8) πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἔννομον ἐπιστασίαν,
23πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα τῆς ἀμείνονος καὶ ἱερωτέρας ὄντα τάξεως, Αἴγυπτον τὸν σωματικὸν οἶκον οἰκεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχεσθαι οὐδ’ ἐνθάπτεσθαι σορῷ τὸ παράπαν, ἔξω δὲ παντὸς τοῦ θνητοῦ κεχωρηκότα παρέπεσθαι θεσμοθέτῃ λόγῳ Μωυσῇ ποδηγετοῦντι·
24τροφεὺς γὰρ καὶ τιθηνὸς οὗτος ἀστείων ἔργων, λόγων, βουλευμάτων, ἅ, κἂν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀνακραθῇ ποτε διὰ τὴν ὑποσύγχυτον τοῦ θνητοῦ πολυμιγίαν, οὐδὲν ἧττον διακρίνει παρελθών, ἵνα μὴ μέχρι παντὸς τὰ καλοκἀγαθίας σπέρματα καὶ φυτὰ ἀφανισθέντα οἴχηται.
25καὶ προτρέπεται μάλα ἐρρωμένως ἀπολιπεῖν τὴν παντὸς ἀτόπου χρηματίζουσαν μητέρα, μὴ μέλλοντας καὶ βραδύνοντας, ἀλλ’ ὑπερβάλλοντι τάχει χρωμένους· φησὶ γὰρ μετὰ σπουδῆς δεῖν θύειν τὸ Πάσχα (Exod. 12, 11), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἑρμηνευθὲν διάβασις, ἵν’ ἀνενδοιάστῳ γνώμῃ καὶ προθυμίᾳ συντόνῳ χρώμενος ὁ νοῦς τήν τε ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ ποιῆται διάβασιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν εὐχαριστίαν, ὃς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν οὐ προσδοκήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐξείλετο.
Sections 1–25
1And the Lord said to Abraham, "Depart from thy land, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house to a land which I will show thee; and I will make thee into a great nation. And I will bless thee, and I will magnify thy name, and thou shalt be blessed. And I will bless them that bless thee, and I will curse them that curse thee; and in thy name shall all the nations of the earth be blessed."
2God, wishing to purify the soul of man, first of all gives it an impulse towards complete salvation, namely, a change of abode, so as to quit the three regions of the body, the outward sense and speech according to utterance; for his country is the emblem of the body, and his kindred are the symbol of the outward sense, and his father’s house of speech. Why so?
3Because the body derives its composition from the earth, and is again dissolved into earth; and Moses is a witness of this when he says, "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return." For he says, that man was compounded by God fashioning a lump of clay into the form of a man; and it follows of necessity that, a composite being, when dissolved, must be dissolved into its component parts. But the outward sense is nearly connected with and akin to the mind, the irrational part to the rational, since they are both parts of one soul; but speech is the abode of the father, because our father is the mind, which implants in each of its parts its own powers, and distributes its energies among them, undertaking the care and superintendence of them all; and the abode in which it dwells is speech, a dwelling separated from all the rest of the house; for as the hearth is the abode of a man, so is speech of the mind:
4at all events, it displays itself, and all the notions which it conceives, arranging them and setting them in order in speech, as if in a house. And you must not wonder that Moses has called speech in man the abode of the mind, for he also says, that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, has for his abode his own word.
5And the practiser of virtue, Jacob, seizing on this apprehension, confesses in express words that, "This is no other than the house of God," an expression equivalent to, The house of God is not this thing, or anything which can be made the subject of ocular demonstration, or, in short, anything which comes under the province of the outward senses, but is invisible, destitute of all specific form, only to be comprehended by the soul as soul.
6What, then, can it be except the Word, which is more ancient than all the things which were the objects of creation, and by means of which it is that the Ruler of the universe, taking hold of it as a rudder, governs all things. And when he was fashioning the world, he used this as his instrument for the blameless arrangement of all the things which he was completing.
7That he means by Abraham’s country the body, and by his kindred the outward senses, and by his father’s house uttered speech, we have now shown. But the command, "Depart from them," is not like or equivalent to, Be separated from them according to your essence, since that would be the injunction of one who was pronouncing sentence of death. But it is the same as saying, Be alienated from them in your mind, allowing none of them to cling to you, standing above them all;
8they are your subjects, use them not as your rulers; since you are a king, learn to govern and not to be governed; know yourself all your life, as Moses teaches us in many passages where he says, "Take heed to thyself." For thus you will perceive what you ought to be obedient to, and what you ought to be the master of.
9Depart therefore from the earthly parts which envelop you, O my friend, fleeing from that base and polluted prison house the body, and from the keepers as it were of the prison, its pleasures and appetites, putting forth all your strength and all your power so as to suffer none of thy good things to come to harm, but improving all your good faculties together and unitedly.
10Depart also from thy kindred, outward senses; for now indeed you have given yourself up to each of them to be made use of as it will, and you have become a good, the property of others who have borrowed you, having lost your own power over yourself. But you know that, even though all men are silent on the subject, your eyes lead you, and so do your ears, and all the rest of the multitude of that kindred connection, towards those objects which are pleasing to themselves.
11But if you choose to collect again those portions of yourself which you have lent away, and to invest yourself with the possession of yourself, without separating off or alienating any part of it, you will have a happy life, enjoying for ever and ever the fruit of good things which belong not to strangers but to yourself.
12But now rise up also and quit speech according to utterance, which Moses here represents God as calling your father’s house, that you may not be deceived by the specious beauty of words and names, and so be separated from that real beauty which exists in the things themselves which are intended by these names. For it is absurd for a shadow to be looked upon as of more importance than the bodies themselves, or for an imitation to carry off the palm from the model. Now the interpretation resembles a shadow and an imitation, but the natures of things signified under these expressions, thus interpreted, resemble the bodies and original models which the man who aims at being such and such rather than at appearing so must cling to, removing to a distance from the other things.
13When therefore the mind begins to become acquainted with itself, and to dwell among the speculations which come under the province of the intellect, all the inclinations of the soul for the species which is comprehensible by the intellect will be repelled, which inclination is called by the Hebrews, Lot; for which reason the wise man is represented as distinctly saying, "Depart, and separate yourself from me;" for it is impossible for a man who is overwhelmed with the love of incorporeal and imperishable objects to dwell with one, whose every inclination is towards the mortal objects of the outward senses.
14Very beautifully therefore has the sacred interpreter of God’s will entitled one entire holy volume of the giving of the law, the Exodus, having thus found out an appropriate name for the oracles contained therein. For being a man desirous of giving instruction and exceedingly ready to admonish and correct, he desires to remove the whole of the people of the soul as a multitude capable of receiving admonition and correction from the country of Egypt, that is to say, the body, and to take them out from among its inhabitants, thinking it a most terrible and grievous burden that the mind which is endowed with the faculty of sight should be oppressed by the pleasures of the flesh, and should obey whatever commands the relentless desires choose to impose upon it.
15Therefore, after the merciful God has instructed this people, groaning and bitterly weeping for the abundance of the things concerning the body, and the exceeding supply of external things (for it is said, "The children of Israel groaned by reason of the works") when, God, I say, had instructed them about their going out, the prophet himself led them forth in safety.
16But there are some persons who have made a treaty with the body to last till the day of their death, and who have buried themselves in it as in a chest or coffin or whatever else you like to call it, of whom all the parts which are devoted to the slavery of the body and of the passions are consigned to oblivion and buried. But if anything well affected towards virtue has shot up by the side of it, that is preserved in the recollection, by means of which good things are naturally destined to be kept alive.
17Accordingly, the sacred scriptures command the bones of Joseph—I mean by this the only parts of such a soul as were left behind, being species which know no corruption and which deserve to have mention made of them—to be preserved, thinking it preposterous for pure things not to be united to pure things.
18And what is especially worthy of being mentioned is this, that he believed that God would visit the race which was capable of seeing," and would not give it up for ever and ever to ignorance, that blind mistress, but would distinguish between the immortal and the mortal parts of the soul, and leave in Egypt those parts which were conversant about the pleasures of the body and the other immoderate indulgences of the passions; but with respect to those parts which are imperishable, would make a covenant that they should be conducted onwards with those persons who were going up to the cities of virtue and would further ratify this covenant with an oath.
19What then are the parts which are imperishable? In the first place, a perfect alienation from pleasure which says, "Let us lie down together," and let us enjoy human enjoyments; secondly, presence of mind combined with fortitude, by means of which the soul separates and distinguishes from one another those things which by vain opinions are accounted good things, as so many dreams, confessing that "the only true and accurate explanations of things are to be found with God;" and that all those imaginings, which exist in the unsteady, puffed up, and arrogant life of those men who are not yet purified, but who delight in those pleasures which proceed from bakers, and cooks, and wine-bearers, are uncertain and indistinct;
20so that such a man is not a subject but a ruler of Egypt, that is to say of the whole region of the body; so that "he boasted of being of the race of the Hebrews," who were accustomed to rise up and leave the objects of the outward senses, and to go over to those of the intellect; for the name Hebrew, being interpreted, means "one who passes over," because he boasted that "here he had done nothing." For to do nothing of those things which are thought much of among the wicked, but to hate them all and reject them, is praiseworthy in no slight degree;
21as it is to despise immoderate indulgence of the desires and all other passions; to fear God, if a man is not yet capable of loving him, and even while in Egypt to have a desire for real life. Which he who sees, marvelling at (and indeed it was enough to cause astonishment), says, "It is a great thing for me if my son Joseph is still alive," and has not died at the same time with vain opinions and the body which is but a lifeless carcass;
22and he also confessed that "it was the work of God," and not of any created being, that he was recognised by his brethren, and so could put into commotion and agitation, and put to the rout by force, all the dispositions devoted to the body which flattered themselves that they could stand firmly on their own doctrines; he also said that "he had not been sent away by men, but had been appointed by God" for the legitimate overseeing of the body and of all external things;
23but there are many other things also resembling these, being of a superior and more sacred kind of order; and they do not endure to abide in Egypt, the house of the body, and are never buried in a coffin at all, but depart to a distance outside of every thing mortal, and follow the words of the lawgiver, namely, Moses, who is the guide of their path.
24For Moses, being the nurse as it were and tutor of good works, and good expressions, and good intentions, which, even if at times they are mingled with those of an opposite character by reason of the somewhat confused medely which exists in mortal man; are nevertheless distinguished when they have passed, so that all the seeds and plants of excellence may not be destroyed and perish for ever and ever.
25And he exhorts men very vigorously to quit that which is called the mother of every thing that is absurd, without any delay or sluggishness, but rather using exceeding swiftness; for he says that men "must sacrifice the pascha, in haste," and the word pascha, being interpreted, means a "passing over," in order that the mind, exerting its reasonings without any doubt, and also an energetic willingness and promptness, may, without ever turning back make a passing over from the passions, to gratitude to God the Saviour, who has led it forth beyond all its expectations to freedom.
Sections 26–50
26καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν, εἰ τὸν ὑπηγμένον κράτει πάθους ἀλόγου προτρέπει μὴ ἐνδιδόναι μηδὲ τῇ ῥύμῃ τῆς ἐκείνου φορᾶς κατασυρῆναι, βιάσασθαι δὲ ἀντισχόντα κἄν, εἰ μὴ δύναιτο, ἀποδρᾶναι; δευτέρα γὰρ ἔφοδος εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι μὴ δυναμένοις δρασμός ἐστιν· ὁπότε καὶ τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν φύσει καὶ μηδέποτε παθῶν δοῦλον γεγενημένον, ἀεὶ δὲ ἀθλοῦντα τοὺς πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἄθλους, οὐκ ἐᾷ μέχρι παντὸς τοῖς παλαίσμασι χρήσασθαι, μή ποτε τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸ συνόδου χαλεπὴν ἀπ’ ἐκείνων κῆρα ἀναμάξηται· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤδη καὶ ἀντιπάλου κακίας ἐγένοντο μιμηταί, ὡς ἀρετῆς ἔμπαλιν ἕτεροι.
27διὸ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „ἀποστρέφου εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν σου, καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 31, 3), ἴσον τῷ γέγονας μὲν ἀθλητὴς τέλειος καὶ βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων ἠξιώθης ἀγωνοθετούσης ἀρετῆς καὶ προτεινούσης ἆθλά σοι τὰ νικητήρια· κατάλυσον δὲ ἤδη τὸ φιλόνεικον, ἵνα μὴ πάντοτε πονῇς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πονηθέντων ἀπόνασθαι δυνηθῇς.
28τοῦτο δὲ ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένων οὐδέποτε εὑρήσεις τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἔτι συνοικῶν καὶ ταῖς σωματικαῖς ἐνδιατρίβων ποιότησιν, ὧν Λάβαν ἐστὶν ἔξαρχος — ὄνομα δὲ ποιότητος τοῦτ’ ἐστίν —, ἀλλὰ μετανάστην χρὴ γενέσθαι εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν τὴν ἱεροῦ λόγου καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τῶν ἀσκητῶν πατρός· ἡ δ’ ἐστὶ σοφία, τῶν φιλαρέτων ψυχῶν ἄριστον ἐνδιαίτημα.
29ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ γένος ἐστί σοι τὸ αὐτομαθές, τὸ αὐτοδίδακτον, τὸ νηπίας καὶ γαλακτώδους τροφῆς ἀμέτοχον, τὸ χρησμῷ θείῳ καταβαίνειν εἰς Αἴγυπτον κεκωλυμένον (Gen. 26, 2) καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐντυγχάνειν δελεαζούσαις ἡδοναῖς, ἐπίκλησιν Ἰσαάκ.
30οὗ τὸν κλῆρον παραλαβὼν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀποθήσῃ τὸν πόνον· αἱ γὰρ ἀφθονίαι τῶν ἑτοίμων καὶ κατὰ χειρὸς ἀγαθῶν ἀπονίας αἴτιαι. πηγὴ δέ, ἀφ’ ἧς ὀμβρεῖ τὰ ἀγαθά, ἡ τοῦ φιλοδώρου θεοῦ σύνοδός ἐστιν· οὗ χάριν ἐπισφραγιζόμενος τὰ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν φησιν· „ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“.
31Τί οὖν ἂν ἐπιλίποι καλὸν τοῦ τελεσφόρου [παντὸς] παρόντος θεοῦ μετὰ χαρίτων τῶν παρθένων αὐτοῦ θυγατέρων, ἃς ἀδιαφθόρους καὶ ἀμιάντους ὁ γεννήσας πατὴρ κουροτροφεῖ; τότε μελέται μὲν καὶ πόνοι καὶ ἀσκήσεις ἡσυχάζουσιν, ἀναδίδοται δὲ ἄνευ τέχνης φύσεως προμηθείᾳ πάντα ἀθρόα πᾶσιν ὠφέλιμα.
32καλεῖται δ’ ἡ φορὰ τῶν αὐτοματιζομένων ἀγαθῶν ἄφεσις, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ νοῦς ἀφεῖται τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιβολὰς ἐνεργειῶν καὶ ὥσπερ τῶν ἑκουσίων ἠλευθέρωται διὰ τὴν πληθὺν τῶν ὑομένων καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐπομβρούντων.
33ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα θαυμασιώτατα φύσει καὶ περικαλλέστατα. ὧν μὲν γὰρ ἂν ὠδίνῃ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἡ ψυχή, τὰ πολλὰ ἀμβλωθρίδια, ἠλιτόμηνα· ὅσα δὲ ἂν ἐπινίφων ὁ θεὸς ἄρδῃ, τέλεια καὶ ὁλόκληρα καὶ πάντων ἄριστα γεννᾶται.
34τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθος, ὃ μυριάκις παθὼν οἶδα, διηγούμενος οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι· βουληθεὶς ἔστιν ὅτε κατὰ τὴν συνήθη τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν δογμάτων γραφὴν ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἃ χρὴ συνθεῖναι ἀκριβῶς εἰδώς, ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν εὑρὼν τὴν διάνοιαν ἄπρακτος ἀπηλλάγην, τὴν μὲν κακίσας τῆς οἰήσεως, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ὄντος κράτος καταπλαγείς, παρ’ ὃν τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνοίγνυσθαί τε καὶ συγκλείεσθαι μήτρας συμβέβηκεν.
35ἔστι δὲ ὅτε κενὸς ἐλθὼν πλήρης ἐξαίφνης ἐγενόμην ἐπινιφομένων καὶ σπειρομένων ἄνωθεν ἀφανῶς τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων, ὡς ὑπὸ κατοχῆς ἐνθέου κορυβαντιᾶν καὶ πάντα ἀγνοεῖν, τὸν τόπον, τοὺς παρόντας, ἐμαυτόν, τὰ λεγόμενα, τὰ γραφόμενα. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύει εὕρεσιν, φωτὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, ὀξυδερκεστάτην ὄψιν, ἐνάργειαν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀριδηλοτάτην, οἵα γένοιτ’ ἂν δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκ σαφεστάτης δείξεως.
36τὸ μὲν οὖν δεικνύμενον τὸ ἀξιόρατον καὶ ἀξιοθέατον καὶ ἀξιέραστόν ἐστι, τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθόν, ὃ καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς πικρίας πέφυκε μεταβάλλον γλυκαίνειν, ἡδυσμάτων συμπάντων παράρτυμα κάλλιστον, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὰ μὴ τρέφοντα τροφὴ γίνεται σωτήριος· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ κύριος ξύλον, καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ“ (Exod. 15,25), τὸν κεχυμένον καὶ πλαδῶντα καὶ πικρίας γέμοντα νοῦν, ἵνα γλυκανθεὶς ἡμερωθῇ.
37τὸ δὲ ξύλον τοῦτο οὐ μόνον τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀθανασίαν ἐπαγγέλλεται· τὸ γὰρ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐν μέσῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ φησὶ πεφυτεῦσθαι (Gen. 2, 9), τὴν ἀγαθότητα δορυφορουμένην ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς πράξεων· αὕτη γὰρ τὸν μεσαίτατον καὶ ἄριστον ἐν ψυχῇ κεκλήρωται τόπον.
38ὁ δὲ ὁρῶν ἐστιν ὁ σοφός· τυφλοὶ γὰρ ἢ ἀμυδροὶ τὰς ὄψεις οἵ γε ἄφρονες. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἐκάλουν πρότερον τοὺς βλέποντας (I Reg. 9, 9)· καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐσπούδασεν ὦτα ὀφθαλμῶν ἀντιδοὺς ἰδεῖν ἃ πρότερον ἤκουε, καὶ τυγχάνει τοῦ καθ’ ὅρασιν κλήρου τὸν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ὑπερβάς.
39εἰς γὰρ τὸν ὁρῶντα Ἰσραὴλ μεταχαράττεται τὸ μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας νόμισμα, οὗπερ ἐπώνυμος ἦν Ἰακώβ, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ὁρᾶν γίνεται φῶς τὸ θεῖον, ἀδιαφοροῦν ἐπιστήμης, ἣ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς διοίγνυσιν ὄμμα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ὤτων τηλαυγεστέρας καὶ ἀριδηλοτέρας ἄγει καταλήψεις. ὥσπερ γὰρ διὰ μουσικῆς τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ διὰ πάσης τέχνης τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῃ καταλαμβάνεται, οὕτω καὶ διὰ σοφίας τὸ σοφὸν θεωρεῖται.
40σοφία δὲ οὐ μόνον φωτὸς τρόπον ὄργανον τοῦ ὁρᾶν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὑτὴν ὁρᾷ. αὕτη θεοῦ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον [ἡλίου] φέγγος, οὗ μίμημα καὶ εἰκὼν ἥλιος. ὁ δὲ δεικνὺς ἕκαστα ὁ μόνος ἐπιστήμων θεός· ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ τῷ δοκεῖν ἐπίστασθαι λέγονται μόνον ἐπιστήμονες· ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῷ εἶναι ἧττον ἢ πέφυκε λέγεται· νικῶνται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεων οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ἅπαντες ἅπαξ λόγοι.
41τὴν δὲ σοφίαν αὐτοῦ διασυνίστησιν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον δεδημιουργηκέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν γεγονότων ἱδρυκέναι βεβαιότατα παρ’ ἑαυτῷ·
42λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν“ (Gen. 1,31), οὐκ ἴσον τῷ ὄψιν ἑκάστοις προσέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ εἴδησιν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ κατάληψιν ὧν ἐποίησεν εἶχεν. οὐ τοίνυν εὐπρεπὲς ὑφηγεῖσθαι καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ δεικνύναι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν ὅτι μὴ τῷ ἐπιστήμονι, ὅστις οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ τέχνης ὠφέληται, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ἀρχὴ καὶ
43πηγὴ τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν ἀνωμολόγηται. παρατετηρημένως δὲ οὐ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέλλοντα τῇ ὑποσχέσει χρόνον προδιώρισται, εἰπὼν οὐχ ἣν δείκνυμι ἀλλ’ „ἥν σοι δείξω“ (Gen. 12,1), εἰς μαρτυρίαν πίστεως ἣν ἐπίστευσεν ἡ ψυχὴ θεῷ, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων ἐπιδεικνυμένη τὸ εὐχάριστον, ἀλλ’ ἐκ προσδοκίας τῶν μελλόντων·
44ἀρτηθεῖσα γὰρ καὶ ἐκκρεμασθεῖσα ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς καὶ ἀνενδοίαστα νομίσασα ἤδη παρεῖναι τὰ μὴ παρόντα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὑποσχομένου βεβαιότητα πίστιν, ἀγαθὸν τέλειον, ἆθλον εὕρηται· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις λέγεται, ὅτι „ἐπίστευσεν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15, 6), καὶ Μωυσεῖ δὲ ὁμοίως πᾶσαν ἐπιδειξάμενος τὴν γῆν φησιν, ὅτι „ἔδειξα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου, κἀκεῖ οὐκ εἰσελεύσῃ“ (Deut. 34, 4).
45μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ πανσόφου, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἔνιοι τῶν ἀπερισκέπτων, τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι· καὶ γὰρ εὔηθες τοὺς δούλους οἰηθῆναι πρὸ τῶν φίλων τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἀρετῆς χώραν διανέμεσθαι.
46ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνό σοι βούλεται παραστῆσαι, ὅτι ἕτερος νηπίων καὶ ἕτερος τελείων χῶρός ἐστιν, ὁ μὲν ὀνομαζόμενος ἄσκησις, ὁ δὲ καλούμενος σοφία, ἔπειτα ὅτι τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει ὁρατὰ μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ κτητά· κτήσασθαι μὲν γὰρ τὰ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα πῶς ἔνεστιν; ἰδεῖν δ’ οὐκ ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπασιν, ἔστι δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ὀξυωπεστάτῳ γένει, ᾧ τὰ ἴδια ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἔργα μεγίστην πασῶν χαρίζεται δωρεάν.
47θεωρητικοῦ γὰρ τίς ἀμείνων βίος ἢ μᾶλλον οἰκειούμενος λογικῷ; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς τῶν θνητῶν ζῴων φωνῆς κριτήριον ἐχούσης ἀκοὴν τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους οἱ χρησμοὶ φωτὸς τρόπον ὁρωμένους μηνύουσι· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνήν“ (Exod. 20, 18), οὐκ ἤκουεν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐκ ἀέρος πλῆξις ἦν διὰ τῶν στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὀργάνων τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ φέγγος ἀρετῆς τὸ περιαυγέστατον, λογικῆς ἀδιαφοροῦν πηγῆς, ὃ καὶ ἑτέρωθι μηνύεται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „ὑμεῖς ἑωράκατε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λελάληκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς“ (Exod. 20, 22), οὐχὶ ἠκούσατε, διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν.
48ἔστι δ’ ὅπου τὰ ἀκουστὰ τῶν ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀκοὴν ὁράσεως διακρίνει λέγων· „φωνὴν ῥημάτων ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν“ (Deut. 4, 12), ἄγαν περιττῶς· τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἰς ὄνομα καὶ ῥῆμα καὶ συνόλως τὰ τοῦ λόγου μέρη τεμνομένην ἀκουστὴν εἰκότως εἶπεν — ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀκοῆς δοκιμάζεται —, τὴν δὲ μὴ ῥημάτων μηδ’ ὀνομάτων ἀλλὰ θεοῦ φωνήν, ὁρωμένην τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμματι, ὁρατὴν δεόντως εἰσάγει.
49προειπὼν δὲ τὸ „ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε“ ἐπιφέρει „ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν„, ἣν πάντως εἴδετε — τὸ γὰρ προσυπακουόμενον τοῦτ’ ἂν εἴη —· ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοι ὅρασιν ἔχουσι τὴν ἐν ψυχῇ κριτήριον, ἀκοὴν δ’ οἱ εἰς ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων ἰδέας μεριζόμενοι.
50καινὸς δ’ ὢν ἐν ἅπασι τὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ τοῦτ’ ἰδίως καὶ ξένως κεκαινούργηκεν εἰπὼν ὁρατὴν εἶναι τὴν φωνήν, τὴν μόνην σχεδὸν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν οὐχ ὁρατὴν ὑπεξῃρημένης διανοίας· τὰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις πάνθ’ ὁρατά, τὰ χρώματα, οἱ χυλοί, οἱ ἀτμοί, τὰ θερμά, τὰ ψυχρά, τὰ λεῖα, τὰ τραχέα, τὰ μαλακὰ καὶ σκληρά, ᾗ σώματα.
Sections 26–50
26And why do we wonder if he exhorts the man who is led away by the force of unreasonable passions, neither to yield, nor to allow himself to be carried away by the impetuosity of its onward course, but to exert all his strength, to resist, and if he is unable to resist effectually, then to flee. For the second advance towards safety on the part of those who are unable to make a good resistance is flight. When the occasion does not permit the man who is a combatant by nature, and who has never been a slave of the passions, but who is always undergoing the toil of resistance to every separate one of them, to put forth all his powers of antagonism at all times, lest from the continuance of his struggles against them he may gradually contract a painful infection from them; for there have before now been many instances of men having become imitators of the wickedness to which they were previously antagonists, as, on the other hand, some opposers of virtue have become copiers of that.
27And for this reason the following scripture has been given to men, "Return to the land of thy father and to thy family, and I will be with thee;" which is equivalent to saying, you have been a perfect wrestler for me, and you have been thought worthy of the prize and crown of victory, virtue having been the establisher of the contest and proposing to give prizes of victory; and now get rid of your fondness for contention, that you may not be always labouring but that you may be able to enjoy the fruit of your labours,
28which will never happen to you if you remain here dwelling among the objects of the external senses, and wasting your time among the distinctive qualities of the body, of which Laban is the leader (and this name means "distinctive quality;") but you must be an emigrant and must return to your native land, the land of the sacred word, and in some sense of the father of all those who practise virtue, which is wisdom, the best possible abiding place for those souls which love virtue.
29In this country you have a race which learns everything of itself, and is self-taught, which has no share in the infantine food of milk, but which by the divine oracle "has been forbidden to go down to Egypt," and to put itself in the way of the attractive pleasures of the flesh, surnamed Isaac;
30and if you receive his inheritance, you will of necessity discard labour, for excessive abundance of things ready prepared, and of good things offered to your hand, will be the causes of cessation from toil. And the fountain from which good things are poured forth is the presence of the bounteous and beneficent God; on which account setting the seal to his loving kindnesses he says, "I will be with thee."
31How then should any good thing be wanting when the all-accomplishing God is at all times present with his graces, which are his virgin daughters, which he, the Father, who begot them, always cherishes as virgins, free from all impure contact and pollution? Then all cares, and labours, and exercises of practise, have a respite; and everything that is useful is at the same time given to everybody without the employment of art, by the prescient care of nature;
32and the rapid influx of all these spontaneous blessings is called relaxation, since the mind is then relaxed and released from its energies as to its own peculiar objects, and is as it were emancipated from its yearly burdens, by reason of the multitude of the things which are incessantly showered and rained upon it;
33and these things are in their own nature most admirable and most beautiful; for of the things of which the soul is in travail by herself, the greater part are premature and abortive progeny; but those on which God pours his showers and which he waters, are produced in a perfect, and entire, and most excellent state.
34I am not ashamed to relate what has happened to me myself, which I know from having experienced it ten thousand times. Sometimes, when I have desired to come to my usual employment of writing on the doctrines of philosophy, though I have known accurately what it was proper to set down, I have found my mind barren and unproductive, and have been completely unsuccessful in my object, being indignant at my mind for the uncertainty and vanity of its then existing opinions, and filled with amazement at the power of the living God, by whom the womb of the soul is at times opened and at times closed up;
35and sometimes when I have come to my work empty I have suddenly become full, ideas being, in an invisible manner, showered upon me, and implanted in me from on high; so that, through the influence of divine inspiration, I have become greatly excited, and have known neither the place in which I was nor those who were present, nor myself, nor what I was saying, nor what I was writing; for then I have been conscious of a richness of interpretation, an enjoyment of light, a most penetrating sight, a most manifest energy in all that was to be done, having such an effect on my mind as the clearest ocular demonstration would have on the eyes.
36That then which is shown is that thing so worthy of being beheld, so worthy of being contemplated, so worthy of being beloved, the perfect good, the nature of which is to change and sweeten the bitternesses of the soul, the most beautiful additional seasoning, full of all kinds of sweetnesses, by the addition of which, even those things which are not nutritious become salutary food; for it is said, that "the Lord showed him (Moses) a tree, and he cast it into the water," that is to say, into the mind, dissolved, and relaxed, and full of bitterness, that it might become sweetened and serviceable.
37But this tree promises not only food but likewise immortality; for Moses tells us, that the tree of life was planted in the midst of the paradise, being, in fact, goodness surrounded as by a body-guard by all the particular virtues, and by the actions in accordance with them; for it is virtue which has received the inheritance of the most central and excellent place in the soul.
38And he who sees is the wise man; for the foolish are blind, or at best dim sighted. On this account I have before mentioned, that the then prophets were called seers; and Jacob, the practiser of virtue, was desirous to give his ears in exchange for his eyes, if he could only see what he had previously heard described, and accordingly he receives an inheritance according to sight, having passed over that which was derived from hearing;
39for the coin of learning and instruction, which is synonymous with Jacob, is re-coined into the seeing Israel, in consequence of which he, the faculty of seeing, beholds the divine light, which is in no respect different from knowledge, which opens the eye of the soul, and leads it on to embrace the most conspicuous and manifest comprehension of existing things: for as it is through music that the principles of music are understood, and through each separate art that its principles are comprehended, so also it is owing to wisdom that what is wise is contemplated:
40but not only is wisdom like light, the instrument of seeing, but it does also behold itself. This, in God, is the light which is the archetypal model of the sun, and the sun itself is only its image and copy; and he who shows each thing is the only all-knowing being, God; for men are called knowing only because they appear to know; but God, who really does know, is spoken of, as to his knowledge, in a manner inferior to its real nature, for everything that is ever spoken in his praise comes short of the real power of the living God.
41And he recommends his wisdom, not merely by the fact that it was he who created the world, but also by that of his having established the knowledge of everything that has happened, or that has been created in the firmest manner close to himself;
42for it is said, that "God saw all the things that he had made," which is an expression equivalent not to, He directed his sight towards each thing, but to, He conceived a knowledge, and understanding, and comprehension, of all the things that he had made. It was very proper, therefore, to teach and to instruct, and to point out to the ignorant, each separate thing, but it was unnecessary to do so to the all-knowing God, who is not like a man, benefited by art, but who is himself confessed to be the beginning and source of all arts and sciences.
43And Moses speaks very cautiously, inasmuch as he defines not the present time but the future in the promise which he records, when he says, "Not that which I do show you, but that which I will show you;" as a testimony to the faith with which the soul believed in God, showing its gratitude not by what had been already done, but by its expectation of the future;
44for, being kept in a state of suspense and eagerness by good hope, and thinking that even what was not present would beyond all question be present immediately, on account of its most certain faith in him who had promised, it found a reward, the perfect good; for in another passage it is said that Abraham believed in God. And in the same way, God, when showing Moses all the land, says that, "I have shown it to thy eyes, but thou shalt not enter therein."
45Do not then fancy that this is spoken of the death of the all-wise Moses, as some inconsiderate persons believe; for it is a piece of folly to think that slaves should have the country of virtue assigned to them in preference to the friends of God.
46But first of all, God wishes to make it understood by you that there is one place for infants and another for full-grown men, the one being called practise and the other wisdom; and secondly, that the most beautiful of all the things in nature are rather such as can be seen than such as can be acquired; for how can it be possible to acquire possession of those things which are endowed in the same degree with the diviner attributes? But it is not impossible to see them, though it may not be given to all men to do so, for this may be permitted only to the purest and most acute-sighted race, to whom the father of the universe, when he displays his own works, is giving the greatest of all gifts.
47For what life can be better than that which is devoted to speculation, or what can be more closely connected with rational existence; for which reason it is that though the voices of mortal beings are judged of by the faculty of hearing, nevertheless the scriptures present to us the words of God, to be actually visible to us like light; for in them it is said that, "All the people saw the voice of God;" they do not say, "heard it," since what took place was not a beating of the air by means of the organs of the mouth and tongue, but a most exceedingly brilliant ray of virtue, not different in any respect from the source of reason, which also in another passage is spoken of in the following manner, "Ye have seen that I spake unto you from out of heaven," not "Ye have heard," for the same reason.
48But there are passages where he distinguishes between what is heard and what is seen, and between the sense of seeing and that of hearing, as where he says, "Ye heard the sound of the words, but ye saw no similitude, only ye heard a voice;" speaking here with excessive precision; for the discourse which was divided into nouns and verbs, and in short into all the different parts of speech, he has very appropriately spoken of as something to be heard; for in fact that is examined by the sense of hearing; but that which has nothing to do with either nouns or verbs, but is the voice of God, and seen by the eye of the soul, he very properly represents as visible;
49and having previously reminded them, "Ye saw no similitude," he proceeds to say, " Only ye heard a voice, which ye all saw;" for this must be what is understood as implied in those words. So that the words of God have for their tribunal and judge the sense of sight, which is situated in the soul; but those which are subdivided into nouns, and verbs, and other parts of speech, have for their judge the sense of hearing.
50But as the writer being new in all kinds of knowledge, has also introduced this novelty both in his accounts of domestic and of foreign matters, saying that the voice is a thing to be judged of by the sight, which in point of fact is almost the only thing in us which is not an object of sight, with the single exception of the mind; for the things which are the objects of the rest of the outward senses are, every one of them, visible to the sight, such as colours, tastes, smells, things that are hot or cold, things that are smooth or rough, things that are soft or hard, inasmuch as they are substantial bodies.
Sections 51–75
51τί δέ ἐστι τοῦτο, σαφέστερον ἐρῶ· ὁ χυλὸς ὁρατός ἐστιν, οὐχ ᾗ χυλός, ἀλλ’ ᾗ μόνον σῶμα, τὸ γὰρ ᾗ χυλὸς εἴσεται ἡ γεῦσις· καὶ ὁ ἀτμός, ᾗ μὲν ἀτμός, ὑπὸ ῥινῶν ἐξετασθήσεται, ᾗ δὲ σῶμα, καὶ πρὸς ὀφθαλμῶν· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ταύτῃ δοκιμασθήσεται. φωνὴ δὲ οὔθ’ ὡς ἀκουστὸν οὔθ’ ὡς σῶμα, εἰ δὴ καὶ σῶμά ἐστιν, ὁρατὸν εἶναι πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ δύο ταῦτα τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀόρατα, νοῦς καὶ λόγος.
52ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ὅμοιον τὸ ἡμέτερον ἠχεῖον τῷ θείῳ φωνῆς ὀργάνῳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερον ἀέρι κίρναται καὶ πρὸς τὸν συγγενῆ τόπον καταφεύγει, τὰ ὦτα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀκρατοῦς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς ἐστι λόγου, φθάνοντος μὲν ἀκοὴν διὰ λεπτότητα, ὁρωμένου δὲ ὑπὸ ψυχῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ βλέπειν ὀξύτητα.
53Οὐκοῦν μετὰ τὴν ἀπόλειψιν τῶν θνητῶν πρώτην ὁ θεὸς χαρίζεται τῇ ψυχῇ δωρεάν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐπίδειξιν καὶ θεωρίαν τῶν ἀθανάτων, δευτέραν δὲ τὴν εἰς πλῆθος ὁμοῦ καὶ μέγεθος τῶν ἀρετῆς δογμάτων ἐπίδοσιν· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα“, διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἔθνους τὸ πλῆθος, διὰ δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον αὔξησιν παραλαμβάνων.
54τὴν δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ καθ’ ἑκάτερον εἶδος, τό τε ἐν μεγέθει καὶ τὸ ἐν πλήθει, παραύξησιν διασυνίστησι καὶ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεύς· „ἰδοὺ“ γάρ φησι „τὸ γένος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ μέγα πλῆθος“ (Exod. 1,9), ἐπειδή γε ἀμφότερα τῷ ὁρατικῷ τοῦ ὄντος γένει προσμαρτυρεῖ, ὡς πληθύν τε καὶ μέγεθος κτησαμένῳ, τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον καὶ λόγον κατορθώματα.
55οὐ γάρ, ὅπερ ἄν τις τὸν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εἱρμὸν διαφυλάττων, πολὺ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ μέγα εἶπεν, εἰδὼς τὸ πολὺ καθ’ αὑτὸ ἀτελὲς μέγεθος, εἰ μὴ προσλάβοι δύναμιν νοήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης. τί γὰρ ὄφελος πολλὰ μὲν θεωρήματα παραλαμβάνειν, ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ἁρμόττον μέγεθος μὴ συναυξῆσαι; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀγρὸς τέλειος, ᾧ μυρία μὲν ὅσα ἐνυπάρχει φυτὰ χαμαίζηλα, τέλειον δὲ μηδὲν ἔρνος γεωργικῇ τέχνῃ συνανέβλαστεν ἤδη καρποτοκεῖν δυνάμενον.
56τοῦ δὲ μεγέθους καὶ πλήθους τῶν καλῶν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἡ ἀδιάστατος περὶ θεοῦ μνήμη καὶ ἡ κατάκλησις τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ συμμαχίας πρὸς τὸν ἐμφύλιον καὶ συγκεχυμένον καὶ συνεχῆ τοῦ βίου πόλεμον· λέγει γὰρ „ἰδοὺ λαὸς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων τὸ ἔθνος τὸ μέγα τοῦτο· ὅτι ποῖον ἔθνος μέγα, ᾧ ἐστι θεὸς ἐγγίζων ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεσώμεθα“ (Deut. 4,6.7) ;
57οὐκοῦν ὅτι καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν δύναμις ἀρωγὸς εὐτρεπὴς ἐφεδρεύει παρὰ θεῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐγγυτέρω πρόσεισιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀξίων ὠφελεῖσθαι, δεδήλωται. τίνες δ’ οἱ τούτων ἐπάξιοι τυγχάνειν εἰσίν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι οἱ σοφίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐρασταὶ πάντες;
58οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν ὁ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων, ὃν εἶπε, λεώς, ὧν ἕκαστος μέγας εἰκότως ἐστίν, ἐπειδὴ μεγάλων ὀρέγεται, ἑνὸς δὲ καὶ λίαν ὑπερβαλλόντως, τοῦ μὴ διαζευχθῆναι θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρόσοδον αὐτοῦ συνεγγίζοντος σταθερῶς ἄνευ καταπλήξεως ὑπομεῖναι.
59οὗτος ὁ ὅρος ἐστὶ τοῦ μεγάλου λεώ, τὸ τῷ θεῷ συνεγγίζειν ἢ „ᾧ θεὸς συνεγγίζει“. ὁ μὲν δὴ κόσμος καὶ ὁ κοσμοπολίτης σοφὸς πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἀναπέπλησται, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων ὅμιλος πλείοσι μὲν κέχρηται κακοῖς, ἀγαθοῖς δὲ ἐλάττοσι· σπάνιον γὰρ ἐν πεφυρμένῳ καὶ συγκεχυμένῳ βίῳ τὸ καλόν.
60διόπερ ἐν χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται· „οὐχ ὅτι πολυπληθεῖτε παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, προείλετο κύριος ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐξελέξατο — ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ὀλιγοστοὶ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη —, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον ὑμᾶσ“ (Deut. 7, 7. 8). εἰ γάρ τις βουληθείη τὸν ὄχλον μιᾶς ψυχῆς ὥσπερ κατὰ ἔθνη διανεῖμαι, πολλὰς μὲν ἂν εὕροι τάξεις ἀκοσμούσας, ὧν ἡδοναὶ ἢ ἐπιθυμίαι ἢ λῦπαι ἢ φόβοι ἢ πάλιν ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ αἱ τούτων συγγενεῖς καὶ ἀδελφαὶ ταξιαρχοῦσι, μίαν δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον εὖ διακεκοσμημένην, ἧς ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ἀφηγεῖται.
61παρὰ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ ἄδικον πλῆθος πρὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ δικαίου προτετίμηται, παρὰ δὲ τῷ θεῷ τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν πρὸ μυρίων ἀδίκων· ᾧ καὶ παραγγέλλει μηδέποτε τοιούτῳ συναινέσαι πλήθει· „οὐκ ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησι „μετὰ πολλῶν ἐπὶ κακίᾳ“ (Exod. 23, 2). ἆρ’ οὖν μετ’ ὀλίγων χρή; μετ’ οὐδενὸς μὲν οὖν φαύλου — εἷς δ’ ὢν ὁ φαῦλος πολύς ἐστι κακίαις, ᾧ συντάσσεσθαι μεγίστη ζημία —· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἀνθίστασθαι καὶ πολεμεῖν ἀκαταπλήκτῳ χρωμένους δυνάμει προσήκει.
62„ἐὰν“ γάρ φησιν „ἐξέλθῃς εἰς πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου καὶ ἴδῃς ἵππον“, τὸ ὑπέραυχον καὶ σκιρτητικὸν πάθος ἀφηνιάζον, „καὶ ἀναβάτην“, τὸν ἐποχούμενον αὐτῷ φιλοπαθῆ νοῦν, „καὶ λαὸν πλείονά σου“, τοὺς ζηλωτὰς τῶν εἰρημένων φαλαγγηδὸν ἐπιόντας, „οὐ φοβηθήσῃ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν“· εἷς γὰρ ὢν ἑνὶ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι χρήσῃ συμμάχῳ, „ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεός σου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Deut. 20, 1).
63τούτου γὰρ ἡ σύνοδος καθαιρεῖ πολέμους, εἰρήνην ἀνοικοδομεῖ, τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνήθη κακὰ ἀνατρέπει, τὸ σπάνιον καὶ θεοφιλὲς γένος ἀνασῴζει, ᾧ πᾶς ὁ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μισεῖ καὶ βδελύττεται τὰ τῶν γεωδεστέρων στίφη.
64„ἃ γὰρ πολυπληθεῖ“ φησί "ποσὶν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἑρπετοῖς τοῖς ἕρπουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐ φάγεσθε, ὅτι βδελύγματά ἐστιν“ (Lev. 11, 42). ἀλλ’ οὐ μίσους ἐστὶν ἐπαξία ψυχὴ μὴ καθ’ ἓν μέρος ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάντα ἢ τὰ πλεῖστα βαίνουσα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ σώματος περιλιχνεύουσα καὶ συνόλως εἰς τὰς οὐρανοῦ θείας περιόδους ἀνακῦψαι μὴ δυναμένη;
65καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ τὸ πολύπουν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἄπουν ἐν ἑρπετοῖς ψεκτόν, τὸ μὲν διὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν αἰτίαν, τὸ δ’ ὅτι ὅλον δι’ ὅλων πέπτωκεν ἐπὶ γῆν, ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐπὶ τὸ βραχύτατον ἐξαιρόμενον· πάντα γὰρ τὸν πορευόμενον ἐπὶ κοιλίαν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναί φησι (ibid.), τὸν τὰς τῆς γαστρὸς ἡδονὰς μεταδιώκοντα αἰνιττόμενος.
66ἔνιοι δὲ προσυπερβάλλοντες οὐ μόνον τῷ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐχρήσαντο γένει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀδελφὸν αὐτῇ πάθος, τὸν θυμόν, προσεκτήσαντο, βουληθέντες ὅλον τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἄλογον ἐκζωπυρῆσαι μέρος, τὸν δὲ νοῦν διαφθεῖραι· τὸ γὰρ εἰρημένον λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ ὄφεως, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀλόγου καὶ φιλοπαθοῦς ἀνθρώπου χρησμὸς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι θεῖος· „ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ πορεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3, 14)· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὰ στέρνα ὁ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐν κοιλίᾳ.
67πορεύεται δὲ ὁ ἄφρων δι’ ἀμφοτέρων, θυμοῦ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας, ἀεὶ μηδένα διαλείπων χρόνον, τὸν ἡνίοχον καὶ βραβευτὴν νοῦν ἀποβαλών· ὁ δ’ ἐναντίος τούτῳ θυμὸν μὲν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκτέτμηται, κυβερνήτην δὲ ἐπιγέγραπται λόγον θεῖον, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ θεοφιλέστατος, ὅς, ὅταν τὰς ὁλοκαύτους τῆς ψυχῆς ἱερουργῇ θυσίας, „τὴν μὲν κοιλίαν ἐκπλυνεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 21), τουτέστιν ὅλον τὸ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐκνίψεται, τὸ δὲ „στηθύνιον ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως ἀφελεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 29), σύμπαντα δήπου τὸν πολεμικὸν θυμόν, ἵνα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος καὶ ἄμεινον τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ λογικόν, μηδενὸς ἀντισπῶντος ἔτι καὶ μεθέλκοντος ἐλευθέροις καὶ εὐγενέσι τῷ ὄντι χρήσηται πρὸς τὰ καλὰ πάντα ὁρμαῖς.
68οὕτως γὰρ εἴς τε πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος ἐπιδώσει· λέγεται γάρ· „ἕως τίνος παροξυνοῦσιν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος; καὶ ἕως τίνος οὐ πιστεύσουσί μοι ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς; πατάξω αὐτοὺς θανάτῳ καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτούς, καὶ ποιήσω σὲ καὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ ἢ τοῦτο“ (Num. 14, 11. 12)· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ θυμῷ καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ χρώμενος πολὺς ὅμιλος καταλυθῇ τῆς ψυχῆς, πάντως εὐθὺς ὁ τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως διεξηρτημένος ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀνατέλλει.
69ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ πολύπουν καὶ ἄπουν, ἐναντία ὄντα ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἑρπετῶν, ἀκάθαρτα ἀναγράφεται, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἄθεος καὶ πολύθεος ἀντίπαλοι ἐν ψυχῇ δόξαι βέβηλοι. σημεῖον δέ· ἀμφοτέρας ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἱερᾶς ἀπελήλακε, τὴν μὲν ἄθεον θλαδίαν καὶ ἀποκεκομμένον εἴρξας ἐκκλησιάζειν, τὴν δὲ πολύθεον τὸν ἐκ πόρνης ὁμοίως κωλύσας ἀκούειν ἢ λέγειν (Deut. 23, 1. 2)· ἄθεος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἄγονος, πολύθεος δὲ ὁ ἐκ πόρνης τυφλώττων περὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ πατέρα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς γονεῖς ἐπιγραφόμενος.
70Δύο μὲν αὗται δωρεαὶ προείρηνται, θεωρητικοῦ τε ἐλπὶς βίου καὶ πρὸς πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος τῶν καλῶν ἐπίδοσις. τρίτη δ’ ἐστὶν εὐλογία, ἧς ἄνευ βεβαιώσασθαι τὰς προτέρας χάριτας οὐκ ἔστι· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ εὐλογήσω σε“, τουτέστιν ἐπαινετὸν λόγον δωρήσομαι· τὸ γὰρ εὖ πάντως ἐπ’ ἀρετῆς· λόγος δὲ ὁ μὲν πηγῇ
71ἔοικεν, ὁ δὲ ἀπορροῇ, πηγῇ μὲν ὁ ἐν διανοίᾳ, προφορὰ δὲ ἡ διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ἀπορροῇ. ἑκάτερον δὲ εἶδος λόγου βελτιωθῆναι πολὺς πλοῦτος, διάνοιαν μὲν εὐλογιστίᾳ πρὸς πάντα μικρὰ καὶ μείζω χρωμένην, προφορὰν δὲ ὑπὸ παιδείας ὀρθῆς ἡνιοχουμένην.
72πολλοὶ γὰρ λογίζονται μὲν τὰ βέλτιστα, ὑπὸ δὲ ἑρμηνέως κακοῦ προὐδόθησαν, λόγου, μουσικὴν τὴν ἐγκύκλιον οὐκ ἐκπονήσαντες· οἱ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἑρμηνεῦσαι μὲν ἐγένοντο δυνατώτατοι, βουλεύσασθαι δὲ φαυλότατοι, καθάπερ οἱ λεγόμενοι σοφισταί· τούτων γὰρ ἀχόρευτος μὲν καὶ ἄμουσος ἡ διάνοια, πάμμουσοι δὲ αἱ διὰ τῶν φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων διέξοδοι.
73χαρίζεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἀτελὲς οὐδέν, πλήρη δὲ καὶ τέλεια πάντα· διὸ καὶ νῦν τὴν εὐλογίαν οὐχ ἑνὶ λόγου τμήματι, τοῖς δὲ μέρεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐπιπέμπει δικαιῶν τὸν εὐεργετούμενον καὶ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τὰ βέλτιστα καὶ ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰ νοηθέντα δυνατῶς· ἡ γὰρ τελειότης δι’ ἀμφοῖν, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῦ τε ὑποβάλλοντος τὰ ἐνθυμήματα καθαρῶς καὶ τοῦ διερμηνεύοντος αὐτὰ ἀπταίστως.
74ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὸν Ἄβελ — ὄνομα δέ ἐστι τὰ θνητὰ πενθοῦντος καὶ τὰ ἀθάνατα εὐδαιμονίζοντος —, ὡς ἀνεπιλήπτῳ μὲν κέχρηται διανοίᾳ, τῷ δὲ μὴ γεγυμνάσθαι περὶ λόγους ἥττηται πρὸς δεινοῦ παλαῖσαι Κάιν τέχνῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ῥώμῃ περιγενέσθαι δυναμένου;
75διὸ καὶ θαυμάζων τῆς περὶ τὴν φύσιν εὐμοιρίας τὸν τρόπον αἰτιῶμαι τοσοῦτον, ὅτι προκληθεὶς εἰς ἅμιλλαν λόγων ἧκεν ἀγωνιούμενος, δέον ἐπὶ τῆς συνήθους ἠρεμίας στῆναι πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα τῷ φιλονείκῳ, εἰ δ’ ἄρα ἐβούλετο πάντως διαγωνίσασθαι, μὴ πρότερον κονίσασθαι ἢ τοῖς τεχνικοῖς παλαίσμασιν ἐνασκηθῆναι· τῶν γὰρ ἀγροικοσόφων οἱ τὰ πολιτικὰ κεκομψευμένοι μάλιστά πως εἰώθασι περιεῖναι.
Sections 51–75
51And what is meant by this I will explain more distinctly: a flavour is appreciable by the sight, not inasmuch as it is flavour, but so far as it is a mere substance, for in so far as it is flavour the sense of taste will judge of it; again a smell, in so far as it is a smell, will be decided upon by the nostrils, but inasmuch as it is a bodily substance, it will also be judged of by the eyes: and the other objects of sense will be tested in this manner; but voice is not appreciable by the sense of sight, neither inasmuch as it is a body, if indeed it is a body at all, nor inasmuch as it can be heard; but there are these two things in us which are wholly invisible—mind and speech;
52but the sound that proceeds from us does not the least resemble the divine organ of voice; for one organ of voice is mingled with the air, and flies to a kindred region with itself, namely to the ears; but the divine organ consists of unmixed and unalloyed speech, which outstrips the sense of hearing by reason of its fineness, and which is discerned by a pure soul, by means of its acuteness in the faculty of sight.
53Therefore, after having left all mortal things, God, as I have said before, gives, as his first gift to the soul, an exhibition and an opportunity of contemplating mortal things: and in the second place he gives it an improvement in the doctrines of virtue, in respect both of their numbers and of their importance; for he says, "And I will make thee into a mighty nation," using this expression with reference to the multitude of the nation, and with reference to the increase and improvement of what was already great;
54and that this quantity in each kind, that is to say, both as to magnitude and as to number, was greatly increased, is pointed out by the king of Egypt, where he says, "For behold," says he, "the race of the children of Israel is a great multitude." Since both these facts bear witness to the race which had the power of beholding the living God, that it had derived increase both in number and in magnitude, and as having done so, had met with prosperity, both in its life and in its language;
55for he does not say here (as any one would say who paid attention to the connection of the words which he was using), a numerous multitude, but he says, "A great multitude," knowing that the word numerous by itself implies an imperfect multitude, unless in addition to its numbers it has the attributes of intelligence and knowledge; for what advantage is it to comprehend many subjects of speculation, unless each of them receives a power of growth to a suitable size; for in like manner a field is not perfect in which there are innumerable plants growing on the ground, and no plant has grown up by means of the skill of the husbandman so as to arrive at perfection, unless it is now able to produce fruit.
56But the beginning and the end of the greatness and numerousness of good things is the ceaseless and uninterrupted recollection of God, and an invocation of his assistance in the civil and domestic, confused and continual, warfare of life; for Moses says, "Behold, the people is wise and full of knowledge; this is a mighty nation; for what nation is there so great, that has God so near, as the Lord our God is to us in all the circumstances in which we call upon him?"
57Therefore it has been plainly shown that there is power with God, which is a suitable and useful helper and defender, and the ruler himself comes nearer to the assistance of those persons who are worthy to be assisted. But who are they who are worthy to obtain such a mercy as this? It is plain that they are all lovers of wisdom and knowledge;
58for these are the wise people and the people of knowledge of whom he speaks, each of whom may naturally be called great, since he aims at great things, and at one great thing with excessive earnestness and eagerness, namely, at never being separated from the Almighty God, but at being able to endure his approach when he comes near steadily, and without any amazement or display.
59This is the definition of great, to be near to God, or at least to be near to that thing to which God is near; forsooth the world and the wise citizen of the world are both full of many and great good things, but all the rest of the multitude of men is involved in numerous evils, and in but few good things; for the good is rare in the agitated and confused life of man.
60On which account it is said in the sacred scriptures, "It is not because you are numerous beyond all the nations that the Lord has selected you above them all, and has chosen you out; for in truth you are but few in comparison of all nations, but it is because the Lord loves you;" for if any one were to choose to distribute the multitude of one soul as if according to nations, he would find a great many ranks totally destitute of all order, of which pleasures, or appetites or griefs, or fears, or again follies and iniquities, and all the other vices which are connected with or akin to them, are the leaders, and he would find but one rank alone well regulated, that namely which is under the leadership of right reason.
61Among men, then, the unjust multitude is usually honoured more than one single just person; but in the eye of God a small company that is good is preferred to an infinite number of persons who are unjust. And, on that account, he warns men never to consent to a multitude of such a character; "For," says he, "thou shalt not join with a multitude to do evil." May one, then, join a few to do so? One may never join a single bad man. But a bad man, though he be but a single individual, is a multitude in wickedness, and it is the greatest possible evil to join with him; for, on the contrary, it is becoming rather to oppose him and to make war upon him with fearless energy.
62"For if," says Moses, "you go forth to war against your enemies and see a horse," the emblem of arrogant and restive passion which scorns all control, "and a rider," the symbol of the mind devoted to the service of the passions, riding upon it, "and a great body of your people," admirers of those before-mentioned passions, and following in a solid phalanx, "you shall not be terrified so as to flee from them," for you, though only a single person, shall have a single being for your ally, "because the Lord your God is on your side;"
63for his advance to battle puts an end to war, builds up peace again, overthrows numbers of long-accustomed evils, preserves the scanty race which loves God, to whom every one who becomes subject hates and abominates the ranks of the more earthly armies.
64"For," says Moses, "you shall not eat those animals which have a multitude of feet, being numbered among all the reptiles that are upon the earth; because they are an abomination." But the soul is not deserving of being hated which goes upon the earth in one part of itself, but only that which does so with all or with the greatest proportion of its parts, and which is exceedingly greedy about the things of the body, and which, in short, is unable to penetrate into and contemplate the divine revolutions of the heaven.
65And, moreover, as the animal with many feet is accursed among reptiles, so also is that which has no feet at all; the one for the cause already mentioned, and the other because it entirely falls upon the ground in all its parts, not being supported off the ground by anything, not even for the briefest minute. For Moses says that, "Everything which goes upon its belly is unclean;" meaning, under this figurative expression, to point out those who pursue the pleasures of the belly.
66But some go far beyond these persons in wickedness, not only indulge in every description of desire, but also acquire that passion which is akin to desire, namely, anger, wishing to excite the whole of the irrational part of the soul and to destroy the mind. For what has been said in words, indeed, is applicable to the serpent, but in reality it is meant to apply to every man who is irrational and a slave to his passions, being truly a divine oracle, "Upon thy breast and upon thy belly shalt thou go;" for anger has its abode about the breast, and the seat of desire is in the belly.
67But the foolish man proceeds always by means of the two passions together, both anger and desire, omitting no opportunity, and discarding reason as his pilot and judge. But the man who is contrary to him has extirpated anger and desire from his nature, and has enlisted himself under divine reason as his guide; as also Moses, that faithful servant of God, did. Who, when he is offering the burnt offerings of the soul, "washes out the belly;" that is to say, he washes out the whole seat of desires, and he takes away "the breast of the ram of the consecration;" that is to say, the whole of the warlike disposition, that so the remainder, the better portion of the soul, the rational part, having no longer anything to draw it in a different direction or to counteract its natural impulses, may indulge its own free and noble inclinations towards everything that is beautiful;
68for, in this way, it will improve both in quantity and in magnitude. For it is said, "How long shall this people exasperate me? and till what time will they refuse to believe me in all the signs which I have done among them? I will smite them with death and I will destroy them, and I will make thee and thy father’s house into a mighty nation, greater and mightier than this." For when the great multitude of the passions which indulge in anger and desire in the soul is put to the rout, then immediately those affections which depend on its rational nature rise up and become brilliant;
69for as the reptile with many feet and that with no feet at all, though they are exactly opposite to one another in the race of reptiles, are both pronounced unclean, so also the opinion which denies any God, and that which worships a multitude of Gods, though quite opposite in the soul, are both profane. And a proof of this is that the law banishes them both "from the sacred assembly," forbidding the atheistical opinion, as a eunuch and mutilated person, to come into the assembly; and the polytheistic, inasmuch as it prohibits any one born of a harlot from either hearing or speaking in the assembly. For he who worships no God at all is barren, and he who worships a multitude is the son of a harlot, who is in a state of blindness as to his true father, and who on this account is figuratively spoken of as having many fathers, instead of one.
70There have now been two gifts of God already mentioned: the hope of a life devoted to contemplation, and an improvement in good things in respect both of quantity and of magnitude. The third gift is blessing, without which it is not possible that the graces already mentioned can be confirmed; for the scripture says, "And I will bless thee;" that is to say, I will give thee a word which shall be praised; for the portion εὖ (in εὐλογήσω, I will bless), is always applicable to virtue. And of speech, one kind is like a spring and another kind is like a stream;
71that which is in the mind being like the spring, and the utterance through the medium of the mouth and tongue resembling a stream. And it is great riches for either species of speech to be improved, for the mind to be so by exerting soundness of reason in everything, whether important or unimportant, or for the utterance to be so when under the guidance of right instruction;
72for many men think, indeed, most excellently, but are betrayed by a bad interpreter, namely, speech, because they have not throughly worked up the whole course of encyclical instruction. Others, again, have been exceedingly skilful in explaining their ideas, but very bad hands at forming intentions, as, for instance, those who are called sophists, for the mind of these sophists is destitute of all harmony and of all real learning; but their speeches, which are uttered by the organs of their voice, are full of music and beauty.
73But God gives no imperfect gifts to his subjects, but all his presents are complete and perfect. On which account he now dispenses blessing not to one section only, that of speech, but to both portions; thinking it proper that the man who has received a benefit should also conceive the most excellent notions, and should also be able to explain what he has conceived in a powerful manner; for perfection, as it seems, consists in the two points, of being able to form clear and just conceptions and intentions, and also of being able to interpret them correctly.
74Do you not see that Abel (and the name Abel is the name of one who mourns over mortal things, and attributes happiness to immortal things), has a mind wholly free from all liability to reproach? And yet, from not being practised in discussions, he is defeated by one who is clever as an antagonist in such things, Cain being able to get the better of him more through superiority of skill than of strength;
75for which reason, though I admire him on account of the good fortune with which he was endowed by nature, I nevertheless blame the disposition in him that, when he was challenged to a contest of discussion, he came forward to contend, when he ought to have abided by his usual tranquillity, discarding all love for contention. But if he was determined by all means to enter into such a contest, then still he ought not to have engaged in it until he had sufficiently practised himself in the exercises of the art; for men who have been long versed in political strife are usually accustomed to get the better of men of uncultivated acuteness.
Sections 76–100
76διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ πάνσοφος παραιτεῖται μὲν εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθεῖν, ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ἀληθείας φέγγος ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς ἐναστράπτειν αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ἐπιστήμης καὶ σοφίας αὐτῆς ἀθανάτων λόγων, ἄγεται δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον πρὸς τὴν θέαν αὐτῶν οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ πλειόνων ἔμπειρος γενέσθαι πραγμάτων — ἀποχρῶσι γὰρ αἱ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερωτάτων αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων ζητήσεις τῷ φιλοθεάμονι —, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ σοφιστῶν, οἷς αἱ μυθικαὶ πιθανότητες πρὸ τῆς τῶν ἀληθῶν ἐναργείας τετίμηνται.
77ὅταν μὲν οὖν τοῖς τοῦ πανηγεμόνος ἐμπεριπατῇ πράγμασιν ὁ νοῦς, οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου προσδεῖται πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν νοητῶν μόνη διάνοια ὀφθαλμὸς ὀξυωπέστατος· ὅταν δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ αἴσθησιν ἢ πάθος ἢ σῶμα, ὧν ἐστιν ἡ Αἰγύπτου χώρα σύμβολον, δεήσεται καὶ τῆς περὶ λόγους τέχνης ὁμοῦ καὶ δυνάμεως.
78οὗ χάριν ἐπάγεσθαι τὸν Ἀαρὼν αὐτῷ διείρηται, τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον· „οὐκ ἰδοὺ“ φησίν „Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου“; μιᾶς γὰρ ἀμφοῖν τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως μητρὸς οὔσης ἀδελφὰ δήπου τὰ γεννήματα. „ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι λαλήσει“· διανοίας μὲν γὰρ τὸ καταλαμβάνειν, προφορᾶς δὲ τὸ λαλεῖν ἴδιον. „λαλήσει“ φησίν „αὐτός σοι“· τὰ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ ταμιευόμενα μὴ δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς ἀπαγγεῖλαι τῷ πλησίον ἑρμηνεῖ χρῆται λόγῳ πρὸς τὴν ὧν πέπονθε δήλωσιν.
79εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐξελεύσεται εἰς συνάντησίν σοι“, ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ὑπαντῶν, ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα προστιθεὶς χαράττει τὰ ἄσημα, ὡς ἐπίσημα ποιεῖν. καὶ „ἰδών σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14)· γήθει γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ εὐφραίνεται, ὅταν μὴ ἀμυδρὸν ᾖ τὸ ἐνθύμημα, διότι τηλαυγοῦς ὄντος ἀπταίστῳ καὶ εὐτρόχῳ διερμηνεύσει χρῆται κυρίων καὶ εὐθυβόλων καὶ γεμόντων πολλῆς ἐμφάσεως εὐπορῶν ὀνομάτων·
80ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἀδηλότερά πως ᾖ τὰ νοήματα, κατὰ κενοῦ βαίνει καὶ ὀλισθὼν πολλάκις μέγα πτῶμα ἔπεσεν, ὡς μηκέτι ἀναστῆναι δύνασθαι. „καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δώσεις τὰ ῥήματά μου εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ“, ἴσον τῷ ὑπηχήσεις αὐτῷ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα, ἃ ῥημάτων καὶ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖ θείων· ἄνευ γὰρ τοῦ ὑποβολέως οὐ φθέγξεται ὁ λόγος, ὑποβολεὺς δὲ λόγου νοῦς, ὡς νοῦ θεός.
81„καὶ αὐτός σοι προσλαλήσει πρὸς τὸν λαόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται σου στόμα· σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ ἔσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν“ (Exod. 4, 15. 16)· ἐμφαντικώτατα τό τε „προσλαλήσει σοι“ φάναι, οἷον διερμηνεύσει τὰ σά, καὶ ὅτι „ἔσται σου στόμα“· διὰ γὰρ γλώττης καὶ στόματος φερόμενον τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα συνεκφέρει τὰ νοήματα. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν λόγος ἑρμηνεὺς διανοίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ἡ δὲ διάνοια γίνεται τῷ λόγῳ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ἐνθυμήματα, ὧν μόνος ὁ θεὸς ἐπίσκοπος.
82ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ἐστι τῷ μέλλοντι πρὸς ἀγῶνα σοφιστικὸν ἀπαντᾶν ἐπιμεμελῆσθαι λόγων ἐρρωμένως οὕτως, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐκφεύγειν τὰ παλαίσματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντεπιτιθέμενον ἀμφοτέροις, τέχνῃ τε καὶ δυνάμει, περιεῖναι.
83ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐπαοιδοὺς καὶ φαρμακευτὰς ἀντισοφιστεύοντας τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις τολμῶντας ἐγχειρεῖν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιστήμην ἀποφῆναι περιβόητον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ διασῦραι καὶ χλευάσαι τὰ γινόμενα; καὶ γὰρ τὰς βακτηρίας εἰς δρακόντων μεταστοιχειοῦσι φύσεις, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς αἵματος χρόαν μετατρέπουσι, καὶ τῶν βατράχων τὸ ὑπολειφθὲν ἐπῳδαῖς ἀνέλκουσιν ἐπὶ γῆν (Exod. 7, 12. 22. 8, 7), καὶ πάντα οἱ κακοδαίμονες τὰ πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον συναύξοντες ἀπατᾶν δοκοῦντες ἀπατῶνται.
84πρὸς οὓς πῶς ἐνῆν ἀπαντῆσαι μὴ τὸν ἑρμηνέα διανοίας λόγον, Ἀαρὼν ἐπίκλησιν, ἑτοιμασάμενον; ὃς νῦν μὲν εἴρηται στόμα, αὖθις δὲ καὶ προφήτης κεκλήσεται, ὅταν καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιθειάσας προσρηθῇ θεός· „δίδωμι γάρ σε“ φησί „θεὸν Φαραώ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔσται σου προφήτης“ (Exod. 7, 1). ὢ ἀκολουθίας ἐναρμονίου· τὸ γὰρ ἑρμηνεῦον τὰ θεοῦ προφητικόν ἐστι γένος ἐνθέῳ κατοκωχῇ
85τε καὶ μανίᾳ χρώμενον. τοιγαροῦν „ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ἀαρὼν κατέπιε τὰς ἐκείνων ῥάβδους“ (Exod. 7,12), ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ λόγιον· ἐγκαταπίνονται γὰρ καὶ ἀφανίζονται πάντες οἱ σοφιστικοὶ λόγοι τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἐντέχνῳ ποικιλίᾳ, ὡς ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ“ (Exod. 8, 19) τὰ γινόμενά ἐστιν, ἴσον τῷ γράμμα θεῖον διαγορεῦον ἀεὶ σοφιστείαν ὑπὸ σοφίας ἡττᾶσθαι· δακτύλῳ γὰρ θεοῦ καὶ τὰς πλάκας, ἐν αἷς ἐστηλιτεύθησαν οἱ χρησμοί, φησὶν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος γραφῆναι (Exod. 32, 16). διόπερ οὐκέτι δύνανται οἱ φαρμακευταὶ στῆναι ἐναντίον Μωυσεῖ, πίπτουσι δ’ ὡς ἐν ἀγῶνι ῥώμῃ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου νικηθέντες καρτερᾷ (Exod. 8, 18).
86Τίς οὖν ἡ τετάρτη δωρεά; τὸ μεγαλώνυμον· φησὶ γάρ· „μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου“ (Gen. 12, 2). τὸ δέ ἐστιν, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τοιόνδε· ὥσπερ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ καλόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι λυσιτελές. καὶ ἀμείνων μὲν δόξης ἀλήθεια, εὔδαιμον δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνόθως καὶ ἀκολακεύτως προσελθόντες ἀρετῇ καὶ τὸ γνήσιον αὐτῆς ἐναυγασάμενοι κάλλος, τῆς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς φήμης οὐ φροντίσαντες ἐπεβουλεύθησαν, κακοὶ νομισθέντες οἱ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθοί.
87καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦ δοκεῖν ὄφελος μὴ πολὺ πρότερον τοῦ εἶναι προσόντος, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων πέφυκεν ἔχειν· εἰ γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι τὸν νοσοῦντα ὑγιαίνειν ἢ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα νοσεῖν ὑπολάβοιεν, ἡ δόξα καθ’ αὑτὴν οὔτε νόσον οὔτε ὑγείαν ἐργάσεται.
88ᾧ δὲ ἀμφότερα δεδώρηται ὁ θεός, καὶ τὸ εἶναι καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι, οὗτος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐδαίμων καὶ τῷ ὄντι μεγαλώνυμος. προνοητέον δ’ ὡς μεγάλου πράγματος καὶ πολλὰ τὸν μετὰ σώματος βίον ὠφελοῦντος εὐφημίας. περιγίνεται δ’ αὕτη σχεδὸν ἅπασιν, ὅσοι χαίροντες σὺν ἀσμενισμῷ μηδὲν κινοῦσι τῶν καθεστηκότων νομίμων, ἀλλὰ τὴν πάτριον πολιτείαν οὐκ ἀμελῶς φυλάττουσιν.
89εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἳ τοὺς ῥητοὺς νόμους σύμβολα νοητῶν πραγμάτων ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὰ μὲν ἄγαν ἠκρίβωσαν, τῶν δὲ ῥᾳθύμως ὠλιγώρησαν· οὓς μεμψαίμην ἂν ἔγωγε τῆς εὐχερείας· ἔδει γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπιμεληθῆναι, ζητήσεώς τε τῶν ἀφανῶν ἀκριβεστέρας καὶ ταμιείας τῶν φανερῶν ἀνεπιλήπτου.
90νυνὶ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς μόνοι ζῶντες ἢ ἀσώματοι ψυχαὶ γεγονότες καὶ μήτε πόλιν μήτε κώμην μήτ’ οἰκίαν μήτε συνόλως θίασον ἀνθρώπων εἰδότες, τὰ δοκοῦντα τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπερκύψαντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρευνῶσιν· οὓς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος διδάσκει χρηστῆς ὑπολήψεως πεφροντικέναι καὶ μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθεσι λύειν, ἃ θεσπέσιοι καὶ μείζους ἄνδρες ἢ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ὥρισαν.
91μὴ γὰρ ὅτι ἡ ἑβδόμη δυνάμεως μὲν τῆς περὶ τὸ ἀγένητον, ἀπραξίας δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸ γενητὸν δίδαγμά ἐστι, τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ νομοθετηθέντα λύωμεν, ὡς πῦρ ἐναύειν ἢ γεωπονεῖν ἢ ἀχθοφορεῖν ἢ ἐγκαλεῖν ἢ δικάζειν ἢ παρακαταθήκας ἀπαιτεῖν ἢ δάνεια ἀναπράττειν ἢ τὰ ἄλλα ποιεῖν, ὅσα κἀν τοῖς μὴ ἑορτώδεσι καιροῖς ἐφεῖται·
92μηδ’ ὅτι ἡ ἑορτὴ σύμβολον ψυχικῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐστὶ καὶ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν εὐχαριστίας, ἀποταξώμεθα ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας πανηγύρεσι· μηδ’ ὅτι τὸ περιτέμνεσθαι ἡδονῆς καὶ παθῶν πάντων ἐκτομὴν καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσιν ἀσεβοῦς ἐμφαίνει, καθ’ ἣν ὑπέλαβεν ὁ νοῦς ἱκανὸς εἶναι γεννᾶν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀνέλωμεν τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ περιτομῇ τεθέντα νόμον· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἁγιστείας καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων ἀμελήσομεν, εἰ μόνοις προσέξομεν τοῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν δηλουμένοις.
93ἀλλὰ χρὴ ταῦτα μὲν σώματι ἐοικέναι νομίζειν, ψυχῇ δὲ ἐκεῖνα· ὥσπερ οὖν σώματος, ἐπειδὴ ψυχῆς ἐστιν οἶκος, προνοητέον, οὕτω καὶ τῶν ῥητῶν νόμων ἐπιμελητέον· φυλαττομένων γὰρ τούτων ἀριδηλότερον κἀκεῖνα γνωρισθήσεται, ὧν εἰσιν οὗτοι σύμβολα, πρὸς τῷ καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν μέμψεις καὶ κατηγορίας ἀποδιδράσκειν.
94οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι καὶ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ σοφῷ καὶ μεγάλα ἀγαθὰ καὶ μικρὰ προσεῖναί φησι, καὶ καλεῖ τὰ μὲν μεγάλα ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ὑπαρκτά, ἃ τῷ γνησίῳ κληρονομεῖν ἐφεῖται μόνῳ, τὰ δὲ μικρὰ δόματα, ὧν οἱ νόθοι καὶ ἐκ παλλακῶν ἀξιοῦνται (Gen. 25,5. 6)· ἐκεῖνα
95μὲν οὖν ἔοικε τοῖς φύσει, ταῦτα δὲ τοῖς θέσει νομίμοις. ἄγαμαι καὶ τῆς παναρέτου Λείας, ἥτις ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσὴρ γενέσεως, ὅς ἐστι τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ νόθου σύμβολον πλούτου, φησί· „μακαρία ἐγώ, ὅτι μακαριοῦσί με αἱ γυναῖκες“ (Gen. 30, 13)· στοχάζεται γὰρ ὑπολήψεως ἐπιεικοῦς, δικαιοῦσα μὴ μόνον ὑπὸ ἀρρένων καὶ ἀνδρείων ὡς ἀληθῶς λόγων ἐπαινεῖσθαι, παρ’ οἷς ἡ ἀλώβητος φύσις καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀδέκαστον τετίμηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῶν θηλυτέρων, οἳ τῶν φαινομένων πάντα τρόπον ἥττηνται μηδὲν ἔξω τούτων θεωρητὸν νοῆσαι δυνάμενοι.
96τελείας δὲ ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ δοκεῖν εἶναι μεταποιεῖσθαι, καὶ σπουδάζειν μὴ μόνον παρὰ τῇ ἀνδρωνίτιδι εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος ἑστίας ἐπαινεῖσθαι.
97διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν ἔργων κατασκευὴν οὐ μόνον ἀνδράσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναιξὶν ἐπέτρεψε ποιεῖσθαι· τά τε γὰρ νήματα πάντα τῆς ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ βύσσου καὶ τριχῶν αἰγείων ἐπιτελοῦσι (Exod. 35, 25. 26), καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῶν κόσμον ἀόκνως εἰσφέρουσι, „σφραγῖδας, ἐνώτια, δακτυλίους, περιδέξια, ἐμπλόκια“ (Exod. 35, 22), πάνθ’ ὅσα χρυσὸν εἶχε τὴν ὕλην,
98τὸν σώματος κόσμον ἀντικαταλλαττόμεναι τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας· προσφιλοτιμούμεναι μέντοι καὶ τὰ κάτοπτρα ἑαυτῶν συγκαθιεροῦσιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ λουτῆρος κατασκευήν (Exod. 38, 26), ἵν’ οἱ μέλλοντες ἱερουργεῖν ἀπονιπτόμενοι χεῖρας καὶ πόδας, τὰ ἐγχειρήματα οἷς ἐφορμεῖ καὶ ἐνίδρυται ὁ νοῦς, ἐνοπτρίζωνται ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ μνήμην τῶν ἐσόπτρων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ λουτὴρ δεδημιούργηται· οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲν αἶσχος ἐν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς εἴδει περιόψονται γινόμενον, ἤδη δὲ τὸ νηστείας καὶ καρτερίας ἀνάθημα ἀναθήσουσιν ἱεροπρεπέστατον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀναθημάτων.
99ἀλλ’ αὗται μὲν ἀσταί τε καὶ ἀστεῖαι γυναῖκες [αἰσθήσεις] ὡς ἀληθῶς, παρ’ αἷς ἡ ἀρετὴ Λεία τετιμῆσθαι βούλεται, αἱ δὲ προσαναφλέγουσαι τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄθλιον νοῦν ἀπόλιδες· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι καὶ „γυναῖκες ἔτι προσεξέκαυσαν πῦρ ἐπὶ Μωάβ“ (Num. 21,30).
100ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἑκάστη τῶν τοῦ ἄφρονος αἰσθήσεων ἐξαπτομένη πρὸς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐμπίπρησι τὸν νοῦν, πολλὴν καὶ ἀπέρατον φλόγα ἐπεισχέουσα μετὰ ῥύμης ἀνηνύτου καὶ φορᾶς; ἄριστον οὖν ἐξευμενίζεσθαι τὸ γυναικῶν τάγμα ἐν ψυχῇ, τῶν αἰσθήσεων, καθάπερ καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τῶν κατὰ μέρος λογισμῶν· οὕτως γὰρ
Sections 76–100
76For this reason also the all-accomplished Moses deprecates coming to a consideration of reasonable looking and plausible arguments, from the time that God began to cause the light of truth to shine upon him; through the immortal words of his knowledge and wisdom. But he is not the less led on to the contemplation of these arguments, not for the sake of becoming skilful in many things (for the contemplation of God himself and of his most sacred powers, are quite sufficient for a man who is fond of contemplation), but with a view to get the better of the sophists in Egypt, where fabulous and plausible inventions are looked upon as entitled to higher honour than a clear statement of truth.
77When, therefore, the mind walks abroad among the affairs of the ruler of the universe, it requires nothing further as an object of contemplation, since the mind alone is the most piercing of all eyes as applied to the objects of the intellect; but when it is directed towards those things which are properly objects of the outward senses, or to any passion, or substance, of which the land of Egypt is the emblem, then it will have need of skill and power in argument.
78On which account Moses is directed also to take Aaron with him as an addition, Aaron being the symbol of uttered speech, "Behold," says God, "is not Aaron thy brother?" For one rational nature being the mother of them both, it follows of course that the offspring are brothers, "I know that he will speak." For it is the office of the mind to comprehend, and of utterance to speak. "He," says God, "will speak for thee." For the mind not being able to give an adequate exposition of the part which is assigned to it, uses its neighbour speech as an interpreter, for the purpose of explaining what it feels.
79Presently he further adds, "Behold he will come to meet thee," since in truth speech when it meets the conceptions, and embodies them in words, and names stamps what had before no impression on it, so as to make it current coin. And further on he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" for speech rejoices and exults when the conception is not indistinct, because it being clear and evident employs speech as an unerring and fluent expositor of itself, having a full supply of appropriate and felicitous expressions full of abundant distinctness and intelligibility.
80At all events when the conceptions are at all indistinct and ambiguous, speech is the treading as it were on empty air, and often stumbles and meets with a severe fall, so as never to be able to rise again. "And thou shalt speak to him, and thou shalt give my words into his mouth," which is equivalent to, Thou shalt suggest to him conceptions which are in no respect different from divine language and divine arguments.
81For without some one to offer suggestions, speech will not speak; and the mind is what suggests to speech, as God suggests to the mind. "And he shall speak for thee to the people, and he shall be thy mouth, and thou shalt be to him as God." And there is a most emphatic meaning in the expression, "He shall speak for thee," that is to say, He shall interpret thy conceptions, and "He shall be thy mouth." For the stream of speech being borne through the tongue and mouth conveys the conceptions abroad. But speech is the interpreter of the mind to men, while again mind is by means of speech the interpreter to God; but these thoughts are those of which God alone is the overseer.
82Therefore it is necessary for any one who is about to enter into a contest of sophistry, to pay attention to all his words with such vigorous earnestness, that he may not only be able to escape from the manoeuvres of his adversaries, but may also in his turn attack them, and get the better of them, both in skill and in power.
83Do you not see that conjurors and enchanters, who attempting to contend against the divine word with their sophistries, and who daring to endeavour to do other things of a similar kind, labour not so much to display their own knowledge, as to tear to pieces and turn into ridicule what was done? For they even transform their rods into the nature of serpents, and change water into the complexion of blood, and by their incantations they attract the remainder of the frogs to the land, and, like miserable men as they are, they increase everything for their own destruction, and while thinking to deceive others they are deceived themselves.
84And how was it possible for Moses to encounter such men as these unless he had prepared speech, the interpreter of his mind, namely Aaron? who now indeed is called his mouth; but in a subsequent passage we shall find that he is called a prophet, when also the mind, being under the influence of divine inspiration, is called God. "For," says God, "I give thee as a God to Pharaoh, and Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet." O the harmonious and well-organised consequence! For that which interprets the will of God is the prophetical race, being under the influence of divine possession and frenzy.
85Therefore "the rod of Aaron swallowed up their rods," as the holy scripture tells us. For all sophistical reasons are swallowed up and destroyed by the varied skilfulness of nature; so that they are forced to confess that what is done is "the finger of God," an expression equivalent to confessing the truth of the divine scripture which asserts that sophistry is always subdued by wisdom. For the sacred account tells us that "the tables" on which the commandments were engraved as on a pillar, "were also written by the finger of God." On which account the conjurors were not able to stand before Moses, but fell down as in a wrestling match, being overcome by the superior strength of their antagonist.
86What then is the fourth gift? The having a great name, for God says, "I will magnify thy name;" and the meaning of this, as it appears to me, is as follows; as to be good is honourable, so also to appear to be so is advantageous. And truth is better than appearance, but perfect happiness is when the two are combined. For there are great numbers of people who apply themselves to virtue in genuine honesty and sincerity, and who admire its genuine beauty, having no regard to the reputation which they may have with the multitude, and who in consequence have been plotted against, being thought wicked though in reality they are good.
87And indeed there is no advantage whatever in seeming, unless being has also been added long before, as is the case with respect to bodies; for if all men were to fancy that one who was labouring under a disease was in good health, or that one in good health was labouring under a disease, still their opinion would not of itself create either disease or good health.
88But the man to whom God has given both things, namely both to be good and virtuous and also to appear so, that man is truly happy, and has a name which is really magnified. And one must have a prudent regard for a good reputation as a thing of great importance, and one which greatly benefits the life which is dependent on the body. And it falls to the lot of every one who, rejoicing with contentment, changes none of the existing laws, but zealously preserves the constitution of his native land.
89For there are some men, who, looking upon written laws as symbols of things appreciable by the intellect, have studied some things with superfluous accuracy, and have treated others with neglectful indifference; whom I should blame for their levity; for they ought to attend to both classes of things, applying themselves both to an accurate investigation of invisible things, and also to an irreproachable observance of those laws which are notorious.
90But now men living solitarily by themselves as if they were in a desert, or else as if they were mere souls unconnected with the body, and as if they had no knowledge of any city, or village, or house, or in short of any company of men whatever, overlook what appears to the many to be true, and seek for plain naked truth by itself, whom the sacred scripture teaches not to neglect a good reputation, and not to break through any established customs which divine men of greater wisdom than any in our time have enacted or established.
91For although the seventh day is a lesson to teach us the power which exists in the uncreated God, and also that the creature is entitled to rest from his labours, it does not follow that on that account we may abrogate the laws which are established respecting it, so as to light a fire, or till land, or carry burdens, or bring accusations, or conduct suits at law, or demand a restoration of a deposit, or exact the repayment of a debt, or do any other of the things which are usually permitted at times which are not days of festival.
92Nor does it follow, because the feast is the symbol of the joy of the soul and of its gratitude towards God, that we are to repudiate the assemblies ordained at the periodical seasons of the year; nor because the rite of circumcision is an emblem of the excision of pleasures and of all the passions, and of the destruction of that impious opinion, according to which the mind has imagined itself to be by itself competent to produce offspring, does it follow that we are to annul the law which has been enacted about circumcision. Since we shall neglect the laws about the due observance of the ceremonies in the temple, and numbers of others too, if we exclude all figurative interpretation and attend only to those things which are expressly ordained in plain words.
93But it is right to think that this class of things resembles the body, and the other class the soul; therefore, just as we take care of the body because it is the abode of the soul, so also must we take care of the laws that are enacted in plain terms: for while they are regarded, those other things also will be more clearly understood, of which these laws are the symbols, and in the same way one will escape blame and accusation from men in general.
94Do you not see that Abraham also says, that both small and great blessings fell to the share of the wise man, and he calls the great things, "all that he had," and his possessions, which it is allowed to the legitimate son alone to receive as his inheritance; but the small things he calls gifts, of which the illegitimate children and those born of concubines, are also accounted worthy. The one, therefore, resemble those laws which are natural, and the other those which derive their origin from human enactment.
95I also admire Leah, that woman endued with all virtue, who, at the birth of Asher, who is the symbol of that bastard wealth, which is perceptible by the outward senses, says, "Blessed am I, because all women shall call me happy." For she sees plainly that she will have a favourable reputation, thinking that she deserves to be praised, not only by those reasonings which are really masculine and manly, which have a nature free from all spot and stain, and which honour that which is really honest and incorrupt, but also by those more feminine reasonings which are in every respect overcome by those things which are visible, and which are unable to comprehend any object of contemplation which is beyond them.
96But it is the part of a perfect soul to set up a claim, not only to be, but also to appear to be, and, to labour earnestly not merely to have a good reputation in the houses of the men, but also in the secret chambers of the women.
97On which account Moses also committed the preparation of the sacred works of the tabernacle not only to men, but also to women, who were to aid in making them; for all "the woven works of hyacinthine colour, and of purple and of scarlet work, and of fine linen, and of goats’ hair, do the women make;" and they also contribute their own ornaments without hesitation, "seals, and ear-rings, and finger-rings, and armlets, and tablets, all jewels of gold," — everything, in short, of which gold was the material, gladly giving up the ornaments of their person in exchange for piety;
98and, moreover, carrying their zeal to a still higher degree, they likewise consecrated even their mirrors, that a laver might be made of them," in order that those who were about to assist at the sacrifices, washing their hands and their feet, that is to say, those works about which the mind is occupied and on which it is fixed, may have a view of themselves in a mirror according to the recollection of those mirrors of which the laver was made; for in this way they will never permit anything disgraceful to remain in any portion of the soul. And now they will dedicate the offering of fasting and patience, the most beautiful and sacred, and perfect of offerings.
99But these real citizens and virtuous women are really as it were the outward senses, by whom Leah, that is virtue, desires to be honoured. But they who kindle an additional fire against the miserable mind are destitute of any city. For we read in the scripture that even, "women still burnt additional fire to Moab."
100But may we not in this way say that so each of the outward senses of the foolish man when set on fire by the appropriate objects of outward sense, does also set fire to the mind, spreading over it an exceeding and interminable flame with irresistible vigour and impetuosity. At all events it is best to propitiate the array of women, that is to say, of the outward senses in the soul, just as it is desirable to do so with respect to the men, that is to say, with respect to the particular reasonings. For in this manner we shall arrange a more excellent system of life in a very beautiful manner.
Sections 101–125
101ἀμείνονι βίου διεξόδῳ χρησόμεθα παγκάλως. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ αὐτομαθὴς Ἰσαὰκ εὔχεται τῷ σοφίας ἐραστῇ καὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ λαβεῖν ἀγαθά· φησὶ γάρ· „δώῃ σοι ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πιότητος τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 27,28), ἴσον τῷ πρότερον μὲν συνεχῆ σοι τὸν νοητὸν καὶ οὐράνιον ὑετὸν ἄρδοι, μὴ λάβρως ὡς ἐπικλύσαι, ἀλλ’ ἠρέμα καὶ πρᾴως καθάπερ δρόσον ὡς ὀνῆσαι· δεύτερον δὲ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ γήινον πλοῦτον χαρίσαιτο λιπαρὸν καὶ πίονα, τὴν ἐναντίαν πενίαν ψυχῆς τε καὶ τῶν αὐτῆς μερῶν ἀφαυάνας.
102ἐὰν μέντοι καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα λόγον ἐξετάζῃς, εὑρήσεις συνῳδὰ φρονοῦντα καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα αὐτῷ πεποικιλμένην ἔκ τε νοητῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν δυνάμεων· ἧς τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μακροτέρων ἢ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν δεῖται λόγων καὶ ὑπερθετέον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τοῖς πέρασιν ἐξετάσωμεν, κεφαλῇ τε καὶ βάσεσιν.
103οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐστι „πέταλον χρυσοῦν καθαρόν, ἔχον ἐκτύπωμα σφραγῖδος, ἁγίασμα κυρίῳ“ (Exod. 28,32), ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ὑποδύτου κώδωνες καὶ ἄνθινα (Exod. 28, 29. 30). ἀλλ’ ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ σφραγὶς ἰδέα ἐστὶν ἰδεῶν, καθ’ ἣν ὁ θεὸς ἐτύπωσε τὸν κόσμον, ἀσώματος δήπου καὶ νοητή, τὰ δ’ ἄνθινα καὶ οἱ κώδωνες αἰσθητῶν ποιοτήτων σύμβολα, ὧν ὅρασις καὶ ἀκοὴ τὰ κριτήρια.
104ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπιφέρει ὅτι „ἔσται ἀκουστὴ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ εἰσόντος εἰς τὰ ἅγια“ (Exod. 28,31), ἵνα πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ θεῖα καὶ ὄντως ἅγια εἰσιούσης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ὠφελούμεναι κατ’ ἀρετὴν συνηχῶσι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σύστημα ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ ἐμμελὴς καὶ πολυάνθρωπος χορός, ἐκ διαφερόντων φθόγγων ἀνακεκραμένων ἓν μέλος ἐναρμόνιον συνᾴδῃ, τὰ μὲν ἐνδόσιμα τῶν νοημάτων ἐμπνεόντων — ἡγεμόνες γὰρ τοῦ χοροῦ τούτου τὰ νοητά —, τὰ δ’ ἑπόμενα τῶν αἰσθητῶν συναναμελπόντων, ἃ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος χορευταῖς ἀπεικάζεται.
105συνόλως γάρ, ᾗ φησιν ὁ νόμος, „τὰ δέοντα καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ὁμιλίαν“ (Exod. 21, 10), τὰ τρία ταῦτα, ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν οὐκ ἔδει, ἀλλ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν βεβαίως προσνέμειν. τὰ μὲν οὖν δέοντα τὰ νοητά ἐστιν ἀγαθά, ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἃ χρὴ γενέσθαι λόγῳ φύσεως, ὁ δὲ ἱματισμὸς τὰ περὶ τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦ βίου κόσμον, ἡ δ’ ὁμιλία ἡ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τῶν εἰρημένων εἰδῶν συνέχεια καὶ μελέτη, ἵν’ οἷα τὰ ἀφανῆ νοητὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ φαίνηται.
106Πέμπτη τοίνυν ἐστὶ δωρεὰ ἡ κατὰ ψιλὸν μόνον τὸ εἶναι συνισταμένη· λέλεκται δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς προτέραις, οὐχ ὡς εὐτελεστέρα ἐκείνων, ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερκύπτουσα καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσα πάσας. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦ πεφυκέναι καὶ ἀψευδῶς καὶ ἀπλάστως ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ εὐλογίας ἐπάξιον τελεώτερον;
107„ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησιν „εὐλογητός“ (Gen. 12,2), οὐ μόνον εὐλογημένος· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις τε καὶ φήμαις παραριθμεῖται, τὸ δὲ τῷ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐλογητῷ.
108ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι τοῦ ἐπαινεῖσθαι διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ τὸ ψεκτὸν εἶναι τοῦ ψέγεσθαι κατὰ τὸ χεῖρον — τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῷ πεφυκέναι, τὰ δὲ τῷ νομίζεσθαι λέγεται μόνον, φύσις δὲ ἡ ἀψευδὴς δοκήσεως ἐχυρώτερον —, οὕτως καὶ τοῦ εὐλογεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ὅπερ ἦν εἰς εὐλογίαν ἄγεσθαι δοξαζόμενον, τὸ πεφυκέναι εὐλογίας ἄξιον, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσι, κρεῖττον, ὅπερ εὐλογητὸν ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται.
109Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ ἆθλα τῷ γενησομένῳ δωρεῖται σοφῷ· ἃ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπονέμει διὰ τὸν σοφόν, ἑξῆς ἴδωμεν· „εὐλογήσω“ φησί „τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι“ (Gen. 12, 3).
110τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ σπουδαίου καὶ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι παντί τῳ δῆλον, λέγεται δ’ οὐ δι’ ἐκεῖνο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν εὐάρμοστον ἀκολουθίαν· τὸν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὁ ἐπαινῶν ἐγκωμιαστὸς καὶ ὁ ψέγων ἔμπαλιν ψεκτός. ἔπαινον δὲ καὶ ψόγον οὐχ οὕτως ἡ τῶν λεγόντων καὶ γραφόντων πιστοῦται δύναμις, ὡς ἡ τῶν γινομένων ἀλήθεια· ὥστ’ οὔτε ἐπαινεῖν οὔτε ψέγειν ἂν δοκοῖεν, ὅσοι τι ψεῦδος ἐν ἑκατέρῳ παραλαμβάνουσιν εἴδει.
111τοὺς κόλακας οὐχ ὁρᾷς, οἳ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἀποκναίουσι τῶν κολακευομένων τὰ ὦτα θρύπτοντες, οὐκ ἐπινεύοντες ἐφ’ ἑκάστῳ τῶν λεγομένων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήσεις μακρὰς συνείροντες καὶ ῥαψῳδοῦντες καὶ εὐχόμενοι μὲν τῇ
112φωνῇ πολλάκις, ἀεὶ δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρώμενοι; τί οὖν ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι; ἆρ’ οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐχθροὺς μᾶλλον ἢ φίλους τοὺς λέγοντας ὄντας καὶ ψέγειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπαινεῖν, κἂν δράματα ὅλα συντιθέντες ἐγκωμίων ἐπᾴδωσι;
113τοιγαροῦν ὁ μάταιος Βαλαὰμ ὕμνους μὲν εἰς τὸν θεὸν ὑπερβάλλοντας ᾄδων, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ „οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός“ (Num. 23, 19), ᾀσμάτων τὸ ἱεροπρεπέστατον, ἐγκώμια δ’ εἰς τὸν ὁρῶντα, Ἰσραήλ, μυρία διεξερχόμενος ἀσεβὴς μὲν καὶ ἐπάρατος καὶ παρὰ τῷ σοφῷ κέκριται νομοθέτῃ, καταρᾶσθαι δέ, οὐκ εὐλογεῖν, νενόμισται.
114τοῖς γὰρ πολεμίοις φησὶν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ μισθῷ συνταχθέντα μάντιν γενέσθαι κακὸν κακῶν, ἀρὰς μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ θέμενον χαλεπωτάτας γένει τῷ θεοφιλεῖ, εὐχὰς δὲ ἀναγκασθέντα διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὑπερφυεστάτας προφητεῦσαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ λεγόμενα καλὰ ὄντα ὁ φιλάρετος ὑπήχει θεός, τὰ δ’ ἐννοούμενα — φαυλότερα γὰρ ἦν — ἔτικτεν ἡ μισάρετος διάνοια.
115μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ὁ περὶ τούτων χρησμός· „οὐ γὰρ ἔδωκε“ φησίν „ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καταράσασθαί σοι, ἀλλ’ ἔστρεψε τὰς κατάρας εἰς εὐλογίαν“ (Deut. 23, 5), καίτοι πάντων ὅσα εἶπε πολλῆς γεμόντων εὐφημίας. ἀλλ’ ὁ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ ταμιευομένων ἐπίσκοπος ἰδών, ᾧ κατιδεῖν ἔξεστι μόνῳ, τὰ ἀθέατα γενέσει, τὴν καταδικάζουσαν ἀπὸ τούτων ψῆφον ἤνεγκε, μάρτυς ἀψευδέστατος ὁμοῦ καὶ κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος ὁ αὐτὸς ὤν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐπαινετὸν βλασφημεῖν καὶ κατηγορεῖν δοκοῦντα τῇ
116φωνῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν εὐλογεῖν τε καὶ εὐφημεῖν. σωφρονιστῶν ὡς ἔοικε τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἔθος, παιδαγωγῶν, διδασκάλων, γονέων, πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρχόντων, νόμων· ὀνειδίζοντες γάρ, ἔστι δ’ ὅπου καὶ κολάζοντες ἕκαστοι τούτων ἀμείνους τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπεργάζονται τῶν παιδευομένων. καὶ ἐχθρὸς μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδενί, φίλοι δὲ πᾶσι πάντες· φίλων δὲ ἀνόθῳ καὶ ἀκιβδήλῳ χρωμένων εὐνοίᾳ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἔργον ἐλευθεροστομεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ κακονοεῖν.
117μηδὲν οὖν μήτε τῶν εἰς εὐλογίας καὶ εὐχὰς μήτε τῶν εἰς βλασφημίας καὶ κατάρας ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν προφορᾷ διεξόδους ἀναφερέσθω μᾶλλον ἢ διάνοιαν, ἀφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἑκάτερον εἶδος τῶν λεχθέντων δοκιμάζεται.
118Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ πρῶτον διὰ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἑτέροις συντυγχάνειν φησίν, ὅταν ἢ ψόγον ἢ ἔπαινον ἢ εὐχὰς ἢ κατάρας ἐθελήσωσιν αὐτῷ τίθεσθαι· μέγιστον δ’ ἑξῆς, ὅταν ἡσυχάζωσιν ἐκεῖνοι, τὸ μηδὲν μέρος φύσεως λογικῆς ἀμέτοχον εὐεργεσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 3).
119ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο δογματικώτατον· ἐὰν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἄνοσος καὶ ἀπήμων διατελῇ, ταῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἁπάσαις φυλαῖς τε καὶ δυνάμεσιν ὑγιαινούσαις χρῆται, ταῖς τε καθ’ ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ ὅσαι αἰσθητικαὶ καὶ πάλιν ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἡδονάς τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ὅσαι ἀντὶ παθῶν εἰς εὐπάθειαν μεταχαράττονται.
120ἤδη μέντοι καὶ οἶκος καὶ πόλις καὶ χώρα καὶ ἔθνη καὶ κλίματα γῆς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς καλοκἀγαθίας προμηθουμένου μεγάλης ἀπήλαυσαν εὐδαιμονίας, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅτῳ μετὰ γνώμης ἀγαθῆς ὁ θεὸς καὶ δύναμιν ἔδωκεν ἀνανταγώνιστον, ὡς μουσικῷ καὶ παντὶ τεχνίτῃ τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ πᾶσαν τέχνην ὄργανα ἢ ξύλων ὕλην πυρί.
121τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἔρεισμα τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν ὁ δίκαιος, καὶ ὅσα μὲν αὐτὸς ἔχει, προφέρων εἰς μέσον ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν χρησομένων ἄφθονα δίδωσιν, ὅσα δ’ ἂν μὴ εὑρίσκῃ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, τὸν μόνον πάμπλουτον αἰτεῖται θεόν· ὁ δὲ τὸν οὐράνιον ἀνοίξας θησαυρὸν ὀμβρεῖ καὶ ἐπινίφει τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἀθρόα, ὡς τῶν περιγείων ἁπάντων τὰς δεξαμενὰς πλημμυρούσας ἀναχυθῆναι.
122ταῦτα δὲ τὸν ἱκέτην ἑαυτοῦ λόγον οὐκ ἀποστραφεὶς εἴωθε δωρεῖσθαι· λέγεται γὰρ ἑτέρωθι Μωυσέως ἱκετεύσαντος· „ἵλεως αὐτοῖς εἰμι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου“ (Num. 14, 20)· τοῦτο δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς.“ οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ πεπειραμένος τῆς ἐν ἅπασι τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητος πεπίστευκεν ὅτι, κἂν πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀφανισθῇ, μικρὸν δέ τι λείψανον ἀρετῆς ὥσπερ ἐμπύρευμα διασῴζηται, διὰ τὸ βραχὺ τοῦτο κἀκεῖνα οἰκτείρει, ὡς πεπτωκότα ἐγείρειν καὶ τεθνηκότα ζωπυρεῖν (Gen. 18, 24 sqq.).
123σπινθὴρ γὰρ καὶ ὁ βραχύτατος ἐντυφόμενος, ὅταν καταπνευσθεὶς ζωπυρηθῇ, μεγάλην πυράν· ἐξάπτει καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον οὖν ἀρετῆς, ὅταν ἐλπίσι χρησταῖς ὑποθαλπόμενον ἀναλάμψῃ, καὶ τὰ τέως μεμυκότα καὶ τυφλὰ ἐξωμμάτωσε καὶ τὰ ἀφαυανθέντα ἀναβλαστεῖν ἐποίησε καὶ ὅσα ὑπὸ ἀγονίας ἐστείρωτο εἰς εὐφορίαν εὐτοκίας περιήγαγεν. οὕτω τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν ἐπιφροσύνῃ θεοῦ πολὺ γίνεται
124χεόμενον, ἐξομοιοῦν τὰ ἄλλα ἑαυτῷ. εὐχώμεθα οὖν τὸν ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ στῦλον νοῦν μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ, ἄνθρωπον δὲ ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν δίκαιον διαμένειν εἰς τὴν τῶν νόσων ἄκεσιν· τούτου γὰρ ὑγιαίνοντος τὰς εἰς παντελῆ σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἀπογνωστέον ἐλπίδας, διότι οἶμαι ὁ σωτὴρ θεὸς τὸ πανακέστατον φάρμακον, τὴν ἵλεω δύναμιν, τῷ ἱκέτῃ καὶ θεραπευτῇ προτείνας ἑαυτοῦ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καμνόντων σωτηρίαν ἐπιτρέπει, καταπλάττοντι τῶν ψυχῆς τραυμάτων, ἅπερ ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος τῶν κακιῶν ὅμιλος ἀκονηθεὶς διεῖλεν.
125ἐναργέστατον δὲ παράδειγμα Νῶε ὁ δίκαιος, ὃς τῷ μεγάλῳ κατακλυσμῷ τῶν τοσούτων μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγκαταποθέντων ἐρρωμένως ἐπικυματίζων καὶ ἐπινηχόμενος ὑπεράνω μὲν ἔστη τῶν δεινῶν ἁπάντων, διασωθεὶς δὲ μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ ῥίζας ἐβάλετο, ἐξ ὧν οἷα φυτὸν τὸ σοφίας ἀνεβλάστησε γένος· ὅπερ ἡμεροτοκῆσαν τοὺς τοῦ ὁρῶντος, Ἰσραήλ, τριττοὺς ἤνεγκε καρπούς, αἰῶνος μέτρα, τὸν Ἀβραάμ, τὸν Ἰσαάκ, τὸν Ἰακώβ·
Sections 101–125
101On this account also the self-instructed Isaac prays to the lover of wisdom, that he may be able to comprehend both those good things which are perceptible by the outward senses, and those which are appreciable only by the intellect. For he says, "May God give thee of the dew of heaven, and of the fatness of the earth," a prayer equivalent, to May he in the first place pour upon thee a continual and heavenly rain appreciable by the intellect, not violently so as to wash thee away, but mildly and gently like dew, so as to benefit thee. And in the second place, may he bestow upon thee that earthly wealth which is perceptible by the outward senses, fat and fertile, having drained off its opposite, namely poverty, from the soul and from all its parts.
102But if you examine the great high priest, that is to say reason, you will find him entertaining ideas in harmony with these, and having his sacred garments richly embroidered by all the powers which are comprehensible either by the outward senses or by the intellect; the other portion of which clothing would require a more prolix explanation than is practicable on the present occasion, and we must pass it by for the present. But the extreme portions, those namely at the head and at the feet, we will examine.
103There is then on the head "a golden leaf," pure, having on it the impression of a seal, "Holiness to the Lord." And on the feet there are, "on the fringe of the inner garment, bells and small flowerets." But this seal is an idea of ideas, according to which God fashioned the world, being an incorporeal idea, comprehensible only by the intellect. And the flowerets and the bells are symbols of distinctive qualities perceptible by the outward senses; of which the faculties of hearing and of seeing are the judges.
104And he adds, with exceeding accuracy of investigation, "The voice of him shall be heard as he enters into the holy place," in order that when the soul enters into the places appreciable by the intellect, and divine, and truly holy, the very outward senses may likewise be benefited, and may sound in unison, in accordance with virtue; and our whole system, like a melodious chorus of many men, may sing in concert one well-harmonised melody composed of different sounds well combined, the thoughts inspiring the leading notes (for the objects of intellect are the leaders of the chorus); and the objects of the external senses, singing in melodies, accord the symphonies which follow, which are compared to individual members of the chorus.
105For, in short, as the law says, it was not right for the soul to be deprived of "its necessaries, and its garments, and its place of abode," these three things; but it ought rather to have had each of them allotted to it in a durable manner. Now the necessaries of the soul are those good things which are perceptible only by the intellect, which ought, and indeed are bound by the law of nature, to be attached to it; and the clothing means those things which relate to the exterior and visible ornament of human life; and the place of abode is continued diligence and care respecting each of the species before mentioned, in order that the objects of the outward senses may appear as the invisible objects of the intellect do also.
106There is, also, a fifth gift, which consists only in the bare fact of existence; and it is mentioned after all the previous ones, not because it is inferior to them, but rather because it overtops and excels them all; for what can be a greater blessing than to be formed by nature, and to be, without any falsehood or fictitious pretence, really good and worthy of the most perfect praise?
107"For," says God, "thou shalt be blessed" (εὐλογητός); not merely a person who is blessed (εὐλογημένος), for this latter fact is estimated by the opinions and reports of the multitude, but the other depends on a person being, in real truth, deserving of blessings;
108for as the being praiseworthy (τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι) differs from being praised, being superior to it; and as the being blameworthy differs from being blamed, in being worse; for the one depends upon a person’s natural character, while the other is affirmed only with reference to his being considered such and such. And real genuine nature is a more reliable thing than opinion; so, also, to be blessed by men, that is to say, to be celebrated by their praises and benedictions, is of less value than to be formed by nature so as to be worthy of blessing, even though all men should be silent respecting one, and this last is what is meant in the scriptures by the term blessed (εὐλογητός).
109These are the good things which are given to him who is about to be wise. But let us now examine what God, for the sake of the wise man, bestows on the rest of mankind also. He says, "I will bless those who bless thee, and curse those who curse thee."
110Now that this is said by way of doing honour to the good man, is plain to every one. And this, too, is not the only reason why it is said, but it is said also on account of the harmonious consequence which exists in things; for he who praises a good man is himself worthy of encomium, and he who blames him is, on the other hand, deserving of blame. But it is not so much the power of those who utter or who write praise or blame that is trusted to, as the real character of what is due; so that those persons would not really appear to praise or to blame at all who, in either case, adopt or introduce any falsehood of their own.
111Do you not see flatterers who, day and night, weary and annoy the ears of those to whom they address their flatteries, and who not only nod assent to every word that they say, but who also string together long sentences, and connect rhapsodies, and often pray to them with their mouths, but who are continually cursing them in their hearts?
112What, then, would any one in his senses say? Would he not pronounce that those who speak thus are, in reality, enemies rather than friends, and do in reality blame them rather than praise them, even if they put together whole dramas full of panegyric and sing them in their honour?
113Therefore, the vain Balaam, although he sang hymns of exceeding sublimity to God, among which, also, is that one beginning, "God is not as a man," the most beautiful of all songs, and who uttered panegyrics on the seeing multitude, Israel, going through a countless body of particulars, is rightly judged by the wise lawgiver to have been an impious man and accursed, and to have been cursing rather than blessing;
114for he says that he was hired for money by the enemy, and so became an evil prophet of evil things, bearing in his soul most bitter curses against the God loving nature, but being compelled to utter prophetically with his mouth and tongue the most exquisite and sublime prayers in their favour; for the things that he said, being very excellent, were, in fact, suggested by the God who loves virtue; but the curses which he conceived in his mind (for they were wicked) were the offspring of his mind, which hated virtue.
115And the sacred scripture bears testimony to this fact; for it says, "God did not grant to Balaam leave to curse thee, but turned his curses into blessing;" though, in fact, all the words that he uttered were full of good omen. But he who looks into all that is laid up in the recesses of the heart, and who alone has the power to see those things which are invisible to created beings, from these secret things has passed a condemnatory decree, being in his own person at once the most indubitable of witnesses and the most incorruptible of judges, since even the contrary thing is praised, namely, for a man who appears to calumniate and to accuse with his mouth, in his heart to be blessing, and praising, and speaking words of good omen.
116This, as it would seem, is the custom of those who correct youth, and of preceptors, and of parents, and of elders, and of rulers, and of laws; for they, at times, do each of them reprove and punish, and by these means render the souls of those who are under their instruction better. And of these men no one is an enemy to his pupil, but they are all of them friendly to all of them; but it is the office of friends who have a genuine and unalloyed good will to others to speak freely, without any unfriendly purpose.
117Therefore, as far as blessings, and praises, and prayers, or, on the other hand, reproaches and curses are concerned, one must not so much be guided by what proceeds out of the mouth by utterance, as by what is in the heart, by which, as by the original source of them all, both kinds of speeches are estimated.
118These, then, are the things which, he says, happen in the first instance to others on account of the good man, when they seek to load him with either praise or blame, or with blessings or curses. But that which comes next in order is the most important thing; that when they are silent, still no portion of the rational nature is left without a participation in the benefits; for God says that, "In thee shall all the nations of the world be blessed."
119And this is a promise exceedingly full of doctrine; for if the mind is always free from disease and from injury, it then exerts all the tribes of feelings which affect it, and all its powers in a state of sound health, namely, its powers of seeing and of hearing, and all those which belong to the outward senses; and, moreover, all its appetites which are conversant about pleasures and desires, and all those feelings likewise which being reduced from a state of agitation to one of tranquillity, receive a better character from the change.
120Before now, indeed, cities, and countries, and peoples, and nations of the earth, have enjoyed the greatest happiness and prosperity in consequence of the virtue and prudence of the individual; especially so when, in addition to a good disposition and wisdom, God has also given him irresistible power, as he may have given to a musician or to any artist the proper instruments for music, or for carrying out any other art, or as wood is supplied as a material for fire;
121for in good truth the just man is the prop of all the human race; and he, bringing all that he has into the common stock for the advantage of these who can use it, bestows his treasures ungrudgingly, and whatever he finds that he has not got in himself, he prays for to the only giver of all wealth, the all-bounteous God. And God, opening the treasures of heaven, pours forth and showers down upon him all kinds of good things together; so that all the channels on earth are filled with them to overflowing.
122And these blessings he at all times freely bestows, never rejecting the prayer of supplication which is addressed to him; for it is said in another passage, when Moses addresses him with supplication: "I am favourable to them according to thy word." And this expression, as it seems, is equivalent to the other: "In thee all the nations of the earth shall be blessed." On which account also the wise Abraham, who had had experience of the goodness of God in all things, believes that even if all other things are destroyed, still a small fragment of virtue would be preserved, like a spark of fire, and that for the sake of this little spark, he pities those other things also, so as to raise them up when fallen, and rekindle them when extinct.
123For even the slightest spark of fire that is still smouldering, when it is fanned and re-kindled will set fire to a large pile: and so too the smallest spark of virtue, when it beams up, being wakened into life by good hopes, gives light to what has previously been dim-sighted and blind, and causes what has been withered to shoot up again, and whatever is barren and unproductive it transforms and brings to abundance of prolific power. Thus a good, which is but rare, is, by the kindness of God, made abundant and showered upon men, making everything else to resemble itself.
124Let us therefore pray that the mind may be in the soul like a pillar in a house, and, in like manner, that the just man may be firmly established in the human race for the relief of all diseases; for while he is in vigorous health, one must not abandon all hope of complete safety, as through the medium of him, I imagine God the Saviour extending his all-healing medicine, that is to say, his propitious and merciful power to his suppliants and worshippers, bids them employ it for the salvation of those who are sick; spreading it like a salve over the wounds of the soul, which folly, and injustice, and all the other multitude of vices, being sharpened up, have grievously inflicted upon it.
125And a most visible example of this is the righteous Noah, who, when so many portions of the soul were swallowed up in the great deluge, himself vigorously overtopped the waves and floated on their surface, and so rose above all the dangers which threatened him; and when he had escaped in safety, he sent out great and beautiful roots from himself, from which, like a tree, the whole crop of wisdom sprang up, which, bearing useful fruit, put forth the three fruits of the seeing creature, Israel, the measures of time, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
Sections 126–150
126καὶ γὰρ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται καὶ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ παντὶ ἀρετή, ἣν ἀκαιρίαι μὲν ἴσως ἀνθρώπων ἐπισκιάζουσιν, ὁ δὲ ὀπαδὸς θεοῦ καιρὸς ἀποκαλύπτει πάλιν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἡ φρόνησις ἀρρενογονεῖ Σάρρα, οὐ κατὰ τὰς χρονικὰς τοῦ ἔτους ὥρας, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀχρόνους ἀκμὰς καὶ εὐκαιρίας ἐπανθοῦσα· λέγεται γάρ· „ἐπαναστρέφων ἥξω πρὸς σὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς ὥρας, καὶ ἕξει υἱὸν Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου“ (Gen. 18,10).
127Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν δωρεῶν, ἃς καὶ τοῖς γενησομένοις τελείοις καὶ δι’ αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἑτέροις εἴωθε χαρίζεσθαι, δεδήλωται. λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς ὅτι „ἐπορεύθη Ἀβραὰμ καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“ (Gen. 12, 4).
128τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα φιλοσοφήσασιν ᾀδόμενον τέλος, τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν ὁ νοῦς εἰς τὴν ἀρετῆς ἀτραπὸν ἐλθὼν κατ’ ἴχνος ὀρθοῦ λόγου βαίνῃ καὶ ἕπηται θεῷ, τῶν προστάξεων αὐτοῦ διαμεμνημένος καὶ πάσας ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις βεβαιούμενος.
129"ἐπορεύθη γάρ, καθὰ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ὡς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς — λαλεῖ δὲ παγκάλως καὶ ἐπαινετῶς —, οὕτως ὁ σπουδαῖος ἕκαστα δρᾷ τὴν ἀτραπὸν εὐθύνων ἀμέμπτως τοῦ βίου, ὥστε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σοφοῦ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖν θείων.
130ἑτέρωθι γοῦν φησιν ὅτι ἐποίησεν Ἀβραὰμ „πάντα τὸν νόμον μου“ (Gen. 26, 5)· νόμος δὲ οὐδὲν ἄρα ἢ λόγος θεῖος προστάττων ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἀπαγορεύων ἃ μὴ χρή, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ φάσκων ὅτι „ἐδέξατο ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ νόμον“ (Deut. 33, 3. 4). εἰ τοίνυν λόγος μέν ἐστι θεῖος ὁ νόμος, ποιεῖ δ’ ὁ ἀστεῖος τὸν νόμον, ποιεῖ πάντως καὶ τὸν λόγον· ὥσθ’, ὅπερ ἔφην, τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους πράξεις εἶναι τοῦ σοφοῦ.
131τέλος οὖν ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν τὸ ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις φησίν· „ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ“ (Deut. 13,4), οὐ κινήσει χρώμενον τῇ διὰ σκελῶν — ἀνθρώπου μὲν γὰρ ὄχημα γῆ, θεοῦ δὲ εἰ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος, οὐκ οἶδα —, ἀλλ’ ἔοικεν ἀλληγορεῖν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὰ θεῖα δόγματα παριστὰς ἀκολουθίαν, ὧν ἡ ἀναφορὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου γίνεται τιμήν.
132ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸν ἀκάθεκτον πόθον τοῦ καλοῦ παραινεῖ καὶ κολλᾶσθαι αὐτῷ· „κύριον“ γάρ φησι „τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσεις καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ“ (Deut. 10, 20). τίς οὖν ἡ κόλλα; τίς; εὐσέβεια δήπου καὶ πίστις· ἁρμόζουσι γὰρ καὶ ἑνοῦσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἀφθάρτῳ φύσει διάνοιαν· καὶ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ πιστεύσας „ἐγγίζειν θεῷ“ (Gen. 18, 23) λέγεται.
133ἐὰν μέντοι πορευόμενος μήτε κάμῃ, ὡς ὑπενδοὺς ὀκλάσαι, μήτε ῥᾳθυμήσῃ, ὡς παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκτραπόμενος πλανᾶσθαι τῆς μέσης καὶ εὐθυτενοῦς διαμαρτὼν ὁδοῦ, μιμησάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς δρομεῖς τὸ στάδιον ἀπταίστως ἀνύσῃ τοῦ βίου, στεφάνων καὶ ἄθλων ἐπαξίων τεύξεται πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθών.
134ἢ οὐ τοῦτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ στέφανοι καὶ τὰ ἆθλα, μὴ ἀτυχῆσαι τοῦ τέλους τῶν πονηθέντων, ἀλλ’ ἐφικέσθαι τῶν δυσεφίκτων φρονήσεως περάτων; τί οὖν τοῦ φρονεῖν ὀρθῶς ἐστι τέλος; ἀφροσύνην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι· τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι πέρας ἐπιστήμης, ἑνὸς ὄντος μόνου σοφοῦ τοῦ καὶ μόνου θεοῦ.
135διὸ καὶ παγκάλως Μωυσῆς καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν γενομένων αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγεν εἰπών· „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν“ (Gen. 1,31)· οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐξῆν τὰ συσταθέντα κατιδεῖν ἄκρως ὅτι μὴ τῷ πεποιηκότι.
136πάριτε νῦν οἱ τύφου καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας καὶ πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας γέμοντες, οἱ δοκησίσοφοι καὶ μὴ μόνον ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον εἰδέναι σαφῶς ἐπιφάσκοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς αἰτίας προσαποδιδόναι διὰ θρασύτητα τολμῶντες, ὥσπερ ἢ τῇ τοῦ κόσμου γενέσει παρατυχόντες καὶ ὡς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελεῖτο κατιδόντες ἢ σύμβουλοι περὶ τῶν κατασκευαζομένων τῷ δημιουργῷ γενόμενοι.
137εἶτα τῶν ἄλλων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων μεθέμενοι γνωρίσατε ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οἵτινές ἐστε σαφῶς εἴπατε, κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, κατὰ τὸν λόγον, καθ’ ἕν τι κἂν τὸ βραχύτατον τῶν εἰδῶν. τί ἐστιν ὅρασις ἀποφήνασθε καὶ πῶς ὁρᾶτε, τί ἀκοὴ καὶ πῶς ἀκούετε, τί γεῦσις, τί ἁφή, τί ὄσφρησις καὶ πῶς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἐνεργεῖτε ἢ τίνες εἰσὶν αἱ τούτων πηγαί, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὸ εἶναι ταῦτα συμβέβηκε.
138μὴ γάρ μοι περὶ σελήνης καὶ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατ’ οὐρανὸν καὶ κόσμον οὕτως μακρὰν διῳκισμένων καὶ τὰς φύσεις διαφερόντων ἀερομυθεῖτε, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, πρὶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐρευνῆσαι καὶ γνῶναι. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἴσως καὶ περὶ ἑτέρων διεξιοῦσι πιστευτέον· πρὶν δὲ οἵτινές ἐστε αὐτοὶ παραστῆσαι, μὴ νομίζετε κριταὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἢ μάρτυρες ἀψευδέστατοί ποτε γενήσεσθαι.
139τούτων δὴ τοῦτον ἐχόντων τὸν τρόπον τελειωθεὶς ὁ νοῦς ἀποδώσει τὸ τέλος τῷ τελεσφόρῳ θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ἱερώτατον γράμμα· νόμος γάρ ἐστι τὸ τέλος εἶναι κυρίου (Num. 31, 28 sqq.). πότε οὖν ἀποδίδωσιν; ὅταν „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ“ παραγένηται (Gen. 22, 3), παρελθὼν τὰς πλείους μοίρας τῶν χρονικῶν διαστημάτων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς τὴν ἄχρονον μεταβαίνων φύσιν·
140τότε γὰρ καὶ τὸν ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν ἱερουργήσει, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωπον — οὐ γὰρ τεκνοκτόνος ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετώσης ψυχῆς γέννημα ἄρρεν, τὸν ἐπανθήσαντα καρπὸν αὐτῇ, ὃν πῶς ἤνεγκεν οὐκ ἔγνω, βλάστημα θεῖον, οὗ φανέντος ἡ δόξασα κυοφορῆσαι τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῦ συμβάντος ἀγαθοῦ διηγεῖται φάσκουσα· „τίς ἀναγγελεῖ Ἀβραὰμ“ ὡς ἀπιστοῦντι δήπου περὶ τὴν τοῦ αὐτομαθοῦς γένους ἀνατολήν, ὅτι „θηλάζει παιδίον Σάρρα“ (Gen. 21, 7), οὐχὶ πρὸς Σάρρας θηλάζεται; τὸ γὰρ αὐτοδίδακτον τρέφεται μὲν ὑπ’ οὐδενός, τροφὴ δ’ ἐστὶν ἄλλων, ἅτε ἱκανὸν διδάσκειν καὶ μανθάνειν οὐ δεόμενον.
141„ἔτεκον γὰρ υἱόν“, οὐχ ὡς γυναῖκες Αἰγύπτιαι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀκμήν (Exod. 1, 19), ἀλλ’ ὡς αἱ Ἑβραῖαι ψυχαί, „ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ μου“ (Gen. 21, 7), ὅτε τὰ μὲν ὅσα αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ μεμάρανται, τὰ δὲ νοητὰ καὶ ἀθάνατα ἀνήβηκεν, ἃ γέρως καὶ τιμῆς ἐστιν ἐπάξια.
142καὶ ἔτεκον μαιευτικῆς τέχνης οὐ προσδεηθεῖσα· τίκτομεν γὰρ καὶ πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τινας ἐπινοίας καὶ ἐπιστήμας ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἄνευ τῶν ἐξ ἔθους συνεργούντων, σπείροντος καὶ γεννῶντος θεοῦ τὰ ἀστεῖα γεννήματα, ἃ τῷ δόντι προσηκόντως κατὰ τὸν ἐπ’ εὐχαριστίᾳ τεθέντα νόμον ἀποδίδοται· „τὰ γὰρ δῶρά μου, δόματά μου, καρπώματά μου“ φησί
143„διατηρήσατε προσφέρειν ἐμοί“ (Num. 28, 2). τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ὁδοῦ τῶν ἑπομένων λόγοις καὶ προστάξεσι νομίμοις καὶ ταύτῃ βαδιζόντων, ᾗ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀφηγῆται· ὁ δὲ ὑπενδοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πεινῶντος ἡδονῆς καὶ λίχνου παθῶν, ὄνομα Ἀμαλὴκ — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ λαὸς ἐκλείχων —, ἐκτετμήσεται.
144μηνύουσι δὲ οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι λοχῶν ὁ τρόπος οὗτος, ἐπειδὰν τὸ ἐρρωμενέστερον τῆς ψυχικῆς δυνάμεως κατίδῃ περαιωθέν, ὑπανιστάμενος τῆς ἐνέδρας τὸ κεκμηκὸς μέρος ὡς „οὐραγίαν κόπτει“ (Deut. 25, 17. 18). κάματος δ’ ὁ μέν ἐστιν εὐένδοτος ἀσθένεια λογισμοῦ μὴ δυναμένου τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἀχθοφορῆσαι πόνους, ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς οὗτος εὑρισκόμενος εὐαλωτότατος, ὁ δέ ἐστιν ὑπομονὴ τῶν καλῶν, τὰ μὲν καλὰ ἀθρόα ἐρρωμένως ἀναδεχομένος, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν φαύλων, κἂν εἰ κουφότατον εἴη, βαστάσαι δικαιῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἀπορρίπτων.
145διὸ καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ νόμος εὐθυβόλῳ προσεῖπεν ὀνόματι Λείαν, ἥτις ἑρμηνευθεῖσα λέγεται κοπιῶσα· τὸν γὰρ τῶν φαύλων βίον ἐπαχθῆ καὶ βαρὺν ὄντα φύσει κοπώδη προσηκόντως αὕτη νενόμικε καὶ οὐδὲ προσιδεῖν ἀξιοῖ, τὰς ὄψεις πρὸς μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀποκλίνουσα.
146σπουδαζέτω δ’ ὁ νοῦς μὴ μόνον ἀνενδότως καὶ εὐτόνως ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εὐθεῖαν ἀτραπὸν ἰέναι πρὸς μηδέτερα νεύων, μήτε τὰ δεξιὰ μήτε τὰ εὐώνυμα, οἷς ὁ γήινος Ἐδὼμ ἐμπεφώλευκε, τοτὲ μὲν ὑπερβολαῖς καὶ περιουσίαις, τοτὲ δὲ ἐλλείψεσι καὶ ἐνδείαις χρώμενος. ἄμεινον γὰρ ὁδῷ τῇ μέσῃ βαδίζειν ἐστὶ τῇ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν βασιλικῇ (Num. 20,17), ἣν ὁ μέγας καὶ μόνος βασιλεὺς θεὸς ταῖς φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς ηὔρυνεν ἐνδιαίτημα κάλλιστον.
147διὸ καί τινες τῶν τὴν ἥμερον καὶ κοινωνικὴν μετιόντων φιλοσοφίαν μεσότητας τὰς ἀρετὰς εἶπον εἶναι, ἐν μεθορίῳ στήσαντες αὐτάς, ἐπειδὴ τό τε ὑπέραυχον ἀλαζονείας γέμον πολλῆς κακὸν καὶ τὸ ταπεινοῦ καὶ ἀφανοῦς μεταποιεῖσθαι σχήματος εὐεπίβατον, τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ ἀμφοῖν κεκραμένον ἐπιεικῶς ὠφέλιμον.
148Τὸ δὲ „ᾤχετο μετ’ αὐτοῦ Λὼτ“ (Gen. 12, 4) τίνα ἔχει λόγον σκεπτέον. ἔστι μὲν οὖν Λὼτ ἑρμηνευθεὶς ἀπόκλισις· κλίνεται δὲ ὁ νοῦς τοτὲ μὲν τἀγαθόν, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ τὸ κακὸν ἀποστρεφόμενος. ἄμφω δὲ ταῦτα πολλάκις περὶ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεωρεῖται· εἰσὶ γάρ τινες ἐνδοιασταὶ καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισταί, πρὸς ἑκάτερον τοῖχον ὥσπερ σκάφος ὑπ’ ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον ἀποκλίνοντες ἢ καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἀντιρρέποντες, ἐφ’ ἑνὸς στηριχθῆναι βεβαίως ἀδυνατοῦντες, ὧν οὐδὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀμείνω τροπὴν ἐπαινετέον· φορᾷ γάρ, ἀλλ’ οὐ γνώμῃ γίνεται.
149τούτων καὶ ὁ Λώτ ἐστι θιασώτης, ὅν φησιν οἴχεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ σοφίας ἐραστοῦ. καλὸν δ’ ἦν ἀρξάμενον ἐκείνῳ παρακολουθεῖν ἀπομαθεῖν ἀμαθίαν καὶ μηκέτι παλινδρομῆσαι πρὸς αὐτήν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ μιμησάμενον τὸν ἀμείνω βελτιωθῆναι συνέρχεται, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κἀκείνῳ παρασχεῖν ἀντισπάσματα καὶ μεθολκὰς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔνθεν ὀλίσθους.
150τεκμήριον δέ· ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὑποτροπιάσας νόσον οἰχήσεται ληφθεὶς αἰχμάλωτος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ πολεμίων, ὁ δὲ τὰς ἐξ ἐνέδρας ἐπιβουλὰς αὐτοῦ φυλαξάμενος πάσῃ μηχανῇ διοικισθήσεται. τὸν δὲ διοικισμὸν αὖθις μέν, οὔπω δὲ ποιήσεται. νῦν μὲν γὰρ τὰ θεωρήματα αὐτῷ ὡς ἂν ἄρτι ἀρχομένῳ τῆς θείας θεωρίας πλαδᾷ καὶ σαλεύει· ὅταν δ’ ἤδη παγέντα κραταιότερον ἱδρυθῇ, δυνήσεται τὸ δελεάζον καὶ κολακεῦον ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἀκατάλλακτον καὶ δυσθήρατον φύσει διαζεῦξαι.
Sections 126–150
126For, virtue is, and will be, and has been in everything; which virtue perhaps is at times obscured among men by the want of opportunity, but which opportunity the minister of God again brings to light. Since Sarah, that is to say, prudence, brings forth a male child, flourishing, not according to the periodical seasons of the year, but according to those seasons and felicitous occasions which have no connection with time; for it is said, "I will surely return and visit thee according to the time of life; and Sarah, thy wife, shall have a son."
127We have now, then, said enough about the gifts which God is accustomed to bestow on those who are to become perfect, and through the medium of them on others also. In the next passage it is said, that "Abraham went as the Lord commanded him."
128And this is the end which is celebrated among those who study philosophy in the best manner, namely, to live in accordance with nature. And this takes place when the mind, entering into the path of virtue, treads in the steps of right reason, and follows God, remembering his commandments, and at all times and in all places confirming them both by word and deed;"
129for "he went as the Lord commanded him." And the meaning of this is, as God commands (and he commands in a beautiful and praiseworthy manner), in that very manner does the virtuous man act, guiding the path of his life in a blameless way, so that the actions of the wise man are in no respect different from the divine commands.
130At all events, God is represented in another passage as saying, "Abraham has kept all my law." And law is nothing else but the word of God, enjoining what is right, and forbidding what is not right, as he bears witness, where he says, "He received the law from his words." If, then, the divine word is the law, and if the righteous man does the law, then by all means he also performs the the word of God. So that, as I said before, the words of God are the actions of the wise man.
131Accordingly, the end is according to the most holy Moses, to follow God; as he says also in another passage, "Thou shalt walk after the Lord thy God;" not meaning that he should employ the motion of his legs; for the earth is the support of a man, but whether the whole world is sufficient to be the support of God, I do not know; but he seems here to be speaking allegorically, intending to represent the way in which the soul follows the divine doctrines, which has a direct reference to the honour due to the great cause of all things.
132And he also, with a wish further to excite an irresistible desire of what is good, enjoins one to cleave to it; for he says, "Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve; and thou shalt cleave to him." What, then, is this cleaving? What? Surely it is piety and faith; for these virtues adapt and invite the mind to incorruptible nature. For Abraham also, when he believed, is said to have "come near to God."
133If, therefore, while you are walking you are neither fatigued, so as to give way and stumble, nor are so careless as to turn to either the right hand or to the left hand, and so to stray and miss the direct road which lies between the two; but if, imitating good runners, you finish the course of life without stumbling or error, you will deservedly obtain the crown and worthy prize of victory when you have arrived at your desired end.
134For is not this the crown and the prize of victory not to miss the proposed end of one’s labours, but to arrive at that goal of prudence which is so difficult to be reached? What, then, is the object of having right wisdom? To be able to condemn one’s own folly and that of every created being. For to be aware that one knows nothing is the end of all knowledge, since there is only one wise being, who is also the only God.
135On which account Moses very beautifully has represented the father of the universe as being also the inspector and superintendent of all that he has created, saying, "God saw all that he had made, and behold it was very good." For it was not possible for any one to have an accurate view of all that had been created, except for the Creator.
136Come, then, ye who are full of arrogance, and ignorance, and of exceeding insolence, ye that are wise in your own conceit, and who say not only that ye know accurately what each thing is, but that you are also able to explain the causes why it is so, showing daring with great rashness, as if ye had either been present at the creation of the world, and had actually seen how and from what each separate thing was made, or had been counsellors of the Creator concerning the things which were created.
137Come, and at once abandoning all other things, learn to know yourselves, and tell us plainly what ye yourselves are in respect of your bodies, in respect of your souls, in respect of your external senses, and in respect of your reason. Tell us now with respect to one, and that the smallest, perhaps, of the senses, what sight is, and how it is that you see; tell us what hearing is, and how is it that you hear; tell us what taste is, what touch is, what smell is, and how it is that you exercise the energies of each of these faculties; and what the sources of them are from which they originate.
138For do not tell me long stories about the moon and the sun, and all the other things in heaven and in the world, which are at such a distance from us and which are so different in their natures, empty-minded creatures that you are, before you examine into and become acquainted with yourselves; for when you have learnt to understand yourselves, then perhaps one may believe you when you enter into explanations respecting other things. But till you are able to tell what you yourselves are, do not expect ever to be looked upon as truth-telling judges or witnesses with respect to others.
139Since, then, these things are in this state, the mind, when it is rendered perfect, will pay its proper tribute to the God who causes perfection, according to that most sacred scripture, "For the law is, that tribute belongs to the Lord." When does the mind pay it? When? "On the third day it comes to the place which God has told it of," having passed by the greater portions of the differences of time, and being now passing over to that nature which has no connection with time;
140for then it will sacrifice its beloved son, not a man (for the wise man is not a slayer of his children), but the male offspring of a virtuously living soul, the fruit which germinates from it, as to which it knows not how it bore it, the divine shoot, which, when it appears, the soul then having appeared to be pregnant, confesses that it does not understand the good which has happened to it, saying, "Who will tell to Abraham?" as if, in fact, he would refuse to believe about the rising up of the self-taught race, that "Sarah was suckling a child," not that the child was being suckled by Sarah. For the self-taught offspring is nourished by no one, but is itself the nourishment of others as being competent to teach, and having no need to learn;
141for "I have brought forth a son," not like the Egyptian women, in the flower of my age and in the height of my bodily vigour, but like the Hebrew souls, "in my old age," when all the objects of the outward senses and all mortal things are faded, and when the objects of the intellect and immortal things are in their full vigour and worthy of all estimation and honour.
142And I have brought forth, too, without requiring the aid of the midwife’s skill; for we bring forth even before any skill or knowledge of man can come to us, without any of the ordinary means of assistance to help us, God having sown and generated an excellent offspring, which, in accordance with the law made concerning gratitude, very properly requites its creator with gratitude and honour. For, says God, "My gifts, and my offerings, and my first fruits, you have taken care to bring to me."
143This is the end of the path of those who follow the arguments and injunctions contained in the law, and who walk in the way which God leads them in; but he who falls short of this, on account of his hunger after pleasure and his greediness for the indulgence of his passions, by name Amalek; for the interpretation of the name Amalek is, "the people that licks up" shall be cut off.
144And the sacred scriptures teach us that this disposition is an insidious one; for when it perceives that the most vigorous portion of the power of the soul has passed over, then, "rising up from its ambuscade, it cuts to pieces the fatigued portion like a rearguard." And of fatigue there is one kind which easily succumbs through the weakness of its reason which is unable to support the labours, which are to be encountered in the cause of virtue, and so, like those who are surprised in the rearguard, it is easily overcome. But the other kind is willing to endure honourable toil, vigorously persevering in all good things, and not choosing to bear anything whatever that is bad, not even though it be ever so trifling, but rejecting it as though it were the heaviest of burdens.
145On which account, the law has also, by a very felicitous appellation, called virtue Leah, which name, being interpreted, means "wearied;" for she very naturally thought the life of the wicked heavy and burdensome, and in its own nature wearisome; and did not choose even to look upon it, turning her eyes only on what is beautiful;
146and let the mind labour not only to follow God without any relaxation or want of vigour, but also to walk onwards by the straight path, turning to neither side, neither to the right nor yet to the left, as the earthly Edom did, seeking out of the way lurking places, at one time being full of excesses and superfluities, and at another of differences and short comings; for it is better to proceed along the middle road, which is that which is really the royal road, and which the great and only King, God, has widened to be a most suitable abode for the souls that love virtue.
147On which account some also of those who prosecute a gentle kind of philosophy, which is conversant chiefly about the society of mankind, have pronounced the virtues to be means, placing them on the confines between two extremes. Since, on the one hand, excessive pride, being full of much insolence is an evil, and to take up with a humble and self-abasing demeanour is to expose one’s self to be trampled upon; but the mean, which is compounded of both, in a gentle manner is advantageous.
148We must also inquire what the meaning of the expression, "He went with Lot," is. Now, the name Lot, being interpreted, means "declination;" and the mind declines or inclines, at one time rejecting what is good, and at another time what is evil. And both these declinations are often seen in one and the same thing. For there are some hesitating and wavering people who incline to both sides in turn, like a ship which is tossed about by different winds, or like the different sides of a scale, being unable to rest firmly on one thing; people whom one cannot praise even when they turn to the better side, for they are influenced by impulse, and not by deliberate meaning.
149Now, of these men Lot is a spectator, who Moses here says went with the lover of wisdom. But it was very well that when he began to accompany him he should unlearn ignorance, and should never again return to it. But still he goes with him, not in the hope of deriving improvement from an imitation of a better man, but with a view of persecuting him also with a counter attraction and allurements in an opposite direction, and of leading him where there was a chance of his falling.
150And a proof of this is, that the one, having fallen back again into his ancient disease, departs, having been taken prisoner by those enemies who are in the soul; but the other, having guarded against all his designs, concealed in ambuscade, took every imaginable care to live at a distance from him. But the separate habitation he will arrange hereafter, but not yet. For at present, his speculations, as would be likely to be the case with a man who has but lately begun to apply himself to divine contemplation, have a want of solidity and steadiness in them. But when they have become more compact, and are established on a firmer footing, then he will be able to separate from himself the alluring and flattering disposition as an irreconcileable enemy, and one difficult to subdue:
Sections 151–175
151τοῦτο γὰρ ἔσθ’ ὃ δυσαπότριπτον ὂν παρέπεται ψυχῇ κωλῦον αὐτὴν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὠκυδρομεῖν· τοῦθ’, ἡνίκα καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀπελείπομεν, τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἅπασαν, ἀπομαθεῖν τὰ πάθη σπουδάσαντες κατὰ τὰς τοῦ προφήτου λόγου, Μωυσέως, ὑφηγήσεις, ἠκολούθησεν ἡμῖν, ἐλλαμβανόμενον τῆς περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον σπουδῆς καὶ τῷ τάχει τῆς ἀπολείψεως ὑπὸ φθόνου βραδυτῆτας ἐμποιοῦν·
152λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „καὶ ἐπίμικτος πολὺς συνανέβη αὐτοῖς, καὶ πρόβατα καὶ βόες καὶ κτήνη πολλὰ σφόδρα“ (Exod. 12, 38), ὁ δὲ ἐπίμικτος οὗτος ἦν τὰ κτηνώδη καὶ ἄλογα τῆς ψυχῆς, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, δόγματα. παγκάλως δὲ καὶ εὐθυβόλως τὴν τοῦ φαύλου ψυχὴν ἐπίμικτον καλεῖ· συνῃρημένη γὰρ καὶ συμπεφορημένη καὶ μιγὰς ὄντως ἐκ πλειόνων καὶ μαχομένων δοξῶν, μία μὲν οὖσα ἀριθμῷ, μυριὰς δὲ τῷ πολυτρόπῳ.
153διὸ καὶ τῷ ἐπίμικτος πρόσκειται πολύς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἓν μόνον ἀφορῶν ἁπλοῦς καὶ ἀμιγὴς καὶ λεῖος ὄντως, ὁ δὲ πολλὰ τέλη τοῦ βίου προτιθέμενος πολὺς καὶ μιγὰς καὶ δασὺς ἀληθείᾳ. οὗ χάριν οἱ χρησμοὶ τὸν μὲν ἀσκητὴν τῶν καλῶν Ἰακὼβ λεῖον, τὸν δὲ τῶν αἰσχίστων Ἠσαῦ δασὺν εἰσάγουσι (Gen. 27, 11).
154διὰ τὸν ἐπίμικτον καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ὄχλον ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων συμπεφυρμένον δοξῶν ὠκυδρομῆσαι δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς, ὅτε τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἀπεδίδρασκεν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις (Gen. 22, 3) διαδέξασθαι τὸν ἀρετῆς κλῆρον φωτὶ τρισσῷ, μνήμῃ τῶν παρεληλυθότων καὶ ἐναργείᾳ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδι, τεσσαράκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμόν, μῆκος τοσούτου χρόνου, τρίβεται τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ περιάγων καὶ ἀλώμενος ἕνεκα τοῦ πολυτρόπου, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἀνυσιμωτάτην οὖσαν δέον.
155οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μὴ μόνον ὀλίγοις εἴδεσιν ἐπιθυμίας χαίρων, ἀλλὰ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιῶν, ἵνα ὅλον δι’ ὅλων τὸ γένος, ᾧ πᾶν εἶδος ἐμφέρεται, μετέρχηται· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ὁ ἐπίμικτος ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπεθύμησεν ἐπιθυμίαν“ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους, οὐχ ἑνός τινος τῶν εἰδῶν, „καὶ καθίσαντες ἔκλαιον“ (Num. 11,4). συνίησι γὰρ ὀλιγοδρανοῦσα ἡ διάνοια καί, ὁπότε μὴ δύναται τυχεῖν ὧν ὀρέγεται, δακρύει καὶ στενάζει· καίτοι ὤφειλε χαίρειν παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων ἀτυχοῦσα καὶ μεγάλην εὐπραγίαν νομίζειν τὴν ἔνδειαν καὶ ἀπουσίαν αὐτῶν.
156ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς χορευταῖς ἀρετῆς σφαδᾴζειν καὶ δακρύειν ἔθος, ἢ τὰς τῶν ἀφρόνων ὀδυρομένοις συμφορὰς διὰ τὸ φύσει κοινωνικὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον ἢ διὰ περιχάρειαν. γίνεται δὲ αὕτη, ὅταν ἀθρόα ἀγαθὰ μηδὲ προσδοκηθέντα ποτὲ αἰφνίδιον ὀμβρήσαντα πλημμυρῇ· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ „δακρυόεν γελάσασα“·
157προσπεσοῦσα γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνελπίστου ἡ εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη χαρὰ ψυχῇ μείζονα αὐτὴν ἢ πρότερον ἦν ἐποίησεν, ὡς διὰ τὸν ὄγκον μηκέτι χωρεῖν τὸ σῶμα, θλιβόμενον δὲ καὶ πιεζόμενον ἀποστάζειν λιβάδας, ἃς καλεῖν ἔθος δάκρυα, περὶ ὧν ἐν ὕμνοις εἴρηται· „ψωμιεῖς ἡμᾶς ἄρτον δακρύων“ (Psalm. 79, 6) καὶ „ἐγένετο τὰ δάκρυά μοι ἄρτος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός“ (Psalm. 41, 4). τροφὴ γάρ ἐστι διανοίας τὰ τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου καὶ σπουδαίου γέλωτος ἐμφανῆ δάκρυα, ἐπειδὰν ὁ θεῖος ἐντακεὶς ἵμερος τὸν τοῦ γενητοῦ θρῆνον ἆσμα εἰς τὸν ἀγένητον ὕμνου ποιήσῃ.
158ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τὸν μιγάδα καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ἀπορρίπτουσι καὶ διατειχίζουσιν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν τῷ θεοφιλεῖ μόνῳ γένει χαίροντες· ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἑταιρίαν τίθενται, μεσιτεύειν τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον ἀξιοῦντες καὶ μεθόριον ἀνθρωπίνων τε καὶ θείων ἀρετῶν τιθέντες, ἵν’ ἑκατέρων ἐφάπτωνται, καὶ τῶν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῶν δοκήσει.
159τούτου τοῦ δόγματος ὁ πολιτευόμενός ἐστι τρόπος, ὃν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνομάζειν ἔθος, ᾧ συναπέρχονται μέλλοντι τὸν πατέρα κηδεύειν „πάντες οἱ παῖδες Φαραὼ καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πανοικία αὐτοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκία ἡ πατρικὴ αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 50, 7. 8).
160ὁρᾷς ὅτι μέσος τῆς Φαραὼ καὶ τῆς πατρικῆς οἰκίας ὁ πολιτικὸς οὗτος τάττεται, ἵνα καὶ τῶν κατὰ σῶμα, τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τῶν κατὰ ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ πατρικῷ οἴκῳ θησαυροφυλακεῖται, κατ’ ἴσον ἐφάπτηται; ὅταν μὲν γὰρ λέγῃ „τοῦ θεοῦ εἰμι“ (Gen. 50, 19) καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα συγγενῆ τούτῳ, τοῖς τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας ἐμμένει νομίμοις· ὅταν δὲ ἐπὶ „τὸ δευτερεῖον ἅρμα“ τοῦ βασιλεύειν νοῦ δοκοῦντος ἀνέρχηται, Φαραώ (Gen. 41, 43), τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν πάλιν ἱδρύεται τῦφον.
161ἀθλιώτερος δ’ ὁ νομιζόμενος ἐνδοξότερος εἶναι βασιλεύς, ὃς τῷ προηγουμένῳ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἐποχεῖται· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἐν καλοῖς διαπρέπειν ἐπιφανέστατον αἶσχος, ὡς τὸ φέρεσθαι τὰ ἐν τούτοις δευτερεῖα κουφότερον κακόν.
162τὸ μέντοι γε ἐπαμφοτερίζον αὐτοῦ καταμάθοις ἂν κἀκ τῶν ὅρκων οὓς πεποίηται, τοτὲ μὲν ὀμνὺς „νὴ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ“ (Gen. 42, 16), τοτὲ δ’ ἔμπαλιν οὐ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ (Gen. 42, 15). ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν περιέχων τὴν ἀπόφασιν ὅρκος τῆς πατρικῆς ἂν εἴη διάταγμα οἰκίας ἀεὶ φονώσης κατὰ τοῦ πάθους καὶ βουλομένης αὐτὸ τεθνάναι, ὁ δ’ ἕτερος Αἰγύπτου, ᾗ φίλον ἐστὶ τοῦτο σῴζεσθαι.
163διόπερ καίτοι τοσαύτης πληθύος συνανιούσης ἐπίμικτον ὄχλον οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν ἄκρως ὁρατικῷ καὶ φιλαρέτῳ πᾶν ὃ μὴ ἀρετὴ ἢ ἀρετῆς ἔργον ἀναμεμῖχθαι καὶ συγκεχύσθαι δοκεῖ, τῷ δὲ ἔτι χαμαιζήλῳ καθ’
164αὑτὰ τὰ γῆς ἆθλα ἀξιέραστα καὶ ἀξιοτίμητα νενόμισται. τὸν μὲν οὖν ὡς κηφῆνα τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ὠφελίμους πόνους λυμαίνεσθαι διεγνωκότα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπακολουθοῦντα διατειχιεῖ, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ φρονήσεως ἐραστής, τοὺς δὲ ἕνεκα μιμήσεως παρεπομένους κατὰ τὸν τῶν καλῶν ζῆλον ἀποδέξεται μοίρας αὐτοῖς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας δασάμενος· „τῶν“ γάρ φησι „συμπορευθέντων ἀνδρῶν μετ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐσχώλ, Αὐνάν, Μαμβρῆ, οὗτοι λήψονται μερίδα“ (Gen. 14, 24)· λέγει δὲ τοὺς εὐφυεῖς τρόπους καὶ φιλοθεάμονας.
165ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἐσχὼλ εὐφυΐας σύμβολον πυρὸς ἔχων ὄνομα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ εὐφυὲς εὔτολμον καὶ ἔνθερμον καὶ ἐχόμενον ὧν ἂν προσάψηται, ὁ δὲ Αὐνὰν τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος· ὀφθαλμοὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τῷ καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς ὑπ’ εὐθυμίας ὄμματα διοίγνυσθαι. τούτων δ’ ἀμφοτέρων ἐστὶν ὁ θεωρητικὸς βίος κλῆρος, προσαγορευόμενος Μαμβρῆ, ὃ μεταληφθὲν ἀπὸ ὁράσεως καλεῖται· τῷ δὲ θεωρητικῷ τὸ ὁρᾶν συνῳδόν τε καὶ οἰκειότατον.
166ἐπειδὰν δὲ τούτοις ἀλείπταις χρησάμενος ὁ νοῦς μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν πρὸς ἄσκησιν, συνομαρτεῖ καὶ συντρέχει τελείᾳ φρονήσει, μήθ’ ὑπερέχων μήθ’ ὑπερεχόμενος, ἀλλὰ ἰσαίτατα καὶ ἰσοστάσια βαίνων. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ λόγιον ἐν ᾧ σαφῶς εἴρηται, διότι πορευθέντες ἀμφότεροι ἀνῆλθον „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Gen. 22, 3).
167ὑπερβάλλουσά γε ἰσότης ἀρετῶν, ἁμιλλησαμένων πόνου μὲν πρὸς εὐεξίαν, τέχνης δὲ πρὸς τὴν αὐτοδίδακτον φύσιν, καὶ δυνηθέντων ἴσα τὰ ἆθλα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐνέγκασθαι· ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ ζωγραφία καὶ πλαστικὴ μὴ μόνον ὡς νῦν ἀκίνητα καὶ ἄψυχα ἐδημιούργουν, ἴσχυον δὲ κινούμενά τε καὶ ἔμψυχα τὰ γραφόμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα ποιεῖν· ἐδόκουν γὰρ ἂν φύσεως ἔργων οὖσαι τὸ πάλαι μιμητικαὶ τέχναι φύσεις αὐταὶ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ νῦν.
168ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἄνω μετέωρος ἐξαρθεὶς οὐδὲν ἔτι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν κάτω τοῖς θνητοῖς ἐνδιατρίβειν ἐάσει, πάντα δ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ σειρᾶς ἐκκρεμασθέντα συνεπισπάσεται. διὸ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τῷ σοφῷ τοιόνδε· „ἀνάβηθι πρὸς κύριόν σου, σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τῆς γερουσίας Ἰσραήλ“ (Exod. 24, 1).
169τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ἀνάβηθι, ὦ ψυχή, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν εὐαρμόστως, λογικῶς, ἑκουσίως, ἀφόβως, ἀγαπητικῶς, ἐν ἀριθμοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ τελείοις ἑβδομάδος δεκαπλασασθείσης. Ἀαρὼν μὲν γὰρ προφήτης λέγεται Μωυσέως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ὁ γεγωνὸς λόγος προφητεύων διανοίᾳ, Ναδὰβ δὲ ἑκούσιος ἑρμηνεύεται, ὁ μὴ ἀνάγκῃ τιμῶν τὸ θεῖον, καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ πατήρ μου· οὗτος ὁ μὴ δι’ ἀφροσύνην δεσπότου μᾶλλον ἢ πατρὸς διὰ φρόνησιν ἄρχοντος θεοῦ δεόμενος.
170αἵδ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἀξίου νοῦ δορυφόροι δυνάμεις, ἃς συνέρχεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ παραπεμπούσας αὐτὸν θέμις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ δέος ἐστὶν ἀναβαίνειν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν ψυχῇ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἀγνοούσῃ τὴν ὁδόν, ὑπὸ ἀμαθίας ἅμα καὶ τόλμης ἐπαρθείσῃ — μεγάλα δὲ τὰ ἐξ ἀνεπιστημοσύνης καὶ πολλοῦ θράσους παραπτώματα —·
171διόπερ εὔχεται Μωυσῆς αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ χρῆσθαι ἡγεμόνι πρὸς τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄγουσαν ὁδόν· λέγει γάρ· „εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν“ (Exod. 33, 15)· διότι πᾶσα κίνησις ἡ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης ἐπιζήμιον, καὶ ἄμεινον ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένειν τὸν θνητὸν βίον ἀλητεύοντας, ὡς τὸ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων γένος, ἢ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐξάραντας ἑαυτοὺς ὑπὸ ἀλαζονείας ἀνατραπῆναι· καθάπερ μυρίοις συνέβη τῶν σοφιστῶν, οἵτινες ᾠήθησαν σοφίαν πιθανὴν εἶναι λόγων εὕρεσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πραγμάτων ἀληθεστάτην πίστιν.
172ἴσως δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι δηλοῦται· μή με ἄνω μετέωρον ἐξάρῃς, πλοῦτον ἢ δόξαν ἢ τιμὰς ἢ ἀρχὰς ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα τῶν ἐν ταῖς λεγομέναις εὐτυχίαις δωρησάμενος, εἰ μὴ μέλλοις αὐτὸς συνέρχεσθαι. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ζημίας καὶ ὠφελείας μεγίστας πολλάκις περιποιεῖται τοῖς ἔχουσιν, ὠφελείας μέν, ὅταν ἀφηγῆται τῆς γνώμης ὁ θεός, βλάβας δέ, ὅταν τοὐναντίον· μυρίοις γὰρ τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ὄντα κακῶν ἀνηκέστων γέγονεν αἴτια.
173ὁ δὲ ἑπόμενος θεῷ κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον συνοδοιπόροις χρῆται τοῖς ἀκολούθοις αὐτοῦ λόγοις, οὓς ὀνομάζειν ἔθος ἀγγέλους· λέγεται γοῦν ὅτι „Ἀβραὰμ συνεπορεύετο συμπροπέμπων αὐτούς“ (Gen. 18, 16). ὢ παγκάλης ἐπανισώσεως, καθ’ ἣν ὁ παραπέμπων παρεπέμπετο, διδοὺς ὃ ἐλάμβανεν, οὐκ ἀνθ’ ἑτέρου ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκεῖνο τὸ πρὸς τὰς ἀντιδόσεις ἕτοιμον.
174ἕως μὲν γὰρ οὐ τετελείωται, ἡγεμόνι τῆς ὁδοῦ χρῆται λόγῳ θείῳ· χρησμὸς γάρ ἐστιν· „ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ἵνα φυλάξῃ σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὅπως εἰσαγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι. πρόσεχε αὐτῷ καὶ εἰσάκουε αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀπείθει αὐτῷ· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μού ἐστιν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 23, 20. 21).
175ἐπειδὰν δὲ πρὸς ἄκραν ἐπιστήμην ἀφίκηται, συντόνως ἐπιδραμὼν ἰσοταχήσει τῷ πρόσθεν ἡγουμένῳ τῆς ὁδοῦ· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ οὕτως ὀπαδοὶ γενήσονται τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἑτεροδόξων παρακολουθοῦντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ Λώτ, ὃς ἔκλινε τὴν ψυχὴν ὀρθὴν καὶ ἀκαμπῆ φύεσθαι δυναμένην, διοικισθέντος.
Sections 151–175
151for this is that disposition which attaches itself to the soul in such a manner as to be difficult to shake off, hindering it from proceeding swiftly on its progress towards virtue. This, too, when we leave Egypt, that is to say, the whole of the district connected with the body, being anxious to unlearn our subjection to the passions, in accordance with the language and precepts of the prophet Moses, follows us close, checking and impeding our zeal in the departure, and out of envy causing delay to the rapidity of setting forth;
152for it is said, "And a great mixed multitude went up with them, and sheep, and oxen, and very much cattle." But this mixed multitude, if one is to speak the plain truth, are the cattle-like and irrational doctrines of the soul. And it is with particular beauty and propriety that he calls the soul of the wicked man a mixed multitude: for it is truly a company which has been collected and brought together from all quarters, and composed of a promiscuous body of numerous and antagonist opinions, being, though only one in point of number, of infinite variety by reason of its versatility and diversity;
153on which account, besides the word "mixed," there is also added the epithet "great;" for he who looks at one end only is truly simple, and unmixed, and plain; but he who proposes to himself many objects of life is manifold, and mixed, and rough, in real truth: on which account the sacred scriptures say, that the practiser of virtue, Jacob, was a smooth man, and that Esau, the practiser of what is shameful, was a hairy or rough man.
154On account, then, of this mixed and rough multitude collected together from mixed opinions collected from all imaginable quarters, the mind which was able to exert great speed when it was fleeing from the country of the body, that is, from Egypt, and which was able in those days to receive the inheritance of virtue, being assisted by a threefold light, the memory of past things, the energy of present things, and the hope of the future, passed that exceeding length of time, forty years, in going up and down, and all around, wandering in every direction by reason of the diversity of manners, when it ought rather to have proceeded by the straight and most advantageous way.
155This is he who not only rejoiced in a few species of desire, but who also chose to pass by none whatever entirely, so that he might obtain the whole entire genus in which every species is included; for it is said that, "the mixed multitude that was among them desired all kinds of concupiscence," that is to say, the very genus of concupiscence itself, and not some one species; and sitting down they wept. For the mind is conscious that it is possessed of but slight power, and when it is not able to obtain what it desires, it weeps and groans; and yet it ought to rejoice when it fails to be able to indulge its passions, or to become infected with diseases, and it ought to think their want and absence a very great piece of good fortune.
156But it very often happens to the followers of virtue, also, to become languid and to weep, either because they are bewailing the calamities of the foolish, on account of their participation in their common nature, and their natural love for their race, or through excess of joy. And this excess of joy arises whenever on a sudden an abundance of all kinds of good coming together are showered down to overflowing, without having been previously expected; in reference to which kind of joy it is that the poet appears to me to have used the expression—Smiling amid her tears.
157For exceeding joy, the best of all feelings, falling on the soul when completely unexpected, makes it greater than it was before, so that the body can no longer contain it by reason of its bulk and magnitude; and so, being closely packed and pressed down, it distils drops which it is the fashion to call tears, concerning which it is said in the Psalms, "Thou shalt give me to eat bread steeped in tears;" and again, "My tears have been my bread day and night;" for the food of the mind are tears such as are visible, proceeding from laughter seated internally and excited by virtuous causes, when the divine desire instilled into our hearts changes the song which was merely the lament of the creature into the hymn of the uncreated God.
158Some persons then repudiate this mixed and rough multitude, and raise a wall of fortification to keep it from them, rejoicing only in the race which loves God; but some, on the other hand, form associations with it, thinking it desirable to arrange their own lives according to such a system that they can place them on the confines between human and divine virtues, in order that they may touch both those which are virtues in truth and those which are such in appearance.
159Now the disposition which concerns itself in the affairs of state adheres to this opinion, which disposition it is usual to call Joseph, with whom, when he is about to bring his father, there go up "all the servants of Pharaoh, and the elders of his house, and all the elders of the land of Egypt, and all the whole family of Joseph, himself, and his brothers, and all his father’s house."
160You see here that this disposition which is conversant about affairs of state is placed between the house of Pharaoh and his father’s house, in order that it might equally reach the affairs of the body, that is to say, of Egypt; and those of the soul, which are all laid up in his father’s house as in a treasury; for when he says, "I am of God," and all the other things which are akin to or connected with him abide among the established laws of his father’s house; and when he mounts up into the second chariot of the mind, which appears to bear sovereign sway, namely, Pharaoh, he is again establishing Egyptian pride.
161And he is more miserable who is looked upon as a king of considerable renown, and who is born along in the chariot which has the precedence; for to be preeminent in what is not honourable is the most conspicuous disgrace, just as it is a lighter evil to come off second best in such a contest.
162But you may learn to perceive how wavering a disposition such a man has from the oaths which he swears, swearing at one time "by the health of Pharaoh," and then again, on the contrary, "not by the health of Pharaoh." But this latter formula of oath, which contains a negation, looks as if it were the injunction of his father’s house, which is always meditating the destruction of the passions, and wishing that they should die; but the other brings us back to the discipline of Egypt, which desires that these passions should be preserved;
163on which account, although so great a multitude went up together, he still does not call it a mixed multitude, since to a person who is endowed with a real power of seeing, and who is a lover of virtue, every thing which is not virtue nor an action of virtue, appears to be mixed and confused; but to him who still loves the things of earth, the prizes of earth do by themselves seem to be worthy of love and worthy of honour.
164Accordingly, as I have already said, the lovers of wisdom will raise a wall of exclusion against the man who, like a drone, has resolved to injure his profitable labours, and who follows him with this object, and he will receive those who, out of their admiration of what is honourable, follow him with a view to imitating him; assigning to each of them that portion which is suited to them; for, says he, "of the men who went with me, Eschol, Annan, and Mamre, shall receive a share." And by these names of persons he means dispositions which are good by nature and fond of contemplation;
165for Eschol is an emblem of a good disposition, having a name of fire, since a good disposition is full of good daring and fervour, and adheres to what it has ever applied itself. And Annan is the symbol of a man fond of contemplation; for the name, being interpreted, means "the eyes," from the fact that the eyes of the soul also are opened by cheerfulness; and of both these persons a life of contemplation is the inheritance, which is entitled Mamre, which name is derived from seeing; and to the contemplative man, the faculty of seeing is most appropriate and most peculiarly belonging.
166But when the mind, having been under the tuition of these trainers, finds nothing wanting for practise, it then proceeds onwards with and accompanies perfect wisdom, not outstripping it nor being outstripped by it, but marching alongside of it step by step, with equal pace. And the words of scripture show this, in which it is distinctly stated that "they both of them went together, and came to the plain which God had mentioned to them:"
167a most excellent equality of virtues, better than any rivalry, an equality of labour with a natural good condition of body, and an equality of art with self-instructed nature, so that both of them are able to carry off equal prizes of virtue; as if the arts of painting and statuary were not only able, as they are at present, to make representations devoid of motion or animation, but were able also to invest the objects which they paint or form with motion and life; for in that case the arts which were previously imitative of the works of nature would appear now to have become the natures themselves.
168But whoever is raised on high to such a sublime elevation will never any more allow any of the portions of his soul to dwell below among mortal men, but will draw them all up to himself as if they were suspended by a rope; for which reason a sacred injunction of the following purport was given to the wise man, "Go thou up to thy Lord, thou, and Aaron, and Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel."
169And the meaning of this injunction is as follows, "Go up, O soul, to the view of the living God, in an orderly manner, rationally, voluntarily, fearlessly, lovingly, in the holy and perfect numbers of seven multiplied tenfold." For Aaron is described in the law as the prophet of Moses, being loudly uttered speech prophesying to the mind. And Nadab is interpreted "voluntary," that is to say, the man who honours the Deity without compulsion; and the interpretation of the name Abihu is, "my father." This man is one who has not need of a master by reason of his folly, more than of a father by reason of his wisdom, namely such a father as God the ruler of the world.
170And these powers are the body-guards of the mind which is worthy to bear sovereign sway, which ought also to attend upon the king, and conduct him on his way. But the soul is afraid by itself to rise up to the contemplation of the living God, if it does not know the road, from being lifted up by a union of ignorance and audacity; and the falls which are caused by such a union of ignorance and great rashness are very serious;
171on which account Moses prays that he may have God himself as his guide to the road which leads to him. For he says, "If thou wilt not thyself go with me, then do not thou lead me hence." Because every motion which is without the divine approbation is mischievous, and it is better for men to remain here wandering about in this mortal life, as the greater portion of the human race does, than raising themselves up to heaven in pride and arrogance, to encounter an overthrow, as has happened to countless numbers of sophists, who have looked upon wisdom as only a discovery of plausible arguments, and not, as it is, a certain belief in and well-assured knowledge of facts.
172And perhaps too there is some such meaning as this intended to be conveyed by these words, —do not raise me up on high, bestowing on me riches, or glory, or honours, or authority, or any other of those things which are usually ranked as good, unless you intend also to go with them and me yourself; for these things are often calculated to cause either great mischief, or great advantage to their possessors; advantage when God is the guide of their mind; injury when the contrary is the case. For to great numbers of people the things which are called good not being so in reality have been the causes of irremediable evils,
173but the man who follows God does of necessity have for his fellow travellers all those reasons which are the attendants of God, which we are accustomed to call angels. At all events, it is said that "Abraham went with them conducting them on their way." Oh the admirable praise! according to which, he who was conducting others was himself conducted by them, only giving what he was receiving; not giving one thing instead of another, but only that one single thing, which was prepared as a retributory gift,
174for until a man is made perfect he uses divine reason as the guide of his path, for that is the sacred oracle of scripture: "Behold, I send my angel before thy face that he may keep thee in the road, so as to lead thee into the land which I have prepared for thee. Attend thou to him, and listen to him; do not disobey him; for he will not pardon your transgressions, for my name is in him."
175But when he has arrived at the height of perfect knowledge, then, running forward vigorously, he keeps up with the speed of him who was previously leading him in his way; for in this way they will both become attendants of God who is the guide of all things; no one of those who hold erroneous opinions accompanying them any longer, and even Lot himself, who turned on one side the soul, which might have been upright and inflexible, removing and living at a distance.
Sections 176–200
176„Ἀβραὰμ δὲ ἦν“ φησίν „ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 12, 4). περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ τῶν πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμοῦ — λόγον γὰρ ἔχει συνῳδὸν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἰρημένοις — αὖθις ἀκριβώσομεν. τίς δέ ἐστι Χαρρὰν καὶ τίς ἡ ἐκ ταύτης ἀποικία τῆς χώρας, πρότερον ἐρευνήσωμεν.
177οὐδένα τοίνυν τῶν ἐντετυχηκότων τοῖς νόμοις ἀγνοεῖν εἰκός, ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἐκ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς ἀναστὰς γῆς Ἀβραὰμ ᾤκησεν εἰς Χαρράν, τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖθι κἀκ ταύτης μετανίσταται, ὡς δυεῖν ἤδη τόπων ἀπόλειψιν πεποιῆσθαι. τί οὖν λεκτέον;
178Χαλδαῖοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἐκπεπονηκέναι καὶ διαφερόντως δοκοῦσιν ἀστρονομίαν καὶ γενεθλιαλογικήν, τὰ ἐπίγεια τοῖς μετεώροις καὶ τὰ οὐράνια τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἁρμοζόμενοι καὶ ὥσπερ διὰ μουσικῆς λόγων τὴν ἐμμελεστάτην συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τῇ τῶν μερῶν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ, τόποις μὲν διεζευγμένων, συγγενείᾳ δὲ οὐ διῳκισμένων.
179οὗτοι τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦτον κόσμον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπετόπησαν εἶναι μόνον, ἢ θεὸν ὄντα αὐτὸν ἢ ἐν αὑτῷ θεὸν περιέχοντα, τὴν τῶν ὅλων ψυχήν· εἱμαρμένην τε καὶ ἀνάγκην θεοπλαστήσαντες ἀσεβείας πολλῆς κατέπλησαν τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον, ἀναδιδάξαντες ὡς δίχα τῶν φαινομένων οὐδενός ἐστιν οὐδὲν αἴτιον τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων αἱ περίοδοι τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὄντων ἀπονέμουσι.
180Μωυσῆς μέντοι τῇ μὲν ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ τοῦ παντὸς ἔοικε συνεπιγράφεσθαι, ἕνα καὶ γενητὸν ἀποφηνάμενος τὸν κόσμον εἶναι — γενομένου γὰρ καὶ ἑνὸς ὑπάρχοντος εὔλογον τάς γε στοιχειώδεις οὐσίας ὑποβεβλῆσθαι τοῖς ἀποτελουμένοις τὰς αὐτὰς ἅπασι κατὰ μέρη, καθάπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων συμβέβηκε τῶν ἡνωμένων ἀλληλουχεῖν —,
181τῇ δὲ περὶ θεοῦ δόξῃ διαφέρεσθαι· μήτε γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μήτε τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ψυχὴν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι θεὸν μηδὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας ἢ τὰς χορείας αὐτῶν τὰ πρεσβύτατα τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀνθρώποις αἴτια, ἀλλὰ συνέχεσθαι μὲν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀοράτοις δυνάμεσιν, ἃς ἀπὸ γῆς ἐσχάτων ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ περάτων ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀπέτεινε, τοῦ μὴ ἀνεθῆναι τὰ δεθέντα καλῶς προμηθούμενος· δεσμοὶ γὰρ αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ παντὸς ἄρρηκτοι.
182διό, κἄν που τῆς νομοθεσίας λέγηται „ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω“ (Deut. 4,39), μηδεὶς ὑποτοπησάτω τὸν κατὰ τὸ εἶναι λέγεσθαι — τὸ γὰρ ὂν περιέχειν ἀλλ’ οὐ περιέχεσθαι θέμις —, δύναμιν δ’ αὐτοῦ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο καὶ διεκόσμησε τὰ ὅλα.
183αὕτη δὲ κυρίως ἐστὶν ἀγαθότης, φθόνον μὲν τὸν μισάρετον καὶ μισόκαλον ἀπεληλακυῖα ἀφ’ ἑαυτῆς, χάριτας δὲ γεννῶσα αἷς τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς γένεσιν ἄγουσα ἀνέφηνεν· ἐπεὶ τό γε ὂν φαντασιαζόμενον δόξῃ πανταχοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται, ὡς ἀψευδέστατον ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τὸν χρησμόν, ἐν ᾧ λέλεκται· „ὧδε ἐγώ,“ ἄδεικτος ὡς ἂν δεικνύμενος, ἀόρατος ὡς ἂν ὁρατὸς ὤν, „πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17,6)· πρὸ γὰρ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ, ἔξω βαίνων ἐκείνου καὶ μηδενὶ
184τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐμφερόμενος. τούτων λεγομένων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς δόξης ἀνατροπῇ τοὺς ἔτι τὴν γνώμην χαλδαΐζοντας μετακλίνειν καὶ μετακαλεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀρχόμενος ὧδε· τί, φησίν, ὦ θαυμάσιοι, τοσοῦτον αἰφνίδιον ἀρθέντες ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς ὕψος ἐπινήχεσθε καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ὑπερκύψαντες αἰθεροβατεῖτε, ὡς ἡλίου κινήσεις καὶ σελήνης περιόδους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων τὰς ἐμμελεῖς καὶ ἀοιδίμους ἀκριβοῦν χορείας; ταῦτα γὰρ μείζονα ἢ κατὰ τὰς ὑμετέρας ἐστὶν ἐπινοίας ἅτε εὐδαιμονεστέρας καὶ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα.
185κατάβητε οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καὶ καταβάντες μὴ πάλιν γῆν καὶ θάλατταν καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ φυτῶν καὶ ζῴων ἰδέας ἐξετάζετε, μόνους δὲ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ἐρευνᾶτε, μὴ ἑτέρωθι μᾶλλον οἰκήσαντες ἢ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς· διαθεώμενοι γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὸ δεσπόζον ἐν αὐτῷ, τὸ ὑπήκοον, τὸ ἔμψυχον, τὸ ἄψυχον, τὸ λογικόν, τὸ ἄλογον, τὸ ἀθάνατον, τὸ θνητόν, τὸ ἄμεινον, τὸ χεῖρον, εὐθὺς ἐπιστήμην θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ σαφῆ λήψεσθε.
186λογιεῖσθε γὰρ ὅτι, ὡς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστι νοῦς, καὶ τῷ παντί ἐστι, καὶ ὡς ὁ ὑμέτερος ἀρχὴν καὶ δεσποτείαν τῶν περὶ ὑμᾶς ἀναψάμενος ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ὑπήκοον ἀπέφηνεν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν περιβεβλημένος αὐτοκράτορι νόμῳ καὶ δίκῃ τὸν κόσμον ἡνιοχεῖ προμηθούμενος οὐ τῶν ἀξιονικοτέρων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων
187εἶναι δοκούντων. μεταναστάντες οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κατ’ οὐρανὸν περιεργίας ἑαυτούς, ὅπερ εἶπον, οἰκήσατε, τὴν μὲν Χαλδαίων γῆν, δόξαν, καταλιπόντες, μετοικισάμενοι δὲ εἰς Χαρράν, τὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως χωρίον, ὃ δὴ σωματικός ἐστιν οἶκος διανοίας.
188Χαρρὰν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τρώγλη, τρῶγλαι δὲ σύμβολα αἰσθήσεως ὀπῶν εἰσίν· ὀπὰς γὰρ καὶ φωλεοὺς τρόπον τινὰ ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν ὁράσεως, ἀκοῆς δὲ ὦτα, ῥῖνας δὲ ὀσμῶν καὶ γεύσεως φάρυγγα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν σώματος κατασκευὴν ἁφῆς εἶναι συμβέβηκε.
189τούτοις οὖν ἔτι διατρίψαντες ἐνηρεμήσατε καὶ σχολάσατε καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου φύσιν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα ἀκριβώσατε, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑκάστοις εὖ τε καὶ χεῖρον καταμαθόντες τὸ μὲν φύγετε, τὸ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἑλέσθε. ἐπειδὰν μέντοι σφόδρα ἀκριβῶς πάντα τὸν ἴδιον διασκέψησθε οἶκον καὶ ὃν ἔχει λόγον ἕκαστον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν αὐγάσησθε, διακινήσαντες αὑτοὺς τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν ζητεῖτε, οὐ θάνατον ἀλλ’ ἀθανασίαν καταγγέλλουσαν.
190ἧς δείγματα σαφῆ καὶ ἐν τοῖς σωματικοῖς καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐγκατειλημμένοι φωλεοῖς κατόψεσθε, τοτὲ μὲν ἐν τοῖς βαθέσιν ὕπνοις — ἀναχωρήσας γὰρ ὁ νοῦς καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ὑπεξελθὼν ἑαυτῷ προσομιλεῖν ἄρχεται ὡς πρὸς κάτοπτρον ἀφορῶν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἀπορρυψάμενος πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις φαντασιῶν ἀπεμάξατο τὰς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀψευδεστάτας διὰ τῶν ὀνείρων μαντείας ἐνθουσιᾷ —,
191τοτὲ δὲ κἀν ταῖς ἐγρηγόρσεσιν· ὅταν γὰρ ἔκ τινος τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν κατασχεθεὶς θεωρημάτων ἀχθῇ πρὸς αὐτοῦ, τῷ μὲν ἕπεται, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸν σωματικὸν ὄγκον ἀμνημονεῖ δήπου. κἂν ἐμποδίζωσιν αἱ αἰσθήσεις πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ θέαν τοῦ νοητοῦ, μέλει τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι καθαιρεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίθεσιν· τάς τε γὰρ ὄψεις καταμύουσι καὶ τὰ ὦτα ἐπιφράττουσι καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων ἐπέχουσιν ὁρμὰς καὶ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καὶ σκότῳ διατρίβειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ὡς μὴ πρός τινος αἰσθητοῦ τὸ ψυχῆς ὄμμα, ᾧ νοητὰ βλέπειν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός, ἐπισκιασθῇ.
192τοῦτον μέντοι τὸν τρόπον μαθόντες ἀπόλειψιν τοῦ θνητοῦ χρηματίζειν καὶ τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου παιδευθήσεσθε δόξας· εἰ μὴ νομίζετε τὸν μὲν ὑμέτερον νοῦν ἀποδυσάμενον σῶμα, αἴσθησιν, λόγον, δίχα τούτων γυμνὰ δύνασθαι τὰ ὄντα ὁρᾶν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οὐκ ἔξω τῆς ὑλικῆς φύσεως πάσης ἑστάναι περιέχοντα, οὐ περιεχόμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνον ἐπεξεληλυθέναι ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ οὐσιώδει, οἷα ἁρμόττει θεόν.
193ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερος νοῦς οὐ δεδημιούργηκε τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἔργον ἑτέρου· διὸ καὶ περιέχεται ὡς ἐν ἀγγείῳ τῷ σώματι. ὁ δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς τὸ πᾶν γεγέννηκε, τὸ πεποιηκὸς δὲ τοῦ γενομένου κρεῖττον· ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν ἐμφέροιτο τῷ χείρονι, δίχα τοῦ μηδὲ ἁρμόττειν πατέρα ἐν υἱῷ περιέχεσθαι, υἱὸν δὲ ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιμελείαις συναύξεσθαι.
194οὕτω κατὰ βραχὺ μεταβαίνων ὁ νοῦς ἐπὶ τὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ἀφίξεται πατέρα, γενεθλιαλογικῆς ἀποστὰς τὸ πρῶτον, ἥτις παρέπεισεν αὐτὸν ὑπολαβεῖν τὸν κόσμον θεὸν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ δημιούργημα, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀστέρων φοράς τε καὶ κινήσεις αἰτίας ἀνθρώποις κακοπραγίας καὶ τοὐναντίον εὐδαιμονίας.
195ἔπειτ’ εἰς τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθὼν τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, φιλοσοφήσας τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὰ περὶ σώματος, τὰ περὶ αἰσθήσεως, τὰ περὶ λόγου, καὶ γνοὺς κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν γράμμα ὅττι τοι ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τ’ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται, ἔπειτ’ ἀνατεμὼν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐλπίσας τὸν δυστόπαστον καὶ δυστέκμαρτον πατέρα τῶν ὅλων κατανοῆσαι, μαθὼν ἀκριβῶς ἑαυτὸν εἴσεται τάχα που καὶ θεόν, οὐκέτι μένων ἐν Χαρράν, τοῖς αἰσθήσεως ὀργάνοις, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστραφείς· ἀμήχανον γὰρ ἔτι κινούμενον αἰσθητῶς μᾶλλον ἢ νοητῶς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος ἐλθεῖν
196ἐπίσκεψιν. οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ ταχθεὶς τὴν ἀρίστην τάξιν παρὰ θεῷ τρόπος, ὄνομα Σαμουήλ, οὐχ ὑφηγεῖται τὰ τῆς βασιλείας δίκαια τῷ Σαοὺλ [[οὐδ’]ὐδ[οὐδ’]] ἔτι [οὐδ’]ιατρίβοντι ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσιν, ἀλλ[οὐδ’] ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖθεν αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσῃ. πυνθάνεται μὲν γάρ, εἰ ἔτι ἔρχεται ἐνθάδε ὁ ἀνήρ, ἀποκρίνεται δὲ τὸ λόγιον· "ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς κέκρυπται ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσι“.
197τί οὖν προσήκει τὸν ἀκούσαντα, φύσει παιδευτικὸν ὄντα, ποιῆσαι, ὅτι μὴ μετὰ σπουδῆς αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσαι; „ἐπιδραμὼν“ γάρ φησι "λαμβάνει αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν“ (I Reg. 10,22. 23), διότι τοῖς ἀγγείοις τῆς ψυχῆς, σώματι καὶ αἰσθήσει, ἐνδιατρίβων οὐκ ἦν ἀξιόχρεως ἀκοῦσαι τῶν τῆς βασιλείας δογμάτων καὶ νόμων — βασιλείαν δὲ σοφίαν εἶναι λέγομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα —, μεταναστὰς δέ, ἡνίκα τῆς ἀχλύος σκεδασθείσης ὀξυδορκήσειν ἔμελλεν. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ τὴν αἰσθήσεως χώραν, ὄνομα Χαρράν, ἀπολιπεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ὁ ἐπιστήμης ἑταῖρος.
198Ἀπολείπει δὲ ἐτῶν γεγονὼς πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα· ὁ δὲ ἀριθμὸς οὗτος αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς, πρεσβυτέρας τε καὶ νεωτέρας, ἔτι δὲ φθαρτῆς καὶ ἀφθάρτου μεθόριος φύσεώς ἐστι.
199νοητὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρεσβύτερος καὶ ἄφθαρτος λόγος ὁ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα, αἰσθητὸς δὲ καὶ νεώτερος ὁ ταῖς πέντε ἰσάριθμος ὢν αἰσθήσεσι. τούτῳ καὶ ὁ ἔτι γυμναζόμενος ἀσκητὴς ἐξετάζεται, μηδέπω δεδυνημένος ἐνέγκασθαι τὰ τέλεια νικητήρια· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι "ἦσαν αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐξ Ἰακὼβ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα“ (Exod. 1,5)·
200τοῦ γὰρ ἀθλοῦντος καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ἱερὸν ὄντως ἀγῶνα μὴ διαφθείροντος ψυχαὶ μὲν πρὸ σωμάτων γεννήματα, οὔπω δ’ ἐκτετμημέναι τὸ ἄλογον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι τὸν αἰσθήσεως ὄχλον ἐφελκόμεναι. παλαίοντος γὰρ καὶ κονιομένου καὶ πτερνίζοντος Ἰακώβ ἐστιν ὄνομα, οὐ νενικηκότος·
Sections 176–200
176And "Abraham," says Moses, "was seventy-five years of age, when he departed out of Charran." Now concerning the number of seventy-five years (for this contains a calculation corresponding to what has been previously advanced,) we will enter into an accurate examination hereafter. But first of all we will examine what Charran is, and what is meant by the departure from this country to go and live in another.
177Now it is not probable that any one of those persons who are acquainted with the law are ignorant that Abraham had previously migrated from Chaldaea when he came to live in Charran. But after his father died he then departed from this land of Chaldaea, so that he had now migrated from two different places.
178What then shall we say? The Chaldaeans appear beyond all other men to have devoted themselves to the study of astronomy and of genealogies; adapting things on earth to things sublime, and also adapting the things of heaven to those on earth, and like people who, availing themselves of the principles of music, exhibit a most perfect symphony as existing in the universe by the common union and sympathy of the parts for one another, which though separated as to place, are not disunited in regard of kindred.
179These men, then, imagined that this world which we behold was the only world in the existing universe, and was either God himself, or else that it contained within itself God, that is, the soul of the universe. Then, having erected fate and necessity into gods, they filled human life with excessive impiety, teaching men that with the exception of those things which are apparent there is no other cause whatever of anything, but that it is the periodical revolutions of the sun, and moon, and other stars, which distribute good and evil to all existing beings.
180Moses indeed appears to have in some degree subscribed to the doctrine of the common union and sympathy existing between the parts of the universe, as he has said that the world was one and created (for as it is a created thing and also one, it is reasonable to suppose that the same elementary essences are laid as the foundations of all the particular effects which arise, as happens with respect to united bodies that they reciprocally contain each other);
181but he differs from them widely in their opinion of God, not intimating that either the world itself, or the soul of the world, is the original God, nor that the stars or their motions are the primary causes of the events which happen among men; but he teaches that this universe is held together by invisible powers, which the Creator has spread from the extreme borders of the earth to heaven, making a beautiful provision to prevent what he has joined together from being dissolved; for the indissoluble chains which bind the universe are his powers.
182On which account even though it may be said somewhere in the declaration of the law, "God is in the heaven above, and in the earth beneath," let no one suppose that God is here spoken of according to his essence. For the living God contains everything, and it is impiety to suppose that he is contained by any thing, but what is meant is, that his power according to which he made, and arranged, and established the universe, is both in heaven and earth.
183And this, to speak correctly, is goodness, which has driven away from itself envy, which hates virtue and detests what is good, and which generates those virtues by which it has brought all existing things into existence and exhibited them as they are. Since the living God is indeed conceived of in opinion everywhere, but in real truth he is seen nowhere; so that divine scripture is most completely true in which it is said, "Here am I," speaking of him who cannot be shown as if he were being shown, of "him who is invisible as if he were visible, before thou existedst." For he proceeds onward before the created universe, and outside of it, and not contained or borne onward in any of the things whose existence began after his.
184These things then having been now said for the purpose of overturning the opinions of the Chaldaeans; he thinks that it is desirable to lead off and invite away those who are still Chaldaizing in their minds to the truth of his teaching, and he begins thus:— "Why," says he, "my excellent friends do you raise yourselves up in such a sudden manner from the earth, and soar to such a height? and why do ye rise above the air, and tread the ethereal expanse, investigating accurately the motions of the sun, and the periodical revolutions of the moon, and the harmonious and much-renowned paths of the rest of the stars? for these things are too great for your comprehension, inasmuch as they have received a more blessed and divine position.
185Descend therefore from heaven, and when you have come down, do not, on the other hand, employ yourselves in the investigation of the earth and the sea, and the rivers, and the natures of plants and animals, but rather seek to become acquainted with yourselves and your own nature, and do not prefer to dwell anywhere else, rather than in yourselves. For by contemplating the things which are to be seen in your own dwelling, that which bears the mastery therein, and that which is in subjection; that which has life, and that which is inanimate; that which is endowed with and that which is destitute of reason; that which is immortal, and that which is mortal; that which is better, and that which is worse; you will at once arrive at a correct knowledge of God and of his works.
186For you will perceive that there is a mind in you and in the universe; and that your mind, having asserted its authority and power over all the things in you, has brought each of the parts into subjection to himself. In like manner also, the mind of the universe being invested with the supremacy, governs the world by independent law and justice, having a providential regard not only for those things which are of more importance, but also for those which appear to be somewhat obscure.
187Abandoning therefore your superfluous anxiety to investigate the things of heaven, dwell, as I said just now within yourselves, forsaking the land of the Chaldaeans, that is, opinion, and migrating to Charran the region of the outward sense, which is the corporeal abode of the mind.
188For the name Charran, being interpreted, means "a hole;" and holes are the emblems of the places of the outward sense. For in some sense they are all holes and caves, the eyes being the caves in which the sight dwells, the ears those of hearing, the nostrils those of smelling, the throat the cavern of taste, and the whole frame of the body, being the abode of touch.
189Do ye therefore, dwelling among these things, remain tranquil and quiet, and investigate with all the exactness in your power the nature of each, and when you have learnt what there is good and bad in each part, avoid the one and choose the other. And when you have thoroughly and perfectly considered the whole of your own habitation, and have understood what relative importance each of its parts possesses, then rouse yourselves up and seek to accomplish a migration from hence, which shall announce to you, not death, but immortality;
190the evident proofs of which you will see even while involved in the corporeal cares perceptible by the outward senses, sometimes while in deep slumber (for then the mind, roaming abroad, and straying beyond the confines of the outward senses, and of all the other affections of the body, begins to associate with itself, looking on truth as at a mirror, and discarding all the imaginations which it had contracted from the outward senses, becomes inspired by the truest divination respecting the future, through the instrumentality of dreams), and at other times in your waking moments.
191For when, being under the influence of some philosophical speculations, you are allured onwards, then the mind follows this, and forgets all the other things which concern its corporeal abode; and if the external senses prevent it from arriving at an accurate sight of the objects of the intellect, then those who are fond of contemplation take care to diminish the impetuosity of its attack, for they close their eyes and stop up their ears, and check the rapid motion of the other organ, and choose to abide in tranquillity and darkness, that the eye of the soul, to which God has granted the power of understanding the objects of the intellect, may never be overshadowed by any of those objects appreciable only by the outward senses.
192Having then in this manner learnt to accomplish the abandonment of mortal things, you shall become instructed in the proper doctrines respecting the uncreated God, unless indeed you think that our mind, when it has put off the body, the external senses, and reason, can, when destitute of all these things and naked, perceive existing things, and that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, does not dwell outside of all material nature, and that he contains everything and is not contained by anything; and further, he does not penetrate beyond things by his intellect alone, like a man, but also by his essential nature, as is natural for a God to do;
193for it is not our mind which made the body, but that is the work of something else, on which account it is contained in the body as in a vessel; but the mind of the universe created the universe, and the Creator is better than the created, therefore it can never be contained in what is inferior to itself; besides that it is not suitable for the father to be contained in the son, but rather for the son to derive increase from the love of the father.
194And in this manner the mind, migrating for a short time, will come to the father of piety and holiness, removing at first to a distance from genealogical science, which originally did erroneously persuade it to fancy that the world was the primary god, and not the creature of the first God, and that the motions and agitations of the stars were the causes to men of disaster, or, on the contrary, of good fortune.
195After that the mind, coming to a due consideration of itself, and studying philosophically the things affecting its own abode, that is the things of the body, the things of the outward sense, the things of reason, and knowing, as the line in the poet has it— That in those halls both good and ill are planned; Then, opening the road for itself, and hoping by travelling along it to arrive at a notion of the father of the universe, so difficult to be understood by any guesses or conjectures, when it has come to understand itself accurately, it will very likely be able to comprehend the nature of God; no longer remaining in Charran, that is in the organs of outward sense, but returning to itself. For it is impossible, while it is still in a state of motion, in a manner appreciable by the outward sense rather than by the intellect, to arrive at a proper consideration of the living God.
196On which account also that disposition which is ranked in the highest class by God, by name Samuel, does not explain the just precepts of kingly power to Saul, while he is still lying among the pots, but only after he has drawn him out from thence: for he inquires whether the man is still coming hither, and the sacred oracle answers, "Behold, he is hidden among the stuff."
197What, then, ought he who hears this answer, and who is by nature inclined to receive instruction, to do, but to draw him out at once from thence? Accordingly, we are told, "He ran up and took him out from thence, because he who was abiding among the vessels of the soul, that is, the body and the outward senses, was not worthy to hear the doctrines and laws of the kingdom (and by the kingdom, we mean wisdom, since we call the wise man a king); but when he has risen up and changed his place, then the mist around him is dissipated, and he will be able to see clearly. Very appropriately, therefore, does the companion of knowledge think it right to leave the region of the outward sense, by name Charran;
198and he leaves it when he is seventy-five years old; and this number is on the confines of the nature discernible by the outward senses, and of that intelligible by the intellect, and of the older and younger, and also of perishable and imperishable nature;
199for the elder, the imperishable ratio, that comprehensible by the intellect, exists in the seventy; the younger ratio, discernible by the outward senses, is equal in number to the five outward senses. In this latter also the practiser of virtue is seen exercising himself when he has not yet been able to carry off the perfect prize of victory; —for it is said, that all the souls which came out of Jacob were seventy and five; —
200for to him, while wrestling, and not shrinking at all from the truly sacred contest, for the acquisition of virtue, belong the souls which are the offspring of the body, and which have not yet acquired reason, but are still attracted by the multitude of the outward senses. For Jacob is the name of one who is wrestling and engaged in a contest and trying to trip up his antagonist, not of one who has gained the victory.
Sections 201–225
201ὅταν δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν ἱκανὸς εἶναι δόξας Ἰσραὴλ μετονομασθῇ, μόνῳ χρήσεται τῷ ἑβδομηκοστῷ λόγῳ, τὴν πεντάδα τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐκτεμών· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐν ἑβδομήκοντα ψυχαῖς κατέβησαν οἱ πατέρες σου εἰς Αἴγυπτον“ (Deut. 10,22). οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀριθμὸς Μωυσέως τοῦ σοφοῦ γνώριμος· τοὺς γὰρ ἀριστίνδην ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιλελεγμένους ἑβδομήκοντα εἶναι συμβέβηκε καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἅπαντας, οὐχ ἡλικίαις ἀλλὰ φρονήσει καὶ βουλαῖς, γνώμαις τε καὶ ἀρχαιοτρόποις ζηλώσεσιν.
202οὗτος ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἱερουργεῖταί τε καὶ ἀποδίδοται θεῷ, ὅταν οἱ τέλειοι τῆς ψυχῆς συναχθῶσι καὶ συγκομισθῶσι καρποί· τῇ γὰρ τῶν σκηνῶν ἑορτῇ χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων θυμάτων ἑβδομήκοντα μόσχους ἀνάγειν θυσίαν ὁλόκαυστον διείρηται (Num. 29, 13 sqq.). κατὰ τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν λόγον καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀρχόντων φιάλαι κατασκευάζονται — ἑκάστη γὰρ ἑβδομήκοντα σικλῶν ἐστιν ὁλκῆς (Num. 7,13 sqq.) —, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἔνσπονδα καὶ συμβατήρια καὶ φίλα τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁλκὸν ἔχει δύναμιν, τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν καὶ ἅγιον λόγον, ὃν Αἴγυπτος, ἡ μισάρετος καὶ φιλοπαθὴς φύσις, πενθοῦσα εἰσάγεται· ἑβδομήκοντα γὰρ ἡμέραις καταριθμεῖται παρ’ αὐτοῖς τὸ πένθος
203(Gen. 50,3). οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀριθμός, ὡς ἔφην, Μωυσέως γνώριμος, ὁ δὲ τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων τοῦ καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἀσπαζομένου, ὃν ἔθος καλεῖν Ἰωσήφ. τοσαύτην γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποίηται, ὥστε τὸν μὲν ὁμογάστριον ἀδελφόν, τὸν αἰσθήσεως ἔκγονον ὄντα — ἥκιστα γὰρ ὁμοπατρίους οἶδε —, πέντε ἐξάλλοις δωρεῖται στολαῖς (Gen. 45,22), διαπρεπεῖς ἡγούμενος τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ κόσμου καὶ τιμῆς ἀξίας.
204ὅλῃ δὲ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ νόμους ἀναγράφει, ὅπως τιμῶσιν αὐτὰς καὶ φόρους καὶ δασμοὺς ὡς βασιλεῦσιν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος κομίζωσι· τὸν γὰρ σῖτον ἀποπεμπτοῦν κελεύει (Gen. 47,24), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ὕλας καὶ τροφὰς ἀφθόνους θησαυροφυλακεῖν ταῖς πέντε αἰσθήσεσιν, ὅπως ἑκάστη τῶν οἰκείων ἀνεπισχέτως ἐμπιπλαμένη τρυφᾷ καὶ τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ἐπεισφορουμένοις βαρύνουσα βαπτίζῃ· ταῖς γὰρ τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐωχίαις λιμὸν ἄγει διάνοια, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ταῖς νηστείαις εὐφροσύνας.
205οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ πέντε Σαλπαὰδ θυγατέρες, ἃς ἀλληγοροῦντες αἰσθήσεις εἶναί φαμεν, ἐκ τοῦ δήμου Μανασσῆ γεγόνασιν, ὃς υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ ἐστι, χρόνῳ μὲν πρεσβύτερος ὤν, δυνάμει δὲ νεώτερος; εἰκότως· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης, τὸ δὲ ἰσοδυναμοῦν ἐστι πρᾶγμα ἀναμνήσει. ἀνάμνησις δὲ τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρεται μνήμης, ἧς Ἐφραῒμ ἐπώνυμος γέγονεν, ὃς καρποφορία μεταληφθεὶς προσαγορεύεται· καρπὸς δὲ κάλλιστος καὶ τροφιμώτατος ψυχῆς τὸ ἄληστον ἐν μνήμαις.
206λέγουσι γοῦν τὰ ἐναρμόνια ἑαυταῖς αἱ παρθένοι· „ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν“ — ἀλλ’ ὁ θάνατος ἀναμνήσεώς ἐστι λήθη — „καὶ ἀπέθανεν οὐ δι’ ἁμαρτίαν ἑαυτοῦ“ — παγκάλως· οὐ γὰρ ἑκούσιον ἡ λήθη πάθος, ἀλλ’ ἕν τι τῶν οὐ παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἐπιγινόμενον ἔξωθεν —, „υἱοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ" (Num. 27,3), ἀλλὰ θυγατέρες, ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν μνημονικὸν ἅτε φύσει διανιστάμενον ἀρρενογονεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἐπιλανθανόμενον ὕπνῳ λογισμοῦ χρώμενον θηλυτοκεῖ· ἄλογον γάρ, ἀλόγου δὲ μέρους ψυχῆς αἰσθήσεις θυγατέρες.
207εἰ δέ τις τὸν μὲν τάχει παρέδραμε, Μωυσῇ δὲ ἠκουλούθησε, μήπω δυνηθεὶς ἰσόδρομος αὐτῷ γενέσθαι κεκραμένῳ καὶ μιγάδι ἀριθμῷ χρήσεται, τῷ πέμπτῳ καὶ ἑβδομηκοστῷ, ὅς ἐστι σύμβολον αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς φύσεως, συγκεκραμένων ἀμφοῖν εἰς εἴδους ἑνὸς ἀνεπιλήπτου γένεσιν.
208ἄγαμαι σφόδρα καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν Ῥεβέκκαν, ἐπειδὰν τῷ τελείῳ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὰς τῶν παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν τραχύτητας καθῃρηκότι παραινῇ τότε εἰς Χαρρὰν ἀποδρᾶναι· λέγει γάρ· "νῦν οὖν, τέκνον, ἄκουσον τῆς φωνῆς μου καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι πρὸς Λάβαν τὸν ἀδελφόν μου εἰς Χαρρὰν καὶ οἴκησον μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας τινάς, ἕως τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπιλάθηται ἃ πεποίηκας αὐτῷ“ (Gen. 27, 43 — 45).
209παγκάλως δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ὁδὸν δρασμὸν εἴρηκεν· ὄντως γὰρ δραπέτης ὁ νοῦς τότε γίνεται, ὅταν καταλιπὼν τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυτῷ νοητὰ τράπηται πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον τάγμα τῶν αἰσθητῶν. ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ τὸ δραπετεύειν χρήσιμον, ἐπειδάν τις αὐτὸ ποιῇ μὴ ἕνεκα ἔχθους τοῦ πρὸς τὸν κρείττονα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὴ ἐπιβουλευθῆναι χάριν πρὸς τοῦ χείρονος. τίς οὖν ἡ παραίνεσις τῆς ὑπομονῆς;
210θαυμασιωτάτη καὶ περιμάχητος· ἐάν ποτε, φησίν, ὁρᾷς ἀνηρεθισμένον καὶ ἐξηγριωμένον τὸ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς πάθος ἐν σαυτῷ ἤ τινι ἑτέρῳ, ὃ ἡ ἄλογος καὶ ἀτίθασος ζῳοτροφεῖ φύσις, μὴ μᾶλλον αὐτὸ ἀκονήσας ἐκθηριώσῃς — δήξεται γὰρ ἴσως ἀνίατα —, καταψύχων δὲ τὸ ζέον αὐτοῦ καὶ πεπυρωμένον ἄγαν ἡμέρωσον· τιθασὸν γὰρ καὶ χειρόηθες εἰ γένοιτο, ἥκιστα ἂν βλάψαι. τίς οὖν ὁ τρόπος τῆς τιθασείας καὶ ἡμερώσεως αὐτοῦ;
211μεθαρμοσάμενος καὶ μετασκευασάμενος, ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀκολούθησον τὸ πρῶτον οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ἐναντιωθεὶς ὁμολόγησον τὰ αὐτὰ φιλεῖν τε καὶ μισεῖν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐξευμενισθήσεται. πραϋνθέντος δὲ ἀποθήσῃ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκῶν ἐξ ἐκείνου κακὸν πείσεσθαι μετὰ ῥᾳστώνης ἐπανελεύσῃ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλειαν.
212εἰσάγεται γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο Χαρρὰν θρεμμάτων μὲν ἀνάπλεως, οἰκήτορσι δὲ κεχρημένη κτηνοτρόφοις· τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη χωρίον ἀλόγῳ φύσει καὶ τοῖς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν αὐτῆς ἀνειληφόσιν ἐπιτηδειότερον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αἰσθήσεων;
213πυθομένου γοῦν τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ „πόθεν ἐστέ“ ἀποκρίνονται τἀληθὲς οἱ ποιμένες ὅτι „ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 29, 4)· ἐκ γὰρ αἰσθήσεως αἱ ἄλογοι ὡς ἐκ διανοίας αἱ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις εἰσί. προσπυθομένου δέ, εἰ γινώσκουσι Λάβαν, φασὶν εἰκότως εἰδέναι (Gen. 29, 5)· γνωρίζει γὰρ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ πᾶσαν ποιότητα αἴσθησις, ὡς οἴεται, χρωμάτων δὲ καὶ ποιοτήτων ὁ Λάβαν σύμβολον.
214καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπειδὰν ἤδη τελειωθῇ, τὸν μὲν τῶν αἰσθήσεων οἶκον ἀπολείψει, τὸν δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ψυχῆς ἱδρύεται, ὃν ἔτι ὢν ἐν τοῖς πόνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀσκήσεσιν ἀναζωγραφεῖ· λέγει γάρ· „πότε ποιήσω κἀγὼ ἐμαυτῷ οἶκον;“ (Gen. 30, 30). πότε τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ αἰσθήσεων ὑπεριδὼν νοῦν καὶ διάνοιαν οἰκήσω, λόγῳ θεωρητοῖς πράγμασι συντρεφόμενος καὶ συνδιαιτώμενος, καθάπερ αἱ ζητητικαὶ τῶν ἀφανῶν ψυχαί — μαίας αὐτὰς ἔθος ὀνομάζειν — ;
215καὶ γὰρ αὗται ποιοῦσι σκεπάσματα οἰκεῖα καὶ φυλακτήρια φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς· τὸ δὲ εὐερκέστατον οἰκοδόμημα ἦν ὁ θεοῦ φόβος τοῖς φρουρὰν καὶ τεῖχος αὐτὸν ἀκαθαίρετον πεποιημένοις. „ἐπειδὴ“ γάρ φησιν „ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν, ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας“ (Exod. 1,21).
216Ἐξελθὼν οὖν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Χαρρὰν τόπων ὁ νοῦς λέγεται „διοδεῦσαι τὴν γῆν ἕως τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐπὶ τὴν δρῦν τὴν ὑψηλήν“ (Gen. 12, 6). τί δέ ἐστι τὸ διοδεῦσαι, σκεψώμεθα· τὸ φιλομαθὲς ζητητικὸν καὶ περίεργόν ἐστι φύσει, πανταχῇ βαδίζον ἀόκνως καὶ πανταχόσε διακῦπτον καὶ μηδὲν ἀδιερεύνητον τῶν ὄντων μήτε σωμάτων μήτε πραγμάτων ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιοῦν. λίχνον γὰρ ἐκτόπως θεαμάτων καὶ ἀκουσμάτων εἶναι πέφυκεν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις ἀρκεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ξενικῶν καὶ πορρωτάτω διῳκισμένων ἐφίεσθαι.
217λέγουσι γοῦν, ὡς ἔστιν ἄτοπον ἐμπόρους μὲν καὶ καπήλους γλίσχρων ἕνεκα κερδῶν διαβαίνειν τὰ πελάγη καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν κύκλῳ περιιέναι ἅπασαν, μὴ θέρος, μὴ χειμῶνα, μὴ πνεύματα βίαια, μὴ ἐναντία, μὴ νεότητα, μὴ γῆρας, μὴ νόσον σώματος, μὴ φίλων συνήθειαν, μὴ τὰς ἐπὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκείοις ἀλέκτους ἡδονάς, μὴ πατρίδος καὶ πολιτικῶν φιλανθρωπιῶν ἀπόλαυσιν, μὴ χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἀσφαλῆ χρῆσιν, μὴ τῶν ἄλλων ὁτιοῦν συνόλως μέγα ἢ μικρὸν ἐμποδὼν τιθεμένους,
218τοῦ δὲ καλλίστου καὶ περιμαχήτου καὶ μόνῳ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκειοτάτου χάριν, σοφίας, μὴ οὐχὶ θάλατταν μὲν ἅπασαν περαιοῦσθαι, πάντα δὲ γῆς μυχὸν ἐπέρχεσθαι, φιλοπευστοῦντας εἴ πού τι καλὸν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας τῆς πάσης ἰχνηλατεῖν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐγγένηται τῶν ζητουμένων καὶ ποθουμένων εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἐλθεῖν.
219διόδευσον μέντοι, ψυχή, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέλεις, ἕκαστον τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀγαγοῦσα εἰς ἐπίκρισιν, οἷον εὐθέως τί τὸ σῶμα καὶ τί ποιοῦν ἢ πάσχον διανοίᾳ συνεργεῖ, τί ἡ αἴσθησις καὶ τίνα τρόπον τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν ὠφελεῖ, τί λόγος καὶ τίνων γινόμενος ἑρμηνεὺς πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν συμβάλλεται, τί ἡδονὴ καὶ τί ἐπιθυμία, τί λύπη καὶ φόβος καὶ τίς ἡ πρὸς ταῦτα ἰατρική, δι’ ἧς ἢ ληφθείς τις εὐμαρῶς διεκδύσεται ἢ οὐχ ἁλώσεται πρὸς αὐτῶν τὸ παράπαν, τί τὸ ἀφραίνειν, τί τὸ ἀκολασταίνειν, τί τὸ ἀδικεῖν, τίς ἡ τῶν ἄλλων πληθὺς νοσημάτων, ὅσα ἡ φθοροποιὸς ἀποτίκτειν πέφυκε κακία, καὶ τίς ἡ τούτων ἀποστροφή, καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐναντία τί τὸ δίκαιον ἢ τὸ φρόνιμον ἢ τὸ σῶφρον, τὸ ἀνδρεῖον, τὸ εὔβουλον, ἀρετὴ συνόλως ἅπασα καὶ εὐπάθεια, καὶ ὃν τρόπον ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἴωθε περιγίνεσθαι.
220διόδευσον μέντοι καὶ τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἄνθρωπον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον, καὶ διάσκεψαι τὰ μέρη, ὡς τόποις μὲν διέζευκται, δυνάμεσι δὲ ἥνωται, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀόρατος οὗτος τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ ἑνώσεως πᾶσι δεσμός. ἐὰν μέντοι σκοπούμενος μὴ ῥᾳδίως καταλαμβάνῃς ἃ ζητεῖς, ἐπίμενε μὴ κάμνων· οὐ γὰρ τῇ ἐκεχειρίᾳ ληπτὰ ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ μόλις πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις πόνοις ἀνευρισκόμενα.
221οὗ χάριν ὁ φιλομαθὴς τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐνείληπται, μεταληφθὲν δὲ τοὔνομα Συχὲμ ὠμίασις καλεῖται, πόνου σύμβολον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μέρεσι τούτοις ἀχθοφορεῖν ἔθος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑτέρωθι μέμνηται λέγων ἐπί τινος ἀθλητοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· „ὑπέθηκε τὸν ὦμον εἰς τὸ πονεῖν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ γεωργός" (Gen. 49, 15).
222ὥστε μηδέποτε, ὦ διάνοια, μαλακισθεῖσα ὀκλάσῃς, ἀλλά, κἄν τι δοκῇ δυσθεώρητον εἶναι, τὸ ἐν σαυτῇ βλέπον διανοίξασα διάκυψον εἴσω καὶ ἀκριβέστερον τὰ ὄντα ἐναύγασαι καὶ μήτε ἑκοῦσα μήτε ἄκουσά ποτε μύσῃς· τυφλὸν γὰρ ὕπνος, ὡς ὀξυωπὲς ἐγρήγορσις. ἀγαπητὸν δὲ τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς προσβολῆς εἱλικρινῆ τῶν ζητουμένων λαβεῖν φαντασίαν.
223οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ δρῦν ὑψηλὴν ἐν Συχὲμ πεφυτεῦσθαί φησιν αἰνιττόμενος τὸν ἀνένδοτον καὶ ἀκαμπῆ, στερρόν τε καὶ ἀρραγέστατον παιδείας πόνον; ᾧ τὸν μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τέλειον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον κεχρῆσθαι, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ψυχῆς δικαστήριον, ὄνομα Δεῖνα — κρίσις γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, συλληφθῇ πρὸς τοῦ τὸν ἐναντίον μοχθοῦντος πόνον, τοῦ φρονήσεως ἐπιβούλου.
224ὁ γὰρ ἐπώνυμος τοῦ τόπου τούτου Συχέμ, Ἐμὼρ υἱὸς ὤν, ἀλόγου φύσεως — καλεῖται γὰρ Ἐμὼρ ὄνος —, ἀφροσύνην ἐπιτηδεύων καὶ συντραφεὶς ἀναισχυντίᾳ καὶ θράσει τὰ κριτήρια τῆς διανοίας μιαίνειν ὁ παμμίαρος καὶ φθείρειν ἐπεχείρησεν, εἰ μὴ θᾶττον οἱ φρονήσεως ἀκουσταὶ καὶ γνώριμοι, Συμεών τε καὶ Λευί, φραξάμενοι τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀσφαλῶς ἐπεξῆλθον, ἔτι ὄντας ἐν τῷ φιληδόνῳ καὶ φιλοπαθεῖ καὶ ἀπεριτμήτῳ πόνῳ καθελόντες· χρησμοῦ γὰρ ὄντος, ὡς "οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε πόρνη τῶν τοῦ βλέποντος, Ἰσραήλ, θυγατέρων“ (Deut. 23, 17), οὗτοι τὴν παρθένον ψυχὴν ἐξαρπάσαντες λαθεῖν ἤλπισαν (Gen. 34).
225οὐ γὰρ ἐρημία γε τῶν βοηθησόντων τοῖς παρασπονδουμένοις ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ κἂν οἴωνταί τινες, οἰήσονται μόνον, ἀπελεγχθήσονται δὲ τῷ ἔργῳ ψευδοδοξοῦντες. ἔστι γάρ, ἔστιν ἡ μισοπόνηρος καὶ ἀμείλικτος καὶ ἀδικουμένων ἀρωγὸς ἀπαραίτητος δίκη, σφάλλουσα τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰσχυνόντων ἀρετήν, ὧν πεσόντων εἰς παρθένον πάλιν ἡ δόξασα αἰσχυνθῆναι μεταβάλλει ψυχή· δόξασα δ’ εἶπον, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἐφθείρετο· τῶν γὰρ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν τοῦ πάσχοντος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν πάθος, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῦ μὴ ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀδικοῦντος τὸ πραττόμενον ἔργον.
Sections 201–225
201But when he appeared to have gained ability to behold God, his name was changed to Israel, and then he uses only the computation of seventy, having extirpated the number five, the number of the outward senses; for it is said, that "thy fathers went down to Egypt, being seventy souls." This is the number which is familiar to Moses the wise man: for it happened that those who were selected as carefully picked men out of the whole multitude, were seventy in number; and those all elders, not only in point of age, but also in wisdom and counsel, and in prudence, and in ancient integrity of manners.
202And this number is consecrated and dedicated to God when the perfect fruits of the soul are offered up. For, on the feast of tabernacles, besides all other sacrifices, it is ordered that the priest should offer up seventy heifers for a burnt offering. Again, it is in accordance with the computation of seventy that the phials of the princes are provided, for each of them is of the weight of seventy shekels; since whatever things are associated and confederate together in the soul, and dear to one another, have a power which is truly attractive, namely, the sacred computation of seventy, which Egypt, the nature which hates virtue, and loves to indulge the passions, is introduced as lamenting; for mourning among them is computed at seventy days.
203This number, therefore, as I have said before, is familiar to Moses, but the number of the five outward senses is familiar to him who embraces the body and external things, which it is customary to call Joseph; for he pays such attention to those things, that he presents his own uterine brother, the offspring of the outward sense, for he had no acquaintance at all with those who were only his brothers as sons of the same father, with five exceedingly beautiful garments, thinking the outward senses things of exceeding beauty, and worthy of being adorned and honoured by him.
204Moreover, he also enacts laws for the whole of Egypt, that they should honour them, and pay taxes and tribute to them every year as to their kings; for he commands them to take a fifth part of the corn, that is to say, to store up in the treasury abundant materials and nourishment for the five outward senses, in order that each of them might rejoice while filling itself unrestrainedly with suitable food, and that it might weigh down and overwhelm the mind with the multitude of things which were thus brought upon it; for during the banquet of the outer senses, the mind is labouring under a famine, as, on the contrary, when the outward senses are fasting, the mind is feasting.
205Do you not see that the five daughters of Salpaad, which we, using allegorical expressions, call the outward senses, were born of the tribe of Manasseh, who is the son of Joseph, the elder son in point of time, but the younger in rank and power? and very naturally, for he is so called from forgetfulness, which is a thing of equal power with an outward sense. But recollection is placed in the second rank, after memory, of which Ephraim is the namesake; and the interpretation of the name of Ephraim is, "bearing fruit;" and the most beautiful and nutritious fruit in souls is a memory which never forgets;
206therefore the virgins speak to one another in a becoming manner, saying, "Our father is dead." Now the death of recollection is forgetfulness: "And he has died not for his own sin," speaking very righteously, for forgetfulness is not a voluntary affection, but is one of those things which are not actually in us, but which come upon us from without. And they were not his sons, but his daughters; since the power of memory, as being what has its existence by its own nature, is the parent of male children; but forgetfulness, arising from the slumber of reason, is the parent of female children, for it is destitute of reason; and the outward senses are the daughters of the irrational part of the soul.
207But if any one has outrun him in speed, and has become a follower of Moses, though he is not yet able to keep pace with him, he will use a compound and mixed number, namely, that of five and seventy, which is the symbol of the nature which is both perceptible by the outward senses and intelligible by the intellect, the two uniting together for the production of one irreproachable species.
208I very much admire Rebecca, who is patience, because she, at that time, recommends the man who is perfect in his soul, and who has destroyed the roughnesses of the passions and vices, to flee and return to Charran; for she says, "Now, therefore, my child, hear my voice, and rise up and depart, and flee away to Laban, my brother, to Charran, and dwell with him certain days, until the anger and rage of thy brother is turned from being against thee, and till he forgets what thou hast done to him."
209And it is with great beauty that she here calls going by the road, which leads to the outward senses, a fleeing away; for, in truth, the mind is then a fugitive, when, having left its own appropriate objects which are comprehensible to the understanding, it turns to the opposite rank of those which are perceptible by the outward senses. And there are cases in which to run away is useful, when a person adopts this line of conduct, not out of hatred to his superior, but in order to avoid the snares which are laid for him by his inferior.
210What, then, is the recommendation of patience? A most admirable and excellent one. If ever, she says, you see the passion of rage and anger highly provoked and excited to ferocity either in thyself or in any one else, which is nourished by irrational and unmanageable nature, do not excite it further and make it more savage, for then perhaps it will inflict incurable wounds; but cool its fervour, and pacify its too highly inflamed disposition, for if it be tamed and rendered tractable it will do you less injury.
211What, then, are the means by which it can be tamed and pacified? Having, as far as appearance goes, assumed another form and another character, follow it, first of all, wherever it pleases, and, opposing it in nothing, admit that you have the same objects of love and hatred with itself, for by these means it will be rendered propitious; and, when it is pacified, then you may lay aside your pretence, and, not expecting any longer to suffer any evil at its hand, you may with indifference return to the care of your own objects;
212for it is on this account that Charran is represented as full of cattle, and as having tenders of flocks for its inhabitants. For what region could be more suitable for irrational nature, and for those who have undertaken the care and superintendence of it, than the external senses which exist in us?
213Accordingly, when the practiser of virtue asks, "From whence come ye?" the shepherds answer him truly, that they come "from Charran." For the irrational powers come from the external sense, as the rational ones come from the mind. And when he further inquires whether they know Laban, they very naturally assert that they do know him, for the outward sense is acquainted with complexion and with every distinctive quality, as it thinks; and of complexion and distinctive qualities Laban is the symbol.
214And he himself, when at last he is made perfect, will quit the abode of the outward senses, and will set up the abode of the soul as belonging to the soul, which, while still among labours and among the external senses, he gives a vivid description of; for he says, "When shall I make myself, also, a house?" When, disregarding the objects of the external senses and the external senses themselves, shall I dwell in mind and intellect, being, in name, going to and fro among and dwelling among the objects of contemplation, like those souls which are fond of investigating invisible objects,
215which it is usual to call midwives? For they also make suitable coverings and phylacteries for souls which are devoted to virtue; but the strongest and most defensible abode was the fear of God, to those, at least, who have him for an impregnable fortress and wall. "For," says Moses, "when the midwives feared God they made themselves houses."
216The mind, therefore, going forth out of the places which are in Charran, is said "to have travelled through the land until it came to the place of Sichem, to a lofty oak." And let us now consider what this travelling through the land means. The disposition which is fond of learning is inquisitive and exceedingly curious by nature, going everywhere without fear or hesitation and prying into every place, and not choosing to leave anything in existence, whether person or thing, not thoroughly investigated; for it is by nature extraordinarily greedy of everything that can be seen or heard, so as not only not to be satisfied with the things of its own country, but even to desire foreign things which are established at a great distance.
217At all events, they say that it is an absurd thing for merchants and dealers to cross the seas for the sake of gain, and to travel all round the habitable world, not allowing any considerations of summer, or winter, or violent gales, or contrary winds, or old age, or bodily sickness, or the society of friends, or the unspeakable pleasures arising from wife, or children, or one’s other relations, or love of one’s country, or the enjoyment of political connections, or the safe fruition of one’s money and other possessions, or, in fact, anything whatever, whether great or small, to be any hindrance to them;
218and yet for men, for the sake of that most beautiful and desirable of all possessions, the only one which is peculiar to the human race, namely, wisdom, to be unwilling to cross over every sea and to penetrate every recess of the earth, inquiring whenever they can find anything beautiful either to see or to hear, and tracing out such things with all imaginable zeal and earnestness, until they arrive at the enjoyment of the things which are thus sought for and desired.
219Do thou then, O my soul, travel through the land, and through man, bringing if you think fit, each individual man to a judgment of the things which concern him; as, for instance, what the body is, and under what influences, whether active or passive, it co-operates with the mind; what the external sense is, and in what manner that assists the dominant mind; what speech is, and of what it becomes the interpreter so as to contribute to virtue; what are pleasure and desire; what are pain and fear; and what art is capable of supplying a remedy for these things; by the aid of which a man when infected with these feelings may easily escape, or else perhaps may never be infected at all: what folly is, what intemperance, what committing injustice, what the whole multitude of other diseases, which it is the nature of all destructive vice to engender; and also what are the means by which they can be averted. And also, on the contrary, what justice is, what prudence is, and temperance, and manly courage, and deliberate wisdom, and in short what each virtue is, and what the mastery over the passions is, and in what way each of these virtues is usually produced.
220Travel also through the greatest and most perfect being, namely this world, and consider all its parts, how they are separated in respect of place and united in respect of power; and also what is this invisible chain of harmony and unity, which connects all those parts; and if while considering these matters, thou canst not easily comprehend what thou seekest to know, persevere and be not wearied; for these matters are not attainable without a struggle, but they are only found out with difficulty and by means of much and great labour;
221on which account the man fond of learning is taken up to the field of Sichem; and the name Sichem, being interpreted means, "a shoulder," and intimates labour, since it is on the shoulders that men are accustomed to bear burdens. As Moses also mentions in another passage, when speaking of a certain athlete he proceeds in this manner, "He put his shoulder to the labour and became a husbandman."
222So that never, O my mind, do thou become effeminate and yield; but even if any thing does appear difficult to be discovered by contemplation, still opening the seeing faculties that are in thyself, look inwards and investigate existing things more accurately, and never close thy eyes whether intentionally or unintentionally; for sleep is a blind thing as wakefulness is a sharp-sighted thing. And it is well to be content if by assiduity in investigation it is granted to thee to arrive at a correct conception of the objects of thy search.
223Do you not see that the scripture says that a lofty oak was planted in Sichem? meaning under this figurative expression to represent the labour of instruction which never gives in, and never bends through weariness, but is solid, firm, and invincible, which the man who wishes to be perfect must of necessity exert, in order that the tribunal of the soul, by name Dinah, for the interpretation of the name Dinah is "judgment" may not be seized by the exertions of that man who, being a plotter against prudence, is labouring in an opposite direction.
224For he who bears the same name as this place, namely Sichem, the son of Hamor, that is, of irrational nature; for the name Hamor means "an ass;" giving himself up to folly and being bred up with shamelessness and audacity, infamous man that he was, attempted to pollute and to defile the judicial faculties of the mind; if the pupils and friends of wisdom, Sichem and Levi, had not speedily come up, having made the defences of their house safe, and destroyed those who were still involved in the labour devoted to pleasure and to the indulgence of the passions and uncircumcised. For though there was a sacred scripture that, "There should be no harlot among the daughters of the seer, Israel," these men, having ravished a virgin soul, hoped to escape notice;
225for there is never a scarcity of avengers against those who violate treaties; but even though some persons fancy there may be, they will only fancy it, and will in the reality of the fact be proved to entertain a false opinion. For justice hates the wicked, and is implacable, and a relentless avenger of all unrighteous actions, overthrowing the ranks of those who defile virtue, and when they are overthrown, then again the soul, which before appeared to be defiled, changes and returns to its virgin state. I say, which appeared to be defiled, because, in fact, it never was defiled; for of involuntary accidents that which affects the patient is not in reality his suffering, just as what is done by a person who does wrong unintentionally, the wrong is not really his action.